HomeMy WebLinkAboutPROJECT MANUAL - 14-00352 - BYUI Science & Technology Bldg - Vol 1 version 2ARCHITECTURE • PLANNING • INTERIORS
649 E SOUTH TEMPLE • SLC, UT 84102 WALLY COOPER: 801.635.6882
151 N RIDGE AVE STE 113 • IDAHO FALLS, ID 83402 • 208,524.4621
wwwlcrsa-us.com
JENSEN • HAYES • SHROPSHIRE, ARCHITECTS, P.A.
125 N GARFIELD • POCATELLO, IDAHO • 208.232.1223
�'Www.(hsarchltects.com p'
IDAHO
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Volume I I Divisions 00-01
Project Manual
July 29, 2014
CRSA Project# 11-026-03
3YU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
Division Section Title Pages
VOLUME
Procurement and Contracting Requirements Group
DIVISION 00— PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
000110 Table of Contents
7
001116 Invitation to Bid
Provided by Owner
001119 Notice to Bidders
Provided by Owner
002113 Instructions to bidders
Provided by Owner
004213 Form of Proposal
5
005213 Sample Contract
3
006273 Blank Schedule of Values
1
006276 Blank Pay Application
1
007200 General Conditions (Fixed Sum)
13
007300 Supplementary Conditions
1
Geotechnical Evaluation Report
Geotechnical Addenda #1
SPECIFICATIONS GROUP
General Requirements Subgroup
DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
011000
SUMMARY 5
012200
UNIT PRICES 2
012300
ALTERNATES 2
012500
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 3
012600
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 3
012900
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 4
ABLE OF CONTENTS 1
BYU Idaho Science R Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
013100
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
9
013200
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
7
013233
PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
4
013300
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
10
014000
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
8
014200
REFERENCES
15
015000
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
9
016000
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
4
017300
EXECUTION
9
017419
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
4
017700
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
6
017823
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
5
017839
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
4
017900
OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE TRAINING
3
019113
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS
34
019115
BUILDING ENCLOSURE COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS
6
019117
BUILDING ENCLOSURE FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING REQUIREMENTS
5
END VOLUME 1
TABLE OF CONTENTS 2
GENERAL CONDITIONS
for a FIXED SUM (U.S.)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 2 OWNER
SECTION 3 CONTRACTOR
SECTION 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE
CONTRACT
SECTION 5 SUBCONTRACTORS
SECTION 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR
BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS
SECTION 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK
SECTION 8 TIME
SECTION 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS
1.1 DEFINITIONS
A. Agreement: the document entitled "Agreement Between
Owner and Contractor for a Fixed Sum (U.S.), executed by
Owner and Contractor for performance of the Work.
B. Architect: the entity identified as such in the Agreement.
C. Change In The Work: a modification to the requirements of
the Contract Documents or a delay in Substantial Completion
resulting from an instruction from Owner or Architect to
Contractor or from another event or circumstance.
D. Change Order: a written instrument prepared by Architect and
signed by Owner, Contractor, and Architect slating their
agreement upon the following: (1) the occurrence of a
Change in the Work; (2) the amount of the adjustment, if any,
in the Contract Sum as a result of the Change in the Work;
and (3) the extent of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract
Time as a result of the Change in the Work.
E. Construction Change Directive: a written order prepared by
Architect and signed by Architect and Owner which: (1)
orders a Change in the Work if the terms of a Change Order
cannot be agreed upon prior to performance of a Change in
the Work described in Section 7.1 or after occurrence of an
event or circumstance described in Section 7.2; and (2)
states a proposed basis for adjustment, if any, in the Contract
Sum, the Contract Time, or both, resulting from the Change in
the Work.
F. Contract Documents: the documents identified as such in the
Agreement.
G. Contract Sum: the total amount set forth in the Agreement
payable by Owner to Contractor for performance of the Work.
H. Contract Time: the period of time set forth in the Agreement
for the Substantial Completion of the Work.
I. Contractor: the entity identified as such in the Agreement.
J. Day: calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined.
SECTION 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
SECTION 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND
PROPERTY
SECTION 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS
SECTION 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF
WORK
SECTION 13 RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES
SECTION 14 TERMINATION
SECTION 15 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
L. Drawings: the documents identified as such in the
Agreement.
M. Field Change: a written order prepared by Architect and
signed by Architect and Contractor for a minor Change in
the Work consistent with the general intent of the Contract
Documents costing $1,000 or less, resulting in no time
extension, and which is necessary to avoid delaying the
Work.
N. Modification: a written amendment to the Contract
Documents in the form of a:
1. Change Order;
2. Construction Change Directive; or
3. Field Change.
O. Owner: the entity identified as such in the Agreement.
P. Proiect: the total construction designed by Architect of
which the Work performed under the Contract Documents
may be the whole or a part.
Q. Product Data: standard illustrations, schedules, perfor-
mance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams, and other
information furnished by Contractor to illustrate details
regarding materials or equipment to be used in the Work, or
the manner of installation, operation, or maintenance of
such materials or equipment.
R. Pro act Manual: the document identified as such in the
Agreement.
S. Samples And Mock-ups: physical examples that illustrate
materials, equipment, or workmanship and establish stan-
dards by which the Work will be judged.
T. Shoo Drawings: drawings, diagrams, illustrations, sched-
ules, performance charts, fabrication and installation
drawings, setting diagrams, patterns, templates, and other
data which illustrate some portion of the Work and confirm
dimensions and conformance to the Contract Documents
specially prepared by Contractor or any Subcontractor,
manufacturer, supplier, or distributor.
U. Specifications: the documents identified as such in the
Agreement.
K. Direct Costs: actual costs for labor, materials, equipment,
insurance, bonds, subcontract costs and onsite supervision V. Subcontractor: any entity supplying labor, materials,
relating to the Project. They do not include labor costs for equipment, construction or services for the Work under
project managers or other off-site administration. separate contract with Contractor or any other
Subcontractor.
CON -FSU -0022 Rev. L November 16, 2005 Page 1 of 13
W. Submittals: Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and
Mock-ups and any other documents or items furnished by
Contractor or its Subcontractors to Owner or Architect to
demonstrate how any portion of the Work will be
accomplished or the type of materials or products that will be
used in the Work.
X. Substantial Completion: Completion of the Work to a point
where the local building official issues a Certificate of
Occupancy. The date of Substantial Completion is the date
certified as such by Architect in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
Y. Work: all labor, materials, equipment, construction, and
services required by the Contract Documents.
Z. Written Notice: notice in writing given from one party to the
other at the addresses or facsimile numbers listed in the
Agreement, or at such other addresses or facsimile numbers
as the parties will designate from time to time by Written
Notice, and will be effective at the earliest of.
1. The date of personal delivery to the other party with
signed acknowledgment of receipt; or
2. The date sent by facsimile transmission to the other
party provided receipt of the facsimile is verified by an
electronic confirmation report by the party sending the
facsimile transmission and further provided that a
confirmation copy is sent to the other party by courier or
by registered or certified mail within twenty-four (24)
hours after the time and date of the facsimile
transmission; or
3. The date of receipt by the other party as stated on the
return receipt if sent by registered or certified mail, or by
courier.
1.2 CORRELATION AND INTENT OF CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS
A. The intent of the Contract Documents is to require Contractor
to provide all labor, materials, equipment, construction, and
services necessary for the proper execution and completion
of the Work. The Contract Documents are complementary
and what is required by any one will be as binding as if
required by all. Contractor will perform the Work in
accordance with the requirements expressly set forth in or
reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents.
B. The organization of the Contract Documents is not intended
to control Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontrac-
tors or to establish the extent of the Work to be performed by
any trade.
C. Words used in the Contract Documents that have well known
technical or trade meanings are used therein in accordance
with such recognized meanings.
D. In the interest of brevity, the Contract Documents may omit
modifying words such as "all" and "any" and articles such as
"the" and "an," but the fact that a modifier or an article is
absent from one statement and appears in another is not
intended to affect the interpretation of either statement.
1.3 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Drawings, the Project Manual, and copies thereof are the
property of Owner. Contractor will not use these documents
on any other project. Contractor may retain one copy of the
Drawings and the Project Manual as a contract record set
and will return or destroy all remaining copies following final
completion of the Work.
SECTION 2 - OWNER
2.1 OWNER'S DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVE
Owner will designate in writing a representative who will
have express authority to bind Owner with respect to all
matters requiring Owner's approval or authorization.
2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF OWNER
A. Owner will be responsible for establishment of property
lines and benchmarks for grading.
B. Owner will furnish to Contractor any information or services
it is required to furnish under the Contract Documents with
reasonable promptness to avoid delay in the orderly
progress of the Work.
C. Owner will furnish to Contractor a reasonable number of
copies of the Drawings, the Project Manual, and the
Addenda.
2.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO INSPECT THE WORK
Owner and its representatives will have the right to inspect
any portion of the Work wherever located at any time.
2.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK
If Contractor fails to carry out the Work in accordance with
the Contract Documents or fails to correct Work which is
not in accordance with the Contract Documents in a timely
manner, Owner may order Contractor in writing to stop the
Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for that order
has been eliminated.
SECTION 3 - CONTRACTOR
3.1 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD
CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR
A. By executing the Agreement, Contractor represents that it
has visited the Project site, familiarized itself with the local
conditions under which the Work is to be performed, and
correlated its own observations with the requirements of the
Contract Documents.
B. Contractor will carefully review and compare the Contract
Documents and any other available information relating to
the Project prior to commencing and during performance of
each portion of the Work and will immediately report to
Architect any errors, inconsistencies, and omissions it
discovers.
C. Should Contractor or any of its Subcontractors become
aware of any question regarding the meaning or intent of
any part of the Contract Documents prior to commencing
that portion of the Work about which there Is a question,
Contractor will request an Interpretation or clarification from
Architect before proceeding. Contractor proceeds at its own
risk if it proceeds with the Work without first making such a
request and receiving an interpretation or clarification from
Architect. If neither Contractor nor its Subcontractors
become aware of the question until after work on the
relevant portion of the Work has commenced, then the
following precedence will govern for purposes of
determining whether resolution of the question constitutes a
Change in the Work:
1. The Agreement takes precedence over all other
Contract Documents.
2. The Supplementary Conditions take precedence over
the General Conditions.
3. The General Conditions and Supplementary
Conditions take precedence over the Drawings and
the Specifications.
4. An Addendum or a Modification take precedence over
the document(s) modified by the Addendum or
Modification.
5. The Specifications lake precedence over the
Drawings.
CON -FSU -0022 -US Rev L November 16, 2005 Page 2 of 13
6. Within the Drawings, larger scale drawings take prece-
dence over smaller scale drawings, figured dimensions
over scaled dimensions, and noted materials over
graphic indications.
D. Contractor will give Architect notice of any additional
drawings, specifications, or instructions required to define the
Work in greater detail, or to permit the proper progress of the
Work, sufficiently in advance of the need for information so as
not to delay the Work.
E.
F.
G.
It is not Contractor's responsibility to ascertain that the
Contract Documents are in accordance with requirements of
applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, rules
and regulations. However, if Contractor observes that
portions of the Contract Documents are at variance with those
requirements, Contractor will immediately notify Architect in
writing. Contractor will not proceed unless Owner and/or
Architect effects Modifications to the Contract Documents
required for compliance with such requirements. Contractor
will be fully responsible for any work knowingly performed
contrary to such requirements and will fully indemnify Owner
against loss and bear all costs and penalties arising
therefrom.
Contractor will take field measurements and verify field
conditions and will compare such field measurements and
conditions and other information known to Contractor with the
Contract Documents before ordering any materials or
commencing construction activities. Contractorwill
immediately report errors, inconsistencies, and omissions that
it discovers to Architect. If Contractor orders materials or
commences construction activities before taking field
measurements and verifying field conditions, Contractor will
not be entitled to any compensation for additional costs to
Contractor resulting from field measurements or conditions
different from those anticipated by Contractor which would
have been avoided had Contractor taken field measurements
and verified field conditions prior to ordering the materials or
commencing construction activities.
If site conditions indicated in the Contract Documents or other
information provided by Owner or Architect to Contractor
differ materially from those Contractor encounters in perfor-
mance of the Work, Contractor will immediately notify
Architect in writing of such differing site conditions.
3.2 SUPERVISION OF CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES
A. Contractor will supervise and direct the Work. Contractor will
be solely responsible for all construction means, methods,
techniques, sequences, and procedures and for coordinating
all portions of the Work. All loss, damage, liability, or cost of
correcting defective work arising from the use of any
construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or
procedures will be borne by Contractor, notwithstanding that
such construction means, methods, techniques, sequences
or procedures are referred to, indicated or implied by the
Contract Documents, unless Contractor has given timely
notice to Owner and Architect in writing that such means,
methods, techniques, sequences or procedures are not safe
or suitable, and Owner has then instructed Contractor in
writing to proceed at Owner's risk.
B. Contractor will utilize its best skill, efforts, and judgment to
provide efficient business administration and supervision, to
furnish at all times an adequate supply of workers and
materials, and to perform the Work in an expeditious and
economical manner consistent with the interests of Owner.
C. Contractor will be responsible for:
1. The proper observance of property lines and set back
requirements as shown in the Contract Documents;
2. The location and layout of the Work as shown in the
Contract Documents with respect to the position of the
Work on the property and the elevation of the Work in
relation to grade; and
3. Setting and maintaining construction stakes.
D. Contractor will be responsible to Owner for the acts and
omissions of its employees and Subcontractors as well as
persons either directly or indirectly employed by
Subcontractors.
E. Contractor will not be relieved of its obligation to perform
the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents as a
result of any tests, inspections, or approvals by Owner,
Architect or their consultants.
F. Contractor will be responsible for inspection of portions of
the Work already completed to determine that such portions
are in proper condition to receive subsequent portions of
the Work.
3.3 LABOR AND MATERIALS
A. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,
Contractor will provide and pay for all labor, materials,
equipment, tools, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and
other facilities and services necessary for the proper
execution and completion of the Work.
B. Contractor will at all times enforce strict discipline and good
order among those performing the Work and will not permit
employment of any unfit person or anyone not skilled in the
tasks assigned to them.
C. Contractor is fully responsible for the Project and all
materials and work connected therewith until Owner has
accepted the Work in writing. Contractor will replace or
repair at its own expense any materials or work damaged
or stolen, regardless of whether it has received payment for
such work or materials from the Owner.
D. Contractor will remedy all damage or loss to any property
caused in whole or in part by Contractor, any Subcon-
tractor, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be
liable,
E. Contractor will be responsible for determining that all
materials furnished for the Work meet all requirements of
the Contract Documents. Architect may require Contractor
to produce reasonable evidence that a material meets such
requirements, such as certified reports of past tests by
qualified testing laboratories, reports of studies by qualified
experts, or other evidence which, in the opinion of Architect,
would lead to a reasonable certainly that any material used,
or proposed to be used, in the work meets the requirements
of the Contract Documents. All such data will be furnished
at Contractor's expense. This provision will not require
Contractor to pay for periodic testing of different batches of
the same material, unless such testing is specifically
required by the Contract Documents to be performed at
Contractor's expense.
Contractor will coordinate and supervise the work
performed by Subcontractors so that the Work is carried out
without conflict between trades and so that no trade, at any
time, causes delay to the general progress of the Work.
Contractor and all Subcontractors will at all times afford
each trade, any separate contractor, or Owner, reasonable
opportunity for the installation of Work and the storage of
materials.
G. Contractor warrants to Owner that the materials and equip-
ment furnished for the Work will be new unless otherwise
specified by the Contract Documents, and that the Work will
be free from defects, and will conform with the requirements
of the Contract Documents. Work not conforming to these
requirements, including substitutions not properly approved
and authorized, may be considered defective in the
CON -FSU -0022 -US Rev L November 16, 2005 Page 3 of 13
discretion of Owner. If required by Architect, Contractor will
furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of the
materials and equipment used in performing the Work.
H. Owner may elect to purchase materials required for the Work.
In that event, Contractor will comply with the procedures set
forth in the Contract Documents relating to such materials.
3.4 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS
Contractor will comply with all applicable laws, ordinances,
rules, regulations, and orders of any public authorities relating
to performance of the Work.
3.5 TAXES
A. Contractor will pay all sales, use, consumer, payroll, workers
compensation, unemployment, old age pension, surtax, and
similar taxes assessed in connection with the performance of
the Work.
B. Owner will pay all taxes and assessments on the real
property comprising the Project site.
3.6 PERMITS AND FEES
A. Owner will obtain and pay for all zoning and use permits and
permanent easements necessary for completion of the Work.
B. Contractor will obtain and pay for the building permit, and all
other permits, governmental fees, licenses and inspections
necessary for the proper execution and completion of the
Work.
C. Contractor will secure any certificates of inspection and of
occupancy required by authorities having jurisdiction over the
Work. Contractor will deliver these certificates to Architect
prior to issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion
by Architect.
3.7 CONTRACTOR'S ON-SITE REPRESENTATIVE
Contractor will employ a competent representative acceptable
to Owner to supervise the performance of the Work. This
representative will be designated in writing by Contractor prior
to commencement of work and will not be changed prior to
Final Inspection of the Work without prior written consent of
Owner. This representative will represent Contractor for all
purposes, including communication with Owner.
3.8 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES
A. Contractor will prepare and submit for Owner's and Architect's
information Contractor's construction schedule for the Work in
accordance with the requirements of the Contract
Documents.
B. Contractor will prepare and maintain a Submittal schedule
which is coordinated with Contractor's construction schedule
and sets forth specified times for Architect to review
Submittals.
3.9 DOCUMENTS AND SUBMITTALS AT THE SITE
B. Contractor will review, approve, and submit to Architect
Submittals in accordance with the Contract Documents. By
approving Submittals, Contractor represents that it has
determined and verified field measurements, field
construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers, and
similar data, and that it has checked and coordinated each
Submittal with the requirements of the Work and of the
Contract Documents or will make such determination,
verification, check, and coordination prior to commencing
the relevant portion of the Work. In reviewing Submittals
Architect will be entitled to rely upon Contractor's
representation that such information is correct and
accurate.
C. Contractor will inform Architect in writing at the time of
submission of any Submittal or portion thereof which
deviates from the requirements of the Contract Documents.
Contractor will provide Architect with documentation
demonstrating to Architect that the Submittal is equal to or
better than the specified product or work. Contractor will
not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from the
requirements of the Contract Documents by Architect's
acceptance of a Submittal unless Contractor has informed
Architect in writing of the deviation and Architect has
incorporated the deviation into the Contract Documents by
a Modification.
D. Contractor will not perform any portions of the Work
requiring Submittals until the respective Submittal has been
reviewed and accepted in writing by Architect.
E. When professional certification of performance criteria of
materials, systems or equipment is required by the Contract
Documents, Owner will be entitled to rely upon such
certifications, and neither Owner nor Architect will be
expected to make any independent examination with
respect thereto.
F. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may be
returned to Contractor without action.
3.11 CUTTING AND PATCHING
Contractor will be responsible for any cutting, fitting, and
patching that may be required to complete the Work and
make its parts fit together properly.
3.12 ACCESS TO WORK
Contractor will permit Owner, Architect their representatives
and consultants access to the Work wherever located at
any time.
3.13 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS
Contractor will pay all royalties and license fees required by
the Work or by Contractor's chosen method of performing
the Work. Contractor will defend and hold Owner harmless
from all suits or claims for infringement of any patent,
license or other intellectual property rights or any loss on
account thereof.
Contractor will keep at the Project site for use by Owner,
Architect, or their representatives, a record copy of the 3.14 INDEMNIFICATION
Project Manual, the Drawings, all Addenda, and all Modifica-
tions. These documents will be maintained in good order and
currently marked to record changes and selections made
during construction. In addition, Contractor will keep at the
Project site one copy of all Submittals.
3.10 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals are not Contract Documents and do not alter the
requirements of the Contract Documents unless incorporated
into the Contract Documents by a Modification.
CON -FSU -0022 -US Rev L November 16, 2005 Page 4 of 13
A. Contractor will indemnify and hold harmless Owner and
Owner's representatives, employees, agents, architects, and
consultants from and against any and all claims, damages,
liability, demands, costs, judgments, awards, settlements,
causes of action, losses and expenses (collectively "Claims"
or "Claim"), including but not limited to attorney fees,
consultant fees, expert fees, copy costs, and other expenses,
arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work,
attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to
injury to or destruction of real or personal property, including
loss of use resulting therefrom, except to the extent that such
liability arises out of the negligence of Owner, its
representatives, agents, and employees. This indemnity
includes, without limitation, indemnification of Owner from all
losses or injury to Owner's property, except to the extent that
such loss or injury arises out of the negligence of Owner, its
representatives, agents, and employees. This indemnity
applies, without limitation, to include Claims occurring both
during performance of the Work and/or subsequent to
completion of the Work. In the event that any Claim is
caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder, that party
will bear the cost of such Claim to the extent it was the cause
thereof. In the event that a claimant asserts a Claim for
recovery against any party indemnified hereunder, the party
indemnified hereunder may tender the defense of such Claim
to Contractor. If Contractor rejects such tender of defense
and it is later determined that the negligence of the party
indemnified hereunder did not cause all of the Claim,
Contractor will reimburse the parry indemnified hereunder for
all costs and expenses incurred by that party in defending
against the Claim. Contractor will not be liable hereunder to
indemnify any party for damages resulting from the sole
negligence of that party.
B. In addition to the foregoing, Contractor will be liable to defend
Owner in any lawsuit filed by any Subcontractor relating to the
Project. Where liens have been filed against Owner's
property, Contractor (and/or its bonding company which has
issued bonds for the Project) will obtain lien releases and
record them in the appropriate county and/or local jurisdiction
and provide Owner with a title free and clear from any liens of
Subcontractors. In the event that Contractor and/or its
bonding company are unable to obtain a lien release, Owner
in its absolute discretion may require Contractor to provide a
bond around the lien or a bond to discharge the lien, at
Contractor's sole expense.
C. In addition to the foregoing, Contractor will indemnify and
hold Owner harmless from any claim of any other contractor
resulting from the performance, nonperformance or delay in
performance of the Work by Contractor.
D. The indemnification obligation herein will not be limited by a
limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation
or benefits payable by or for Contractor or a Subcontractor
under worker's compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or
other employee benefit acts.
3.15 PROJECT MEETINGS
Contractor will attend and participate in meetings as required
by the Contract Documents.
SECTION 4 - ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
4.2 ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
A. Architect will make frequent visits to the site to familiarize
itself generally with the progress and quality of the Work
and to determine if the Work is proceeding in accordance
with the Contract Documents. Although Architect is
required to make periodic inspections, it is not required to
make exhaustive or continuous onsite inspections. On the
basis of its observations while at the site, Architect will keep
Owner informed of the progress of the Work and will
endeavor to guard Owner against defects and deficiencies
in the Work. Architect's failure to observe a defect or
deficiency in the Work will not relieve Contractor of its duly
to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Docu-
ments.
B. Architect will review Contractor's payment requests and
determine the amounts due Contractor in accordance with
Section 9.
C. Communications between Contractor and Owner relating to
the Work will be through Architect. Communications
between Owner or Contractor with Architect's consultants
relating to the Work will be through Architect.
Communications between Owner or Architect and
subcontractors relating to the Work will be through
Contractor. Communications between Contractor and any
separate contractor will be through Architect, except as
otherwise specified in the Contract Documents.
D. Architect will have the right to condemn and require
removal of the following at Contractor's expense:
1. Any portion of the Work that does not meet the
requirements of the Contract Documents.
2. Any portion of the Work damaged or rendered unsuit-
able during installation or resulting from failure to
exercise proper protection.
E. Architect will have authority to stop the Work, with
concurrence of Owner, whenever such stoppage may be
necessary in its reasonable opinion to insure the proper
performance of the Work.
Architect will review Contractor's Submittals and will accept
or take other appropriate action regarding the Submittals.
Architect's review of the Submittals will be for the limited
purpose of checking for general conformance with the
Contract Documents and will not be conducted for the
purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of
details such as dimensions and quantities, or for substan-
tiating instructions for installation or performance of
equipment or systems, all of which remain the responsibility
of Contractor. Architect's review of Submittals will not
relieve Contractor of its obligations under the Contract
Documents. Architect's review of Submittals will not
constitute acceptance of safety precautions or construction
means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures.
Architect's acceptance of a specific item will not indicate
acceptance of an assembly of which the item is a compo-
nent.
G. Architect has authority to order Construction Change
Directives and Field Changes in accordance with Section 7.
4.1 ARCHITECT H.
Architect will conduct inspections to determine the dates of
Substantial Completion and final completion, will receive
In the event that Owner terminates its contractual relationship
and review written guarantees and related documents
with Architect, Owner will appoint in writing another architect,
required by the Contract and assembled by Contractor, and
whose status under the Contract Documents will be that of
will review and certify or reject Contractor's final payment
the former Architect in all respects.
request.
I.
Architect will be the Interpreter of the performance and
requirements of the Contract Documents. Architect's
interpretations will be in writing or in the form of drawings.
CON -FSU -0022 -US Rev L November 16, 2005
Page 5 of 13
J. Architect's decisions in matters relating to artistic effect will be
final if consistent with the Contract Documents.
SECTION 5 - SUBCONTRACTORS
5.1 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE
WORK
A. Contractor will enter into contracts with Subcontractors to
perform all portions of the Work that Contractor does not
customarily perform with its own employees.
B. Contractor will not contract with any Subcontractor who has
been rejected by Owner. Contractor will not be required to
contract with any Subcontractor against whom it has a
reasonable objection.
C. If Owner refuses to accept any Subcontractor proposed by
Contractor, Contractor will propose an acceptable substitute
to whom Owner has no reasonable objection.
D. Contractor will not make any substitution for any Subcon-
tractor that has been accepted by Owner and Architect
without the prior written approval of Owner and Architect.
5.2 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS
A. Contractors responsibility for the Work includes the labor and
materials of all Subcontractors, including those recommended
or approved by Owner. Contractor will be responsible to
Owner for proper completion and guarantee of all
workmanship and materials under any subcontracts. Any
warranties required for such work will be obtained by
Contractor in favor of Owner and delivered to Architect. It is
expressly understood and agreed that there is no contractual
relationship between Owner and any Subcontractor, and
under no circumstances will Owner be responsible for the
non-performance or financial failure of any Subcontractor or
any effects therefrom.
B. Contractor agrees to pay the Subcontractors promptly upon
receipt of payment from Owner for that portion of the funds
received which represents the Subcontractor's portion of the
Work completed to Contractor's satisfaction for which Owner
made payment.
C. Contractor will require each Subcontractor to:
1. Be licensed by the state in which the Project is located
where such licensing is required by the governing
authority;
2. Be bound by the terms of the Contract Documents as far
as they are applicable to the Subcontractor's work;
3. Assume toward Contractor the same obligations
Contractor has assumed toward Owner, including the
prompt payment of its Subcontractors;
4. Submit its applications for payment to Contractor In time
to permit Contractor to make timely application to
Owner;
5. Execute claim or lien releases or lien waivers for
payments made by Contractor; and
6. Make all claims for Changes in the Work to Contractor in
the same manner as Contractor is required to make
such claims to Owner.
SECTION 6 - CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR
BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS
6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM WORK OR AWARD
SEPARATE CONTRACTS
A. Owner reserves the right to perform work itself or to award
separate contracts in connection with the Project.
B. When separate contracts are awarded, "Contractor" in the
Contract Documents in each case will mean the contractor
who signs each separate contract.
6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY
A. Contractor will afford other contractors reasonable
opportunity to place and store their materials and equip-
ment on site and to perform their work and will properly
connect and coordinate its Work with theirs where
applicable.
B. If any part of Contractor's Work depends upon the work of
any separate contractor for proper performance or results,
Contractor will inspect and promptly report to Architect any
apparent discrepancies or defects in such work that render
it unsuitable for proper performance and results. Failure of
Contractor to so inspect and report will constitute an
acceptance of the work of the separate contractor as ft and
proper to receive Contractors Work, except as to defects
not then reasonably discoverable.
C. Contractor will promptly remedy damage caused by
Contractor or any Subcontractor to the completed or
partially completed work of other contractors or to the
property of Owner or other contractors.
6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEANUP
If a dispute arises among Contractor and separate contrac-
tors as to the responsibility under their separate contracts
for maintaining the Project free from waste materials and
rubbish, Owner may clean the Project, allocate the cost
among those responsible as Owner and Architect
determine to be just, and withhold such cost from any
amounts due or to become due to Contractor.
SECTION 7 - CHANGES IN THE WORK
7.1 CHANGES IN THE WORK RESULTING FROM AN
INSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR ARCHITECT TO
CONTRACTOR
A. If Owner or Architect gives Contractor an instruction that
modifies the requirements of the Contract Documents or
delays Substantial Completion, Contractor may be entitled
to an adjustment in the Contract Sum and/or the Contract
Time. If compliance with the instruction affects the cost to
Contractor to perform the Work, the Contract Sum will be
adjusted to reflect the reasonable increase or decrease in
cost subject to the conditions set forth in Section 7.1,
Paragraphs B through G. If compliance with the instruction
delays Substantial Completion, the Contract Time will be
extended for a period of time commensurate with such
delay subject to the conditions set forth in Section 7. 1,
Paragraphs B through G and Section 7.3, Paragraph A and
Contractor will be paid liquidated damages for the delay as
set forth in Section 7.3, Paragraph B.
B. If Contractor receives an instruction from Owner or
Architect that Contractor considers to be a Change in the
Work, Contractor, before complying with the instruction, will
notify Architect in writing that Contractor considers such
instruction to constitute a Change in the Work. If Architect
agrees that compliance with the instruction will constitute a
Change in the Work, Contractor will furnish a proposal for a
Modification in accordance with Section 7.1, Paragraphs C.
and D. within ten (10) days.
C. If Contractor claims that it is entitled to an adjustment in the
Contract Sum (including without limitation costs related to a
time extension) as a result of an instruction by Owner or
Architect, Contractor will furnish a proposal for a Change
Order containing a price breakdown itemized as required by
Owner. The breakdown will be in sufficient detail to allow
Owner to determine any increase or decrease in Direct
Costs as a result of compliance with the instruction. Any
amount claimed for subcontracts will be supported by a
similar price breakdown and will itemize the Subcontractor's
CON -FSU -0022 -US Rev L November 16, 2005 Page 6 of 13
profit and overhead charges. Profit and overhead will be
subject to the following limitations:
1. The Subcontractor's profit and overhead will not exceed
twelve (12) percent of Its Direct Costs.
2. Contractor's profit and overhead on work performed by
its own crews will not exceed ten (10) percent of its
Direct Costs.
3. Contractor's profit and overhead mark up on work per-
formed by its Subcontractors will not exceed five (5)
percent of the Subcontractors' charges for such work.
4. Amounts due Owner as a result of a credit change will
be the actual net savings to Contractor from the Change
in the Work as confirmed by Architect. On credit
changes, profit and overhead on the originally estimated
work will not be credited back to Owner. If both
additions and credits are involved in a single Change in
the Work, overhead and profit will be figured on the
basis of net increase, if any, related to that Change in
the Work.
D. If Contractor claims that it is entitled to an adjustment in the
Contract Time as a result of an instruction from Owner or
Architect, Contractor will include in its proposal justification to
support Contractor's claim that compliance with the
instruction will delay Substantial Completion.
E. Upon receipt of Contractor's proposal for Modification,
Architect and Owner will determine whether to proceed with
the Change in the Work. If Architect and Owner determine to
proceed with the Change in the Work, they will issue a
Change Order, a Construction Change Directive or a Field
Change as appropriate,
compensated for costs incident to the delay in accordance
with Section 7.3, Paragraph B. Contractor will not be
entitled to any adjustment to the Contract Sum or other
damages from Owner as a result of any event or
circumstance unless the event or circumstance results from
a willful or negligent act or omission of Owner or Architect.
B. If a Change in the Work results from any event or
circumstance caused by the willful or negligent act or
omission of Owner or Architect, Contractor will give Owner
Written Notice of such event or circumstance within twenty-
four (24) hours after commencement of the event or
circumstance so that Owner can take such action as is
necessary to mitigate the effect of the event or
circumstance. Contractor will not be entitled to any
adjustment in either the Contract Time or the Contract Sum
based on any damages or delays resulting from such event
or circumstance during a period more than twenty-four (24)
hours prior to Contractor giving such Written Notice to
Owner.
C.
F. Contractor agrees that if it complies with an instruction from
Owner or Architect without first giving written notice to
Architect as provided in Section 7.1., Paragraph B, and
receiving a Change Order, Construction Change Directive or
Field Change, Contractor will not be entitled to any
adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time as a
result of the instruction and waives any claim therefor. D.
G. If Contractor is instructed to perform work which it claims
constitutes a Change in the Work but which Owner and
Architect do not agree constitutes a Change in the Work,
Contractor will comply with the instruction. Contractor may
submit its claim for adjustment to the Contract Sum, the
Contract Time, or both as a dispute pursuant to Section 13
within thirty (30) days after compliance with the instruction.
Contractor agrees that if it fails to submit its claim for
resolution pursuant to Section 13 within thirty (30) days after
compliance with the instruction, then Contractor will not be
entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Sum or the
Contract Time as a result of the instruction and waives any
claim therefor.
7.2 CHANGE IN THE WORK RESULTING FROM AN EVENT
OR CIRCUMSTANCE
A. If an event or circumstance other than an instruction from
Owner or Architect affects the cost to Contractor of
performing the Work or delays Substantial Completion,
Contractor may be entitled to an adjustment in the Contract
Sum and/or the Contract Time. If the circumstance or event
affects the cost to Contractor to perform the Work and is
caused by a willful or negligent act or omission of Owner or
Architect, the Contract Sum will be adjusted to reflect the
reasonable increase or decrease in Contractors cost to
perform the Work resulting from the event or circumstance,
subject to the conditions set forth in Section 7.2, Paragraphs
B through F. If the event or circumstance delays Substantial
Completion and is described in Section 7.3, Paragraph A, the
Contract Time will be extended for a period of time
commensurate with such delay subject to the conditions set
forth in such section. If the circumstance or event delays
Substantial Completion and is caused by a willful or negligent
act or omission of Owner or Architect, then Contractor will be
Contractor will submit in writing any claims for an
adjustment in the Contract Time and/or the Contract Sum
resulting from an event or circumstance within the time
limits set forth below. In the event that Contractor fails to
submit its claim in writing within the time limits set forth
below, then Contractor agrees it will not be entitled to any
adjustment in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum or to
any other damages from Owner due to the circumstance or
event and waives any claim therefor.
1. Claims for an adjustment in the Contract Time due to
inclement weather will be made by the tenth (10th) of
the month following the month in which the delay oc-
curred.
2. Claims for an adjustment in the Contract Time and/or
the Contract Sum due to any other circumstance or
event will be submitted within seven (7) days after the
occurrence of the circumstance or event.
If Contractor claims that it is entitled to an adjustment in the
Contract Sum (including without limitation costs related to a
time extension) because of an event or circumstance
resulting from the willful or negligent act or omission of
Owner or Architect, Contractor will furnish a proposal for a
Change Order containing a price breakdown as described
in Section 7.1, Paragraph C. Any amount claimed for
increased labor costs as a result of the event or
circumstance must be supported by a certified payroll. Any
claim for rented equipment or additional material costs
must be supported by invoices.
E. If Contractor claims that it is entitled to an adjustment in the
Contract Time as a result of an event or circumstance,
Contractor will include with its claim copies of daily logs,
letters, shipping orders, delivery tickets, Project schedules,
and other supporting information necessary to justify
Contractor's claim that the event or circumstance delayed
Substantial Completion. If Contractor is entitled to an
adjustment in the Contract Time as a result of an event or
circumstance caused by the wilful or negligent act or
omission of Owner or Architect, Contractor will be compen-
sated for all costs related to the delay in accordance with
Section 7.3, Paragraph B.
F. Within thirty (30) days after receipt of Contractor's claim,
Architect will either deny the claim or recommend approval
to Owner. If Owner approves the claim, the adjustment in
the Contract Time and/or Contract Sum will be reflected in
a Change Order pursuant to Section 7.5 or a Construction
Change Directive pursuant to Section 7.6. If Owner or
Architect denies Contractor's claim, Contractor may submit
its claim as a dispute pursuant to Section 13 within thirty
(30) days of receipt of the denial of the claim. If Contractor
fails to submit its claim for resolution pursuant to Section 13
within the thirty (30) day time period, then Contractor
agrees it is not entitled to any adjustment in the Contract
CON -FSU -0022 -US Rev L November 16, 2005 Page 7 of 13
Time and/ or Contract Sum or any other damages as a result
of the event or circumstance and waives any claim therefor.
7.3 EXTENSIONS OF TIME
A. If Substantial Completion of the Project is delayed because of
any of the following causes, then the Contract Time will be
extended by Change Order for a period of time equal to such
delay:
1. Labor strikes or lock -outs;
2. Inclement weather;
3. Unusual delay in transportation;
4. Unforeseen governmental requests or requirements;
5. A Change in the Work resulting from an instruction by
Owner or Architect to Contractor subject to the
conditions set forth in Section 7.1.; or
6. Any other event or circumstance caused by the willful or
negligent act or omission of Owner or Architect.
B. Contractor will not be entitled to any compensation for delay
described in Section 7.3, Paragraph A, subparagraphs 1, 2, 3
and 4. For each day of delay in Substantial Completion
described in Section 7.3, Paragraph A, subparagraphs 5 and
6, Contractor will be paid liquidated damages in the amount
per day set forth in the Supplementary Conditions to
compensate Contractor for all damages resulting from any
delay including but not limited to damages for general
conditions costs, additional job site costs, additional home
office overhead costs, disruption costs, acceleration costs,
increase in labor costs, increase in subcontract costs, in-
crease in materials costs, and any other costs incident to the
delay. Contractor will be entitled to no other compensation
relating to the delay.
7.4 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGES IN THE WORK
Every Change in the Work will be documented by a Change
Order, a Construction Change Directive or a Field Change. If
Owner, Architect and Contractor reach agreement regarding
the adjustment in the Contract Sum, if any, and the
adjustment in the Contract Time, if any, resulting from a
Change in the Work, then the parties will execute a Change
Order pursuant to Section 7.5. If Owner, Architect and
Contractor cannot reach agreement regarding the adjustment
in Contract Sum or the adjustment in Contract Time resulting
from a Change in the Work, then Owner and Architect will
issue a Construction Change Directive pursuant to Section
7.6. Field Changes require the agreement of Architect and
Contractor only.
7.5 CHANGE ORDERS
Contractor's signature upon a Change Order is Contractor's
acknowledgment that it is not entitled to any additional
adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time or any
other damages or compensation as a result of the Change in
the Work other than that provided for in the Change Order,
irrespective of whether a subsequent claim for additional
compensation or time extensions relating to the Change in
the Work is described as a change in the requirements of the
Contract Documents, a delay, a disruption of the Work, an
acceleration of the Work, an impact on the efficiency of
performance of the Work, an equitable adjustment, or other
claim and irrespective of whether the impact of the Change in
the Work is considered singly or in conjunction with the
impact of other Changes in the Work.
7.6 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES
Contractor's payment requests once the work relating
thereto is completed.
C. If after the work described in the Construction Change
Directive is completed, Owner, Architect, and Contractor
reach agreement on adjustments in the Contract Sum,
Contract Time, or both, such agreement will be reflected in
an appropriate Change Order.
D. If the parties do not reach agreement regarding an adjust-
ment to the Contract Sum, Contract Time, or both relating
to the Construction Change Directive within thirty (30) days
of the completion of the work described therein, then
Contractor may submit its claim for an adjustment pursuant
to Section 13 within thirty (30) days of the completion of
such work. Contractor agrees that if it fails to submit its
claim for resolution pursuant to Section 13 within thirty (30)
days of completion of the work described in the
Construction Change Directive, then it will not be entitled to
an adjustment in Contract Sum or Contract Time resulting
from such work except as set forth in the Construction
Change Directive and waives any claim therefor.
7.7 FIELD CHANGES
Architect and Contractor will sign a Field Change order
listing the Change In The Work and the Contract Sum
including markups before Contractor proceeds with the
Field Change.
7.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS
Except as set forth in Section 7, Contractor will not be
entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Sum or the
Contract Time or for any damages of any kind whatsoever
resulting from an instruction from Owner or Architect, any
event or circumstance, or any act or omission of Owner or
Architect and Contractor expressly waives any and all
claims therefor.
SECTION 8 - TIME
8.1 TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE
All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the
essence. By executing the Agreement, Contractor confirms
that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for perform-
ing the Work. Contractor will proceed expeditiously with
adequate resources and will achieve Substantial
Completion within the Contract Time.
8.2 COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK
Contractor will not commence work on the Project site until
the date set forth in the Written Notice to proceed.
However, Contractor may enter into subcontracts and
secure material for the Project after receipt of the Agree-
ment with Owner's authorized signature. Owner will issue
the Written Notice to proceed within forty-five (45) days
after Owner receives acceptable bonds and evidence of
insurance pursuant to Section 11 unless Owner earlier
terminates the Agreement pursuant to Section 14.
8.3 DELAY IN COMPLETION OF THE WORK
A.
A. Contractor will promptly comply with all Construction Change
Directives.
B. Pending final resolution of any adjustment in the Contract
Sum or Contract Time relating to a Construction Change
Directive, the amounts proposed by Owner in the
Construction Change Directive may be included in
CON -FSU -0022 -US Rev L November 16, 2005
For each day after the expiration of the Contract Time that
Contractor has not achieved Substantial Completion,
Contractor will pay Owner the amount set forth in the
Supplementary Conditions as liquidated damages for
Owner's loss of use of the Project and the added adminis-
trative expense to Owner to administer the Project during
the period of delay. In addition, Contractor will reimburse
Owner for any additional Architect's fees, attorneys' fees,
expert fees, consultant fees, copy costs, and other
expenses incurred by Owner as a result of the delay.
Owner may deduct any liquidated damages or reimbursable
Page 8 of 13
expenses from any money due or to become due to
Contractor. If the amount of liquidated damages and
reimbursable expenses exceeds any amounts due to
Contractor, Contractor will pay the difference to Owner within
ten (10) days after receipt of a written request from Owner for
payment. B.
B. At the time Architect certifies that Contractor has achieved
Substantial Completion, Architect will identify the remaining
items to be completed for final completion of the Work and
will establish with Contractor a reasonable time for
completion of those items. Architect will set forth the items to
be completed and the time established for their completion in
a Certificate of Substantial Completion. For each day that
Contractor exceeds the time allowed for completion of the
items set forth in the Certificate of Substantial Completion,
Contractor will pay to Owner as liquidated damages for
additional administrative expenses the amount set forth in the
Supplementary Conditions. In addition, Contractor will
reimburse Owner for any additional Architect's fees,
attorneys' fees, expert fees, consultant fees, copy costs, and
other expenses incurred by Owner as a result of the delay in
completing such items.
SECTION 9 - PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
9.1 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
Contractor will submit to Architect a schedule of values which
allocates the Contract Sum to various portions of the Work.
The schedule of values will be supported by such data to
substantiate its accuracy as required by Architect. This C.
schedule, when accepted by Owner and Architect, will be
used as a basis for reviewing Contractor's payment requests.
9.2 PAYMENT REQUESTS
A. Not more than once a month, Contractor will submit a
payment request to Architect for Work completed, materials
stored on the site, and for materials stored offsite as of the
date of the payment request. The amount of the payment
request will be based upon the schedule of values and will be
equal to the value of the Work completed:
1. Less retention amounts specified in Supplementary
Conditions;
2. Less all prior amounts paid by Owner to Contractor as
part of the Contract Sum; and
3. Less offsets allowed under Section 9.4.
The payment request may include Changes in the Work that
have been performed by Contractor and authorized by Owner
and/or Architect pursuant to Section 7. If a payment request
includes materials stored offsite, Contractor will include with
the payment request a list of the materials, the location where
they are stored and the written request of Contractor and its
performance bond surety that payment be made for such
materials.
B. Contractor warrants and guarantees that upon the receipt of
payment for materials and equipment, whether incorporated
in the Project or not, title to such materials and equipment will
pass to Owner free and clear of all liens, claims, security
interests, or encumbrances. Notwithstanding this payment
and passage of title. Contractor will remain responsible for all
such materials and equipment until actual delivery to the
project site, incorporation into the Work, and final acceptance
by Owner. Contractor further warrants that no material or
equipment covered by a payment request is subject to an
agreement under which an interest therein or an encumbran-
ce thereon is retained by the seller or any other person or
entity.
9.3 PAYMENT REQUEST CERTIFICATION
properly due. If Architect certifies less than the full amount
of the payment request, Architect will notify Contractor and
Owner of Architect's reasons for withholding certification of
the full amount requested.
The certification of the payment request will constitute a
representation by Architect to Owner based upon
Architect's observations at the site and the data comprising
the payment request, that the Work has progressed to the
point indicated and that, to the best of Architect's
knowledge, information, and belief, the quality of the Work
is in accordance with the Contract Documents. The
foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of
the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents
upon Substantial Completion, to results of subsequent tests
and inspections, to minor deviations from the Contract
Documents correctable prior to completion, and to specific
qualifications expressed by Architect. However, the
certification of the payment request will not constitute a
representation that Architect has:
1. Conducted exhaustive or continuous on-site inspec-
tions to check the quantity or quality of the Work;
2. Reviewed construction means, methods, techniques,
sequences, or procedures;
3. Reviewed copies of requisitions received from
Subcontractors or other data requested by Owner to
substantiate Contractor's right to payment; or
4. Made examination to ascertain how or for what
purpose Contractor has used money previously paid
on account of the Contract Sum.
In taking action on Contractor's payment request, Owner
will be entitled to rely on the accuracy and completeness of
the information furnished by Contractor.
9.4 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION AND
PAYMENT
A. Architect may withhold certification of a payment request in
whole or in part to the extent reasonably necessary to
protect Owner if, in the opinion of Architect, the
representations to Owner required by Section 9.3,
Paragraph B cannot be accurately made. If Architect is
unable to certify payment in the amount of the payment
request, Architect will notify Contractor and Owner as
provided in Section 9.3, Paragraph A. If Contractor and
Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, Architect will
promptly certify a payment request for the amount for which
Architect is able to make such representations to Owner.
Architect may also decide not to certify payment or,
because of subsequently discovered evidence or
subsequent observations, may nullify the whole or a part of
a payment request previously certified, to such extent as
may be necessary in Architect's opinion to protect Owner
from loss because of:
1. Defective work not remedied;
2. Third -party claims filed or reasonable evidence
indicating probable filing of such claims;
3. Failure of Contractor to make payments properly to
Subcontractors for labor, materials, equipment,
construction or services;
4. Reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be
completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract
Sum;
5. Damage to Owner or another contractor for which
Contractor is responsible;
6. Reasonable evidence that the Work will not be com-
pleted within the Contract Time and that the unpaid
balance will not be adequate to cover the cost of
completing the Work and damages for the anticipated
delay; or
7. Contractor's persistent failure to carry out the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
A. Architect will, within seven (7) days after receipt of
Contractor's payment request, forward to Owner the payment B. Owner reserves the right to withhold payments to
request certified for such amount as Architect determines is Contractor, subsequent to Architect's certification of any
CON -FSU -0022 -US Rev L November 16, 2005 Page 9 of 13
payment request, in order to protect Owner from loss due to
any condition described in Section 9.4, Paragraph A,
Subparagraphs 1 through 7. Upon satisfactory resolution of
any such conditions, payments so withheld will be made.
9.5 PROGRESS PAYMENTS
A. Owner will pay Contractor progress payments within the
parameters of Section 9.2 within fifteen (15) days after:
1. Contractor has submitted a progress payment request;
2. Contractor has submitted Conditional Waiver and
Release Upon Progress Payment documents (in content
complying with Utah Code § 36-1-39(4)) executed by
each of the subcontractors performing work and/or
providing materials covered by the Contractor's progress
payment request; and
3. Owner receives the certified payment request from
Architect.
B. After Contractor achieves Substantial Completion and
submits its payment request for retained funds and delivers to
the Architect Owner's form entitled "Contractor's Substantial
Completion Affidavit and Consent of Surety" fully executed by
Contractor and its surety, if any, and provides statutory
Conditional Waiver and Release documents executed by all
subcontractors and suppliers having claim against the
retained funds, Owner will pay any unpaid retention less any
amounts withheld pursuant to Section 9.4 within forty-five (45)
days from the later of (a) the date Owner received
Contractor's payment request for retained funds and fully
executed Contractor's Substantial Completion Affidavit and
Consent of Surety, (b) the dale a certificate of occupancy is
issued; (c) the dale that a building inspector having authority
to issue its own certificate of occupancy does not issue that
certificate but permits occupancy.
C. Owner will make payments to Contractor by either placing the
payments in the United States mail addressed to Contractor
or by electronic transfer at Owner's discretion.
D. Upon receipt of any payment from Owner, Contractor will pay
to each Subcontractor the amount paid to Contractor on
account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work.
E. Contractor will maintain a copy of each payment request at
the Project site for review by the Subcontractors.
F. No payment made under the Contract Documents, either in
whole or in part, will be construed to be an acceptance of
defective or improper materials or workmanship.
G. In addition and notwithstanding the foregoing, Owner will also
withhold and retain 5% of payments made to Contractor.
9.6 FINAL PAYMENT
A. Owner will make full and final payment of the Contract Sum
within twenty-one (21) days of the completion of all of the
following requirements:
1. Contractor has submitted its final payment request;
2. Architect has declared to Owner in writing that the Work
is complete; and
3. Architect has received conditional releases or releases
or waivers of lien from all Subcontractors.
B. Acceptance of final payment by Contractor or any Subcon-
tractor will constitute a waiver of claims by the payee except
for those claims previously made in writing pursuant to
Section 7 and identified by Contractor in its affidavit as still
pending.
C. If the aggregate of previous payments made by Owner
exceeds the amount due Contractor, Contractor will
reimburse the difference to Owner.
SECTION 10 - PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND
PROPERTY
10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS
Contractor will be responsible to Owner for initiating and
supervising all safety programs in connection with the
performance of the Work.
10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
A. Contractor will take reasonable precautions to prevent
damage, injury, or loss to:
1. All persons on the site;
2. The Work and materials and equipment to be incorpo-
rated into the Work; and
3. Other property at the site or adjacent to it.
B. Contractor will give notices and comply with applicable
laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and other lawful
requirements of public authorities bearing on the safety or
protection of persons and property.
C. Contractor will designate a responsible member of its
organization at the site whose duty will be the prevention of
accidents. This person will be Contractor's onsite
representative unless otherwise designated in writing by
Contractor to Owner and Architect.
10.3 EMERGENCIES
In case of an emergency endangering life or threatening the
safety of any person or property. Contractor may, without
waiting for specific authorization from Architect or Owner,
act at its own discretion to safeguard persons or property.
Contractor will immediately notify Architect of such
emergency action and make a full written report to Architect
within five (5) days after the event.
SECTION 11 - INSURANCE AND BONDS
11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE
A.
CON -FSU -0022 -US Rev L November 16, 2005
Contractor will obtain the following insurance and provide
evidence thereof as described below prior to
commencement of the Work or within ten (10) days after
signing the Agreement, whichever is earlier:
1. Workers Compensation Insurance.
2. Employers Liability Insurance with minimum limits of
the greater of $500,000 per accident/disease or as
required by the law of the state in which the Project is
located.
3. Commercial General Liability Insurance - ISO Form
CG 00 01 (10/93) or equivalent Occurrence Policy
which will provide primary coverage in the event of any
Occurrence Claim, or Suit, with:
a. Limits of not less than:
11 $2,000, 000 General Aggregate;
2) $2,000, 000 Products - Comp/OPS Aggre-
gate:
3) $1,000, 000 Personal and Advertising Injury:
4) $1,000, 000 Each Occurrence;
5) $50,000 Fire Damage (any one fire); and
6) $5,000 Medical Expense (any one person).
b. Endorsements attached thereto including the
following or their equivalent:
1) ISO Form CG 25 03 (10/93), Amendment Of
Limits of Insurance (Designated Project or
Premises), describing the Agreement and
specifying limits as shown above.
2) ISO Form CG 20 10 (10/93), Additional In-
sured -- Owners, Lessees, Or Contractors
(Form B), naming Owner and Architect as
additional insureds.
4. Automobile Liability Insurance, with:
Page 10 of 13
a. A minimum limit of $1,000,000 Combined Single
Limit per accident; and
b. Coverage applying to "Any Auto."
B. Contractor will provide evidence of such insurance to Owner
as follows:
Deliver to Owner a Certificate of Insurance, on ACORD
25-S (3/93) Form, or equivalent:
a. Listing Owner as a Certificate Holder and
Additional Insured on general liability and any
excess liability policies;
b. Attaching the endorsements set forth above.
(Note: If forms other than ISO forms are used,
copies of the non -ISO forms will be attached to this
certificate);
c. Identifying the Project;
d. Containing a cancellation clause of the certificate
amended to read: "Should any of the above
described policies be cancelled before the
expiration date thereof, the issuing insurer will mail
30 days prior written notice to the certificate holder
names to the left";
e. Listing the insurance companies providing
coverage (All companies listed must be rated "B+
Class VII" or better in the A.M. Best Company Key
Rating Guide -Property -Casualty, current edition);
and
f. Bearing the name, address and telephone number
of the producer and an original signature of the
authorized representative of the producer.
Facsimile or mechanically reproduced signatures
will not be accepted.
g. Bearing the name, address and telephone number
of the producer and an original signature of the
authorized representative of the producer.
Facsimile or mechanically reproduced signatures
will not be accepted.
C. Contractor will maintain, from commencement of the Work,
Insurance coverage required in Section 11.1 as follows:
1. Commercial General Liability Insurance through
expiration of warranty period specified in Section 12.2,
Paragraph B. including completion of any warranty
repairs; and
2. All other insurance through Final Payment.
D. Owner reserves the right to reject any insurance company,
policy, endorsement, or certificate of insurance with or without
cause.
E. The cost of insurance as required above will be the obligation
of Contractor. Contractor will be responsible for payment of
all deductible amounts under all insurance.
F. Owner will provide builders risk insurance for the cost of the
Project. The policy will be written on an all risk basis with
coverage for perils of wind, Flood, earthquake, and terrorism,
with exclusions standard for the insurance industry. The
policy will be subject to a $5,000 deductible per occurrence
which will be the responsibility of Contractor and will not be a
reimbursable expense. Owner will provide a copy of the
terms and conditions of the builders risk policy to Contractor
upon Contractor's request. Contractor will comply with terms,
conditions, and deadlines of the builders risk policy. The
terms, conditions, and deadlines of the builders risk policy
shall govern coverage. In addition, when there is a loss
which may be covered by the builders risk insurance policy,
Contractor will comply with the following:
1. Contractor will report the loss immediately to
builders risk commercial insurer by calling 1-877-NEWLOSS
(659-5677) and shall make such further written submissions
as required and otherwise comply with all requirements of the
builders risk policy.
2. Contractor will report the loss immediately to the
Owner.
3. Contractor will immediately notify its general
liability insurance carrier of the loss.
4. Contractor will take all necessary and
appropriate actions to protect the property and individuals
from further loss, harm, and injury. In the event there are
damages resulting from fire or water, restoration shall be
performed only by a certified restoration contractor.
5. To the extent possible, Contractor will preserve
and not disturb the evidence of the loss until after the
builders risk commercial insurer and all interested parties
and their insurance carriers have had the opportunity to
view and investigate the site and loss.
6. Contractor will cooperate with Owner and the
builders risk commercial insurer in the investigation,
documentation, and settlement of loss claims, including
without limitation promptly responding to all requests for
information and documentation from the builders risk
commercial insurer and/or Owner.
11.2 PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL
PAYMENT BOND
A. Prior to commencement of the Work or within ten (10) days
after signing the Agreement, whichever is earlier,
Contractor will furnish to Owner a performance bond and a
labor and material payment bond each in an amount equal
to one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract Sum as
security for all obligations arising under the Contract
Documents. Such bonds will:
1. Be written on Form AIA Document A312 (1987).
2. Be issued by a surety company or companies licensed
in the state in which the Project is located and holding
valid certificates of authority under Sections 9304 to
9308, Title 31, of the United States Code as
acceptable sureties or reinsurance companies on
federal bonds.
3. Have a penal sum obligation not exceeding the
authorization shown in the current revision of Circular
#670 as issued by the United States Treasury
Department, i.e. "Treasury List".
4. Be accompanied by a certified copy of the power of
attorney stating the authority of the attorney-in-fact
executing the bonds on behalf of the surety.
B. Owner reserves the right to reject any surety company,
performance bond, or labor and material payment bond
with or without cause.
C. The cost of the bonds as required above will be the
obligation of Contractor.
SECTION 12 - UNCOVERING AND COR-
RECTION OF WORK
12.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK
Contractor will notify Architect at least twenty-four (24)
hours in advance of performing work that would cover up
work or otherwise make it difficult to perform Inspections
required by the Specifications or by applicable governing
authorities. Should any such work be covered without
proper notification having been given to Architect,
Contractor will uncover that work for inspection at its own
expense.
12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK
A. Contractor will promptly correct any portion of the Work that
is rejected by Architect or which fails to conform to the
requirements of the Contract Documents, whether
observed before or after Substantial Completion and
whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed.
Contractor will bear the cost of correcting such rejected
Work, including additional testing and inspection costs,
compensation for Architect's services, and any other
expenses made necessary thereby.
CON -FSU -0022 -US Rev L November 16, 2005 Page 11 of 13
B. Contractor will remedy any defects due to faulty materials,
equipment, or workmanship which appear within a period of
one (1) year from the date of Substantial Completion or within
such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by
the terms of any applicable special warranty required by the
Contract Documents. Contractor will pay all costs of
correcting faulty work, including additional Architect's fees,
attorneys' fees, expert fees, consultant fees, copy costs, and
other expenses when incurred.
C. Nothing in the Contract Documents will be construed to
establish a period of limitation within which Owner may
enforce the obligation of Contractor to comply with the
Contract Documents. The one-year period specified above
has no relationship to the time within which compliance with
the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor to
the time within which proceedings may be commenced to
establish Contractors liability with respect to Contractor's
obligations.
12.3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK
A. If Owner prefers to accept any portion of the Work not in
conformance with the Contract Documents, Owner may do so
instead of requiring removal and correction of the
nonconforming Work. In that event, the Contract Sum will be
reduced by an amount agreed upon by the parties that
reflects the difference in value to Owner between the Work as
specified and the nonconforming Work. Such adjustment
may consider increased maintenance costs, early replace-
ment costs, increased inefficiency of use, and the like and will
be effective whether or not final payment has been made.
Such adjustment will be reflected in a Change Order pursuant
to Section 7.5.
B. Temporary or trial usage by Owner or Architect of mechanical
devices, machinery, apparatus, equipment, or other work or
materials supplied under the Contract Documents prior to
written acceptance by Architect, will not constitute Owner's
acceptance.
SECTION 13 - RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES
13.1 SUBMITTAL OF DISPUTE
In the event there Is any dispute arising under this Agreement
which cannot be resolved by agreement between the parties,
either party may submit the dispute with all documentation
upon which it relies to Director of Project Construction,
Physical Facilities Department, 50 East North Temple, 11th
Floor, Salt Lake City, Utah 84150, who will convene a dispute
resolution conference within thirty (30) days. The dispute
resolution conference will constitute settlement negotiations
and any settlement proposal made pursuant to the
conference will not be admissible as evidence of liability. In
the event that the parties do not resolve their dispute
pursuant to the dispute resolution conference, either party
may commence legal action to resolve the dispute. Any such
action must be commenced within six (6) months from the
first day of the dispute resolution conference or be time
barred. Submission of the dispute to the Director as outlined
above is a condition precedent to the right to commence legal
action to resolve any dispute. In the event that either party
commences legal action to adjudicate any dispute without
first submitting the dispute to the Director, the other party will
be entitled to obtain an order dismissing the litigation without
prejudice and awarding such other party any costs and
attorneys fees incurred by that party in obtaining the
dismissal, including without limitation copy costs, and expert
and consultant fees and expenses.
13.2 CONTRACTOR TO PROCEED WITH DILIGENCE
Pending final resolution of a dispute hereunder, Contractor
will proceed diligently with the performance of its
obligations under this Agreement.
SECTION 14 - TERMINATION
14.1 TERMINATION BY CONTRACTOR
In the event Owner materially breaches any term of the
Contract Documents, Contractor will promptly give Written
Notice of the breach to Owner. If Owner fails to cure the
breach within ten (10) days of the Written Notice,
Contractor may terminate the Agreement by giving Written
Notice to Owner and recover from Owner the percentage of
the Contract Sum represented by the Work completed on
the Project site as of the date of termination together with L.
any out of pocket loss Contractor has sustained with
respect to materials and equipment as a result of the
termination prior to completion of the Work, less any
offsets. Contractor will not be entitled to unearned profits or _
any other compensation or damages as a result of the --
termination and hereby waives any claim therefor.
Contractor will provide to Owner all warranty, as built,
inspection, and other close out documents as well as
materials that Contractor has in its possession or control at
the time of termination. Without limitation, Contractors
indemnities and obligations under section 3.14 as well as
all warranties in the specifications relative to Work provided
through the date of termination survive a termination - -
hereunder.
14.2 TERMINATION BY OWNER FOR CAUSE
Should Contractor fail to provide Owner with the bonds and
certificates of insurance required by Section 11 within the
time specified therein, make a general assignment for the
benefit of its creditors, fail to apply enough properly skilled
workmen or specified materials to properly prosecute the
Work in accordance with Contractor's schedule, or other-
wise materially breach any provision of the Contract
Documents, then Owner may, without any prejudice to any
other right or remedy, give Contractor Written Notice
thereof. If Contractor fails to cure its default within ten (10)
days, Owner may terminate the Agreement by giving
Written Notice to Contractor. In such case, Owner may, in
Owner's sole discretion, take legal assignment of
subcontracts and other contractual rights of Contractor
and/or take possession of the premises and all materials,
tools, equipment, and appliances thereon, and finish the
Work by whatever method Owner deems expedient.
Contractor will not be entitled to receive any further
payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of
the Contract Sum exceeds the expense of finishing the
Work, including compensation for additional administrative,
architectural, consultant, and legal services (including
without limitation attorneys fees, expert fees, copy costs,
and other expenses), such excess will be paid to
Contractor. If such expense exceeds the unpaid balance,
Contractor will pay the difference to Owner. Contractor will
provide to Owner all warranty, as built, inspection, and
other close out documents as well as materials that
Contractor has in its possession or control at the time of
termination. Without limitation, Contractor's indemnities
and obligations under section 3.14 as well as all warranties
in the specifications relative to Work provided through the
date of termination survive a termination hereunder.
14.3 TERMINATION BY OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE
Notwithstanding any other provision contained in the
Contract Documents, Owner may, without cause and in its
absolute discretion, terminate the Agreement at any time.
In the event of such termination, Contractor will be entitled
to recover from Owner the percentage of the Contract Sum
equal to the percentage of the Work which Architect
determines has been completed on the Project site as of
CON -FSU -0022 -US Rev L November 16, 2005 Page 12 of 13
the date of termination together with any out of pocket loss
Contractor has sustained with respect to materials and
equipment as a result of the termination prior to completion of
the Work, less any offsets. Contractor will not be entitled to
unearned profits or any other compensation as a result of the
termination and hereby waives any claim therefor. Contractor
will provide to Owner all warranty, as built, inspection, and
other close out documents as well as materials that
Contractor has in its possession or control at the time of
termination. Owner may, in Owner's sole discretion, take
legal assignment of subcontracts and other contractual rights
of Contractor. Without limitation, Contractor's indemnities
and obligations under section 3.14 as well as all warranties in
the specifications relative to Work provided through the date
of termination survive a termination hereunder.
SECTION 15 - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
15.1 GOVERNING LAW
The parties acknowledge that the Contract Documents have
substantial connections to the State of Utah. The Contract
Documents will be deemed to have been made, executed,
and delivered in Salt Lake City, Utah. To the maximum
extent permitted by law, (i) the Contract Documents and all
matters related to their creation and performance will be
governed by and enforced in accordance with the laws of the
State of Utah, excluding conflicts of law rules; and (ii) all
disputes arising from or related to the Contract Documents
will be decided only in a state or federal court located in Salt
Lake City, Utah and not in any other court or state. Toward
that end, the parties hereby consent to the jurisdiction of the
state and federal courts located in Salt Lake City, Utah and
waive any other venue to which they might be entitled by
virtue of domicile, habitual residence, place of business, or
otherwise.
15.2 NO WAIVER
No action or failure to act by Owner, Architect, or Contractor
will constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under
the Contract Documents, nor will such action or failure to act
constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach
thereunder, except as may be specifically agreed in writing.
15.3 RULE OF CONSTRUCTION
Owner and Contractor agree that the Contract Documents
will be deemed to have been drafted by both Owner and
Contractor and will not be construed against either Owner
or Contractor because of authorship.
15.4 ENFORCEMENT
In the event either party commences legal action to enforce
or rescind any term of the Contract Documents, the
prevailing party will be entitled to recover its attorneys fees
and costs, including without limitation all copy costs and
expert and consultant fees and expenses, incurred in that
action and on all appeals, from the other party,
15.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
A. Owner and Architect have the right to have tests made
when they deem it necessary. Tests conducted by Owner
or Architect will be paid for by Owner. Should a test reveal
a failure of the Work to meet Contract Document
requirements, the cost of the test as well as subsequent
tests related to the failure necessary to determine
compliance with the Contract Documents will be paid for by
Owner, with the cost thereof deducted from the Contract
Sum by Modification.
B. Tests will be made in accordance with recognized stan-
dards by a competent, independent testing laboratory.
Materials found defective or not in conformity with Contract
Document requirements will be promptly replaced or
repaired at the expense of Contractor.
C. Owner and Architect have the right to obtain samples of
materials to be used in the Work and to test samples for
determining whether they meet Contract Document require-
ments. Samples required for testing will be furnished by
Contractor and selected as directed by Architect. Samples
may be required from the sample's source, point of
manufacture, point of delivery, or point of installation at
Architect's discretion. Samples not required as a Submittal
in the Specifications will be paid for by Owner. Should tests
reveal a failure of the Sample to meet the Contract
Document requirements, Contractor will provide other
Samples that comply with the requirements of the Contract
Documents.
END OF DOCUMENT
CON -FSU -0022 -US Rev L November 16, 2005 Page 13 of 13
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
FIXED SUM (U.S.)
ITEM 1 - GENERAL
1. Conditions of the Contract apply to each Division of the Specifications.
2. Provisions contained in Division 01 apply to Divisions 02 through 33 of the Specifications.
ITEM 2 - LIQUIDATED DAMAGE AMOUNTS:
The amount of liquidated damages to be paid to the Contractor for delays under General
Conditions Section 7.3, Paragraph B is $500 per day.
2. The amount of liquidated damages to be deducted by Owner from final payment for delays in
Substantial Completion of the Work under General Conditions Article 8.3, Paragraph A is $500 per
day.
3. The amount of liquidated damages to be deducted by Owner from final payment for delays in
completing work itemized on the Substantial Completion Certificate under General Conditions
Article 8.3, Paragraph B is $250 per day.
ITEM 3 - PERMITS
1. Section 3.6, Paragraph B add the following:
Contractor shall be reimbursed for the cost of the permits by submitting a copy of the receipt
to the Owner. Payment shall be made by check to the Contractor without processing a
Change Order.
ITEM 4 - MISCELLANEOUS CHANGES IN GENERAL CONDITIONS
7.1 CHANGES IN THE WORK RESULTING FROM AN
INSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR ARCHITECT TO
CONTRACTOR
H. The contract language contained in the Supplementary General Conditions take precedence
over all other change order pricing contract provisions in the contract documents. It is understood
that these contract provisions will govern the pricing and administration of all change order
proposals to be submitted by the General Contractor and/or the Trade Contractors and/or the
Subcontractors and/or all other lower tier sub -subcontractors (all referred to as "Contractor'). In
the event of a conflict between the other contract documents used for the project, these change
order pricing contract provisions shall govern.
J. Contractor agrees that it will incorporate the provisions into all agreements with lower tier
Contractors. It is understood that these change order pricing provisions apply to all types of
contracts and/or subcontracts specifically including lump sum (or fixed price contracts), unit price
contracts, and/or cost plus contracts. It is further understood that these change order provisions
will apply to all methods of change order pricing specifically including lump sum change order
proposals, unit price change order proposals, and cost plus change order proposals.
K. Whenever change order proposals to adjust the contract price become necessary, the Owner will
have the right to select the method of pricing to be used by the contractor in accordance with the
pricing provisions. The options will be (1) lump sum change order proposal, (2) unit price change
order proposal, or (3) cost plus change order proposal as defined in the following provisions.
Lump Sum Change Order Proposals: The Owner will require itemized change
orders on all change order proposals from the Contractor, subcontractors, and sub -
subcontractors regardless of tier. Details to be submitted will include detailed line item
estimates showing detailed materials quantity take -offs, material prices by item and
related labor hour pricing information and extensions (by line item or by drawing as
applicable.)
2 Labor: Estimated labor hours shall include hours only for those workmen and
working foremen directly involved in performing the change order work. Supervision
above the level of working foremen (such as general foremen, superintendent, project
manager, etc.) is considered to be included in the Markup Percentages as outlined in
paragraphs 1.6 and 1.7.
3 Labor Burden: Labor burden allowable in change orders shall be defined as
employer's net actual cost of payroll taxes (FICA, Medicare, SUTA, FUTA), net actual
cost for employer's cost of union benefits (or other usual and customary fringe benefits if
the employees are not union employees), and net actual cost to employer for worker's
compensation insurance taking into consideration adjustments for experience modifiers,
premium discounts, dividends, rebates, expense constants, assigned risk pool costs, net
cost reductions due to policies with deductibles for self-insured losses, assigned risk
rebates, etc. Contractor shall reduce their standard payroll tax percentages to properly
reflect the effective cost reduction due to the estimated impact of the annual maximum
wages subject to payroll taxes.
4 Material: Estimated material change order costs shall reflect the Contractor's
reasonably anticipated net actual cost for the purchase of the material needed for the
change order work. Estimated material costs shall reflect cost reductions available to the
Contractor due to "non -Cash" discounts, trade discounts, free material credits, and/or
volume rebates. Price quotations from material suppliers must be itemized with unit
prices for each specific item to be purchased. "Lot pricing" quotations will not be
considered sufficient substantiating detail.
5 Equipment: Allowable change order estimated costs may include appropriate
amounts for rental of major equipment specifically needed to perform the change order
work (defined as tools and equipment with an individual purchase cost of more than
750). For contractor owned equipment, the "bare" equipment rental rates allowed to be
used for pricing change order proposals shall be 75% of the monthly rate listed in the
most current publication of The AED Green Book divided by 176 to arrive at a maximum
hourly rate to be applied to the hours the equipment is used performing the change order
work. Further, for contractor owned equipment the aggregate equipment rent charges for
any single piece of equipment used in all change order work shall be limited to 50% of
the fair market value of the piece of equipment when the first change order is priced
involving usage of the piece of equipment. Fuel necessary to operate the equipment will
be considered as a separate direct cost associated with the change order work.
6 Maximum Markup Percentage Allowable on Self -Performed Work: With
respect to pricing change orders, the maximum Markup Percentage Fee to be paid to any
Contractor (regardless of tier) on self -performed work shall be a single markup
percentage not -to -exceed fifteen percent (15%) of the net direct cost of (1) direct labor
and allowable labor burden costs applicable to the change order or extra work; (2) the net
cost of material and installed equipment incorporated into the change or extra work, and
(3) net rental cost of major equipment and related fuel costs necessary to complete the
change in the Work.
The markup computed using the above formula shall be considered to be allocated 2/3 to
cover applicable overhead costs directly attributable to the field overhead costs related to
processing, supervising and performing, the change order work, and the remaining 1/3 to
cover home office overhead costs and profit.
7 Maximum Markup Percentages Allowable on Work Performed by Lower Tier
Contractors: With respect to pricing the portion of change order proposals involving
work performed by lower tier contractors, the maximum Markup Percentage Fee
allowable to the Contractor supervising the lower tier contractor's work shall not exceed
five percent (5%) of the net of all approved change order work performed by all
subcontractors combined for any particular change order proposal.
The markup computed using the above formula shall be considered to be allocated 2/3 to
cover applicable overhead costs directly attributable to the field overhead costs related to
processing, supervising and performing the change order work, and the remaining 1/3 to
cover home office overhead costs and profit.
8 No Markup on Bonds and Liability Insurance Costs: Change Order cost
adjustments due increases or decreases in bond or insurance costs (if applicable) shall
not be subject to any Markup Percentage Fee.
9 Direct and Indirect Costs Covered by Markup Percentages: As a further
clarification, the agreed upon Markup Percentage Fee is intended to cover the
Contractor's profit and all indirect costs associated with the change order work. Items
intended to be covered by the Markup Percentage Fee include, but are not limited to:
home office expenses, branch office and field office overhead expense of any kind;
project management; superintendents, general foremen; estimating, engineering;
coordinating; expediting; purchasing; detailing; legal, accounting, data processing or
other administrative expenses; shop drawings; permits; auto insurance and umbrella
insurance; pick-up truck costs; and warranty expense costs. The cost for the use of small
tools is also to be considered covered by the Markup Percentage Fee. Small tools shall
be defined as tools and equipment (power or non -power) with an individual purchase cost
of less than $750.
10 Deduct Change Orders and Net Deduct Changes: The application of the
markup percentages referenced in the preceding paragraphs 1.6 and 1.7 will apply to
both additive and deductive change orders. In the case of a deductive change order, the
credit will be computed by applying the sliding scale percentages as outlined in
paragraphs 1.6 and 1.7 so that a deductive change order would be computed in the same
manner as an additive change order. In those instances where a change involves both
additive and deductive work, the additions and deductions will be netted and the markup
percentage adjustments will be applied to the net amount.
11 Contingency: In no event will any lump sum or percentage amounts for
"contingency" be allowed to be added as a separate line item in change order estimates.
Unknowns attributable to labor hours will be accounted for when estimating labor hours
anticipated to perform the work. Unknowns attributable to material scrap and waste will
be estimated as part of material costs. `
12 Change Order Proposal Time and Change Directives: The Contractor's I
proposals for changes in the contract amount or time shall be submitted within seven (7) j
calendar days of the Owner's request, unless the Owner extends such period of time due
to the circumstances involved. If such proposals are not received in a timely manner, if j
the proposals are not acceptable to Owner, or if the changed work should be started i
immediately to avoid damage to the project or costly delay, the Owner may direct the
Contractor to proceed with the changes without waiting for the Contractor's proposal or
for the formal change order to be issued. In the case of an unacceptable Contractor
proposal, the Owner may direct the Contractor to proceed with the changed work on a
cost-plus basis with an agreed upon "not -to -exceed" price for the work to be performed.
Such directions to the Contractor by the Owner shall be confirmed in writing by a "Notice
to Proceed on Changes" letter within seven (7) calendar days. The cost or credit, and or
time extensions will be determined by negotiations as soon as practical thereafter and
incorporated in a Change Order to the Contract.
7.9 Owner's Right to Audit
A Liability Insurance and Bonds: In the event the Contractor has been required to
furnish comprehensive general liability insurance and/or performance and/or payment
bonds as part of the base contract price, a final contract change order will be processed
to account for the Contractor's net increase or decrease in comprehensive general
liability insurance costs and/or bond premium costs associated with change orders to
Contractor's base contract price.
B Accurate Change Order Pricing Information: Contractor (subcontractor or sub -sub
contractor) agrees that it is responsible for submitting accurate cost and pricing data to
support its Lump Sum Change and/or Cost Plus Change Order Proposals or other
contract price adjustments under the contract. Contractor further agrees to submit
change order proposals with cost and pricing data which is accurate, complete, current,
and in accordance with the terms of the contract with respect to pricing of change orders.
C Right to Verify Change Order Pricing Information: Contractor, subcontractor and sub -
sub -contractor agrees that any designated Owner's representative will have the right to
examine (copy or scan) the records of the Contractor, subcontractor or sub -sub
contractor's records (during the contract period and up to three years after final payment
is made on the contract) to verify the accuracy and appropriateness of the pricing data
used to price all change order proposals and/or claims. Contractor agrees that if the
Owner determines the cost and pricing data submitted (whether approved or not) was
inaccurate, incomplete, not current, or not in compliance with the terms of the contract
regarding pricing of change orders, an appropriate contract price adjustment will be
made. Such post -approval contract price adjustments will apply to all levels of
contractors and/or subcontractors and to all types of change order proposals specifically
including lump sum change orders, unit price change orders, and cost-plus change
orders.
D Requirements for Detailed Change Order Pricing Information: Contractor,
subcontractor agrees to provide and require all Subcontractors and sub -subcontractors to
provide a breakdown of allowable labor and labor burden cost information as outlined in
this Exhibit "A". This information will be used to evaluate the potential cost of labor and
labor burden related to change order work. It is intended that this information represent
an accurate estimate of the Contractor's actual labor and labor burden cost components.
This information is not intended to establish fixed billing or change order pricing labor
rates. However, at the time change orders are priced, the submitted cost data for labor
rates may be used to price change order work. The accuracy of any such agreed upon
labor cost components used to price change orders will be subject to later audit.
Approved change order amounts may be adjusted later to correct the impact of
inaccurate labor cost components if the agreed upon labor cost components are
determined to be inaccurate.
9.5 PROGRESS PAYMENTS
A. Owner will pay Contractor progress payments within the parameters of Section 9.2 within fifteen (15)
days after:
1. Contractor has submitted a progress payment request;
2. Contractor has submitted Conditional Waiver and Release Upon Progress Payment documents
(in content complying with Utah Code § 38-1-39(4)) executed by each of the subcontractors
performing work and/or providing materials covered by the Contractor's progress payment request;
and
3. Owner receives the certified payment request from Architect.
B. After Contractor achieves Substantial Completion and submits its payment request for retained
funds and delivers to the Architect Owner's form entitled "Contractor's Substantial Completion
Affidavit and Consent of Surety" fully executed by Contractor and its surety, if any, and provides
statutory Conditional Waiver and Release documents executed by all subcontractors and suppliers
having claim against the retained funds, Owner will pay any unpaid retention less any amounts
withheld pursuant to Section 9.4 within forty-five (45) days from the later of (a) the date Owner
received Contractor's payment request for retained funds and fully executed Contractor's Substantial
Completion Affidavit and Consent of Surety, (b) the date a certificate of occupancy is issued; (c) the
date that a building inspector having authority to issue its own certificate of occupancy does not
issue that certificate but permits occupancy.
C. Owner will make payments to Contractor by either placing the payments in the United States mail
addressed to Contractor or by electronic transfer at Owner's discretion.
D. Upon receipt of any payment from Owner, Contractor will pay to each Subcontractor the amount
paid to Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work.
E. Contractor will maintain a copy of each payment request at the Project site for review by the Subcon-
tractors.
F. No payment made under the Contract Documents, either in whole or in part, will be construed to be
an acceptance of defective or improper materials or workmanship.
G. In addition and notwithstanding the foregoing, Owner will also withhold and retain 5% of payments
made to Contractor. These retention funds will be held in an interest bearing account.
9.6 FINAL PAYMENT
A. Owner will make full and final payment of the Contract Sum within thirty (30) days of the completion
of all of the following requirements:
1. Contractor has submitted its final payment request;
2. Contractor has submitted Waiver and Release Upon Final Payment documents (in content
complying with Utah Code § 38-1-39(4)) executed by each of the subcontractors performing
work and/or providing materials covered by the Contractor's final payment request; and
3. Architect has declared to Owner in writing that the Work is complete.
B. Acceptance of final payment by Contractor or any Subcontractor will constitute a waiver of claims by
the payee except for those claims previously made in writing pursuant to Section 7 and identified by
Contractor in its affidavit as still pending.
C. If the aggregate of previous payments made by Owner exceeds the amount due Contractor,
Contractor will reimburse the difference to Owner.
SECTION 20 - TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES
A. TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY
1. The Contractor shall arrange with the proper authority (State, County, City, Owner, etc.) for all j
power required by the Contractor during the construction period until the Certificate of I
Substantial Completion is issued. The Contractor shall bear all costs for these utilities until final
acceptance by the Owner. This shall include costs for installation of all equipment, meters,
lines, etc., for the use and maintenance of all utilities. The method of metering, connections,
etc., must have the written approval of the body furnishing the utility to the Contractor. The
Contractor shall be responsible for all utilities needed for his use during the entire construction
period.
2. The Contractor shall provide all temporary wiring, outlets, metering, and associated materials.
The temporary electrical system shall comply with local codes and Article 305, "Temporary
Wiring," of the National Electrical Code.
3. The Contractor shall provide electrical power to distribution centers only.
4. If utility service is available from the Owner's permanent utilities, the Contractor may, by
arranging with the Owner and paying for all costs, use these permanent utilities. The Owner
assumes no responsibility for damage caused by the Contractor using any of the Owner's
utilities due to interruption of services by the Owner, whatever the cause.
5. If electrical utility service is available from the Owner, the cost to the Contractor will be $.060
per kilowatt-hour.
B. TEMPORARY LIGHTING
1. The Contractor shall provide wiring, outlets and fixtures for temporary lighting.
2. The Contractor shall provide pigtails and other lights for all areas within and around the
building, sufficient to provide the following intensities:
a. All working areas 3 foot candles
b. Stairs, landings, ramps 5 foot candles
c. Outdoor floodlighting within contract limit lines 3 foot-candles
d. All areas involving finish work 30 foot candles
C. TEMPORARY HEATING, COOLING & VENTILATING
1. All temporary heating and cooling shall be arranged and paid for by the Contractor. Heating
and cooling from the central plant will be charged at $5.00 per million BTUs if available from the
Owner.
a. Contractor shall install a meter on steam lines to the project.
b. Natural gas lines will have a meter installed. Contractor will be charged at current rates.
2. New Additions and New Buildings:
a. The Contractor shall be responsible for installation and operation of temporary heating,
cooling, and ventilating units including fuel, temporary piping, fittings, wiring, and
connections in new additions and new buildings as necessary.
b. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to building and contents caused by cold,
heat, and dampness.
c. The Contractor shall maintain safe conditions for use of temporary heating, cooling, and
ventilating systems including, but not limited to, the following:
(1) Operate equipment following the manufacturer's instructions.
(2) Provide fresh air ventilation required by the equipment manufacturer.
(3) Keep temperature of fuel containers stabilized.
(4) Secure fuel containers from overturning.
(5) Operate equipment away from combustible materials.
(6) Provide adequate fire extinguishers.
3. Existing Building:
a. Unless otherwise specified, existing facilities may be used, at the Owner's expense, to
maintain minimum heating and cooling requirements. Normal setback temperature
patterns shall not be interfered with except as specifically required to meet construction
requirements. The existing system shall be protected by the Contractor from
contamination, construction dust and debris. Filters shall be maintained in a clean
condition and replaced with new filters at the completion of construction.
4. Specific heating requirements, unless otherwise specified, include but are not limited to:
a. Gypsum Plaster - Uniform minimum temperature of 55 deg F for a week before
application of plaster, during plastering operations, and until plaster is dry.
b. Gypsum Board - 55 deg F minimum day and night during entire joint treatment operation
and until execution of Certificate of Substantial Completion.
c. Ceramic Tile - 50 deg F minimum during preparation of mortar bed, laying of the tile, and
for 72 hours after completion of the tile work.
d. Acoustical Tile - 70 deg F minimum during setting of the tile.
e. Resilient Flooring - 70 deg F minimum during application.
f. Painting - 55 deg F minimum during painting operations and until dry.
5. When temporary heating, cooling, or ventilating is no longer required, the Contractor shall
dismantle the temporary system and remove it at his own expense. The Contractor shall return
permanent mechanical equipment to 'like -new' condition for the Substantial Completion
Inspection. All warranties will begin at substantial completion regardless of when the
equipment was started.
D. TEMPORARY TELEPHONE
1. The Contractor shall install a job telephone at his own expense. Local calls shall be paid for by
the Contractor. Long-distance and toll calls shall be paid for by the party making the call. The
Project Coordinator and the Architect shall have free and unrestricted use of this telephone
concerning this job. Incoming calls shall be promptly answered during working hours.
E. TEMPORARY WATER
1. The Owner will allow the Contractor usage of existing water facilities required for construction.
If additional water is needed which cannot be supplied by existing facilities, the Contractor is to
pay for installation of all valves, piping and metering, and arrange with the proper authority for
connection of the additional water.
F. TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES
I . The Contractor shall provide and maintain sanitary, temporary toilets.
2. The Contractor shall at all times maintain such facilities clean, neat and sanitary.
3. These temporary toilets shall be connected to the sewer wherever possible.
4. Temporary outside toilets shall be removed at completion of the job.
G. SCAFFOLDING AND PLATFORMS
1. The Contractor or his subcontractors shall furnish and maintain all equipment such as
temporary stairs, ladders, ramps, platforms, scaffolds, hoists, runways, derricks, chutes,
elevators, etc., as required for proper execution of the work.
2. All apparatus, equipment, and construction shall meet all requirements of labor laws, safety
regulations and other applicable State or local laws.
3. Permanent stairs shall be built whenever needed. The Contractor shall provide temporary
treads, handrails, and shaft protection as needed or as required by governing codes.
H. TREE & PLANT PROTECTION
1. Before commencing site work, the Owner shall build and maintain protective fencing around
existing trees and vegetation as identified on the Project drawings.
a. Individual trees shall have protective fencing built beyond drip line and to the satisfaction
of the Project Coordinator.
b. Groups of trees and other vegetation shall have protective fencing built around the entire
group to the satisfaction of the Project Coordinator.
c. Areas within protective fencing shall remain undisturbed and shall not be used for any
purpose.
2. The Contractor shall protect all other trees, shrubs and lawns and all landscape work from
damage. Provide guards and covering. If normal sprinkling system is disrupted, the Owner
shall hand water all trees and other vegetation affected.
3. Vegetation designated on drawings to be protected that has died or has been damaged beyond
repair shall be removed and replaced by the Owner and back charged to the Contractor.
I. TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES
1. When walls and roof are in place, the Contractor shall provide temporary, weather tight
enclosures for all exterior openings to protect all work from the weather. Openings into existing i
structure shall be made weatherproof. I
J. PROTECTION FROM SNOW & ICE i
1. The Contractor shall remove all snow and ice as may be required for the proper safety,
protection and execution of the work.
K. BRACING, SHORING, & SHEATHING i
1. The Contractor shall design, furnish, install, and maintain all shoring, bracing, and sheathing as
required for safety and for proper execution of the work and have same removed if required
when the work is completed.
L. PROTECTION OF PERSONS
1. The Contractor shall provide, install, and maintain all necessary precautions to protect all
persons on the site, including members of the public, from injury or harm. Such measures shall
include:
a. Posting of appropriate warning signs in hazardous areas.
b. Providing guardrails, fencing and barricades of adequate heights around all openings in
floors or roofs, and around all excavations. All guardrails shall meet all applicable codes.
c. Providing warning lights around obstructions, pits, trenches, or similar areas on-site or in
adjacent streets, roads, sidewalks, or in the structure itself.
d. When use or storage of hazardous materials or equipment is necessary for the execution
of the work, the Contractor shall exercise the utmost care and shall carry on such activities
under the supervision of properly qualified personnel.
M. PROTECTION FROM WEATHER
1. The Contractor shall always provide protection against weather (rain, wind, storm, frost, or heat)
and keep all work, materials, apparatus, and fixtures free from damage. At the end of the day's
work, all work that might be damaged shall be covered.
2. During cold weather, the Contractor shall protect all work from damage. If low temperatures
make it impossible to continue operations safely in spite of cold weather precautions, the
Contractor shall cease work and so notify the Project Coordinator.
N. PROTECTION OF EXISTING WORK
1. The Contractor shall protect all streets, private roads, and sidewalks, including overhead
protection where required, and shall make all necessary repairs to damaged work at his own
expense.
2. The Contractor shall provide proper protection of all existing work, furnishings, and fixtures
likely to be damaged. When exterior openings are made in existing work, they shall be covered
with weather tight protection at the end of the day's work.
3. Before commencing work, the Contractor shall survey the site and note any damage to existing
structures including walks, curbs and utilities. Notify the Project Coordinator before proceeding
with work. Any damage not noted by the Contractor and Project Coordinator will be repaired by
the Contractor.
4. Any work damaged by failure to provide protection shall be removed and replaced with new
work at Contractor's expense.
O. FIRE PROTECTION
1. The Contractor shall provide at least one approved fire extinguisher in plain sight on each floor
at each usable stairway prior to introduction of any combustible materials into the building.
2. Fires shall not be built on the premises except by express consent of Owner.
P. PROTECTION OF ADJACENT PROPERTY
1. The Contractor shall provide all necessary protection and support of adjacent property.
Q. CONSTRUCTION CLEANING
1. The Contractor shall keep premises broom clean during progress of the work.
2. Remove waste materials and rubbish caused by employees, subcontractors, and installing
material men. Roads inside and outside the Project shall be cleaned daily when hauling.
3. Before and during the painting and varnishing, clear area where such work is in progress of all
debris, rubbish, and building materials that may cause dust. Sweep floors as required and take
all possible steps to keep area dust free.
R. SURFACE WATER CONTROL
1. The Contractor shall protect the excavation, trenches and building from water damage by:
a. Providing pumps, equipment and enclosures necessary for such protection.
b. Constructing and maintaining temporary drainage and pumping as necessary to keep the
site free of water.
2. The cost of water control shall be borne by the Contractor. The Owner may, if promptly notified
of adverse underground water conditions, negotiate reasonable financial relief for the
Contractor where such conditions could not have been learned from the Soils Engineer's
Report, the Contract, or by commonly known local conditions.
S. OFFICES
1. The Contractor shall provide and maintain a weather tight office at the construction site. This
building is to be located outside of, and well detached from the building under construction.
This building shall be the property of the Contractor and shall be removed upon completion of
the Project.
T. SHEDS AND TRAILERS
1. The Contractor shall provide and maintain neat, weather -tight storage sheds or trailers for
storage of all materials that might be damaged or affected by weather or moisture. These
sheds or trailers shall have wood floors raised above the ground and will be outside of and well
detached from the building under construction. They shall be property of the Contractor and
shall be removed upon completion of the work.
SECTION 35 - LOCKOUTITAGOUT, CONFINED SPACE AND HAZARD COMMUNICATION
PROGRAMS
A. The Contractor and the subcontractors will have a written "LockouUTagout" program. A copy of this
program will be submitted to the Project Coordinator.
B. The Contractor and the subcontractors will inform their employees of the Owner's Lockout/Tagout
Program. Copies of this program are available from the Project Coordinator.
C. The Contractor and subcontractors shall evaluate all work places to determine if any spaces are
permit -required -confined spaces. (See 29 CFR 1910.146, Appendix A, Decision Flow Chart.) If the
workplace contains permit spaces, the Contractor shall inform exposed employees by posting
danger signs. (NOTE: A sign reading DANGER --PERMIT REQUIRED CONFINED SPACE, DO
NOT ENTER, or similar language would satisfy this requirement.) If the Contractor decides that its
employees will enter permit spaces, the Contractor shall carry out a written confined space program.
The written program shall be made available to exposed employees and submitted to the Project
Coordinator. The confined space program shall inform the employee that the workplace contains
confined spaces that require a permit to enter those spaces. The Contractor shall identify the
hazards that may be encountered in the confined space. The Contractor shall specify any
precautions or procedures required for the protection of employees in or near confined spaces.
D. Besides complying with the confined space requirements that apply to all employers, the Contractor
shall:
1. Obtain any available information regarding permit space hazards and entry operations.
2. Coordinate entry operations when both contractor and subcontractor personnel will be
working in or near permit spaces.
E. Copies of the Owner's Confined Space Program are available from the Project Coordinator.
The Contractor shall inform the Project Coordinator of the methods they will use to inform all
employees on the site of any precautionary measures that need to be taken for protection during the
workplace's normal and emergency operating conditions. The Contractor will specify the methods to
inform the employees of the labeling system for hazardous materials. The Contractor may rely on an
existing hazard communication program to comply with these requirements if it is current with OSHA
regulations.
G. The employer shall make the written hazard communication program available to employees and the
Project Coordinator.
H. Copies of the Owner's Hazard Communication Program are available from the Project Coordinator.
END OF DOCUMENT
BYU-Idaho Rev A October 2012 Page 9 of 9
4844-4784-3588.2
BYU
IDAHO
ORO
STFiaTa
Geotechnical Evaluation Report
Agriscience Facility
Sage Street
Rexburg, Idaho 83460
Prepared For:
Facilities Planning and Construction
Brigham Young University -Idaho
283 University Operations Building
Rexburg, Idaho 83460-8205
Prepared by Strata, Inc. 1 0 0
December 28, 2012
Project Number: IF12060A Strata, Inc
2815 Garret Way, Ste C, Pocatello, Idaho, Phone (208)-237-3400, Fax (208)-237.3449, www,stratageotech.com
Table of Contents
EXECUTIVESUMMARY.............................................................................................................1
INTRODUCTION...........................................................................................................................3
AUTHORIZATION.........................................................................................................................3
PROJECT DESCRIPTION, PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, AND SCOPE OF WORK
..............3
DESIGNCRITERIA.......................................................................................................................4
SITECONDITIONS........................................................................................................................4
FIELDSTUDY................................................................................................................................6
SUBSURFACE WATER AND SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS...................................................6
LABORATORYTESTING.............................................................................................................7
FINDINGS AND RESULTS...........................................................................................................7
RECOMMENDATIONS AND CONCLUSIONS..........................................................................8
General.....................................................................................................................................8
TemporaryExcavations............................................................................................................8
UtilityTrenches........................................................................................................................9
SiteGrading..............................................................................................................................9
SitePreparation.................................................................................................................9
StructuralFill....................................................................................................................9
Wet Weather/Soil Construction......................................................................................11
ExteriorGrading.............................................................................................................11
Foundations............................................................................................................................12
BearingStrata..................................................................................................................12
DesignCriteria................................................................................................................13
Interior Concrete Slabs on Grade...........................................................................................13
Exterior Concrete Slabs on Grade (Sidewalks, Curbs, Gutters, Misc.)..................................14
Sliding Resistance of Soils.....................................................................................................14
Lateral Earth Pressures...........................................................................................................15
Seismic Hazard Concerns, Liquefaction, Seismicity, and Faulting.......................................16
WaterSoluble Sulfates...........................................................................................................17
Topsoil....................................................................................................................................17
LIMITATIONS..............................................................................................................................17
REFERENCES..............................................................................................................................18
APPENDIX....................................................................................................................................19
ProjectlDNumber: IF12060A Strata Inc
2815 Ganet Way, Ste C, Pocatello, Idaho, Phone (208)-237-3400, Fax (208)-237-3449, www.stratageotech.com
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Mr. Jedd A. Walker Campus Architect
Brigham Youg University - Idaho
450 S. Physical Plant Way #213
Rexburg, Idaho 83460-8205
Phone: (208) 496-2663
���1�4�F111T7�I
December 28, 2012
Project ID Number: IF12060A
RE: Geotechnical Engineering Evaluation
Agriscience Facility
Brigham Young University - Idaho
Rexburg, Idaho
Strata, A Professional Services Corporation (STRATA), is pleased to present our authorized
Geotechnical Engineering Evaluation for the proposed Brigham Young University — Idaho (BYU-I)
Agriscience Facility to be located on Sage Street in Rexburg, Idaho. Our Geotechnical Engineering
Evaluation's purpose was to explore the subsurface conditions in the proposed development area and
provide geotechnical recommendations to assist project planning, design and construction. The
following report summarizes our field and laboratory test results and presents our geotechnical
engineering opinions and recommendations.
The proposed development area was previously developed for recreational use and, as such,
was underlain by surficial fill and topsoil. Prior to geotechnical exploration surficial fill was removed to
bedrock in the building footprint areas. The following report provides specific geotechnical
recommendations for preparing the site, including, earthwork activities, foundation design and
construction
The project design, owner, and construction team must read, understand and implement this
report in its entirety. Portions of the report cannot be relied upon individually without the supporting text
of remaining sections, appendices and plates. Our opinion is the success of the proposed construction
will depend on following the report recommendations, good construction practices, and providing the
necessary construction monitoring, testing and consultation to verify that work has been constructed as
recommended. We recommend STRATA be retained to provide monitoring, testing, and consultation
services to verify our report recommendations are being followed.
Project ID Number: IF12060A Strata Inc
2815 Garret Way, Ste C, Pocatello, Idaho, Phone (208)-237-3400, Fax (208)-237-3449, x w v.siratageotech.com
N
We appreciate the opportunity to continue our professional relationship with BYU-1 and the
project design and construction teams. We look forward to our continued involvement on this project
throughout construction. Please do not hesitate to contact us if you have any questions or comments.
Sincerely,
STRATA
A�-L
MHQ/mq
Engineering Manager
Project Number: IF12060A Strata, Inc.
2815 Garret Way, Ste C, Pocatello, Idaho, Phone (208)-237.3400, Fax (208)-237.3449, www.stratageotechxom
3
INTRODUCTION
Strata, A Professional Services Corporation (STRATA), is pleased to provide our Geotechnical
Engineering Evaluation for the proposed BYU-I Agriscience Facility planned to be constructed on the
BYU-I campus in Rexburg, Idaho. The proposed development site is located between Center Street
and First West Street, running parallel to Sage Street. Our Geotechnical Engineering Evaluation's
purpose was to explore the subsurface soil conditions at the project site and to prepare geotechnical
recommendations to assist the project team in project planning, design and construction. We
accomplished our services referencing our authorized geotechnical Proposal dated November 20,
2012.
AUTHORIZATION
On December 10, 2012 we received authorization from Mr. Kehl Murray to proceed with exploration
scheduled to begin on December 11, 2012.
PROJECT DESCRIPTION, PURPOSE OF EVALUATION, AND SCOPE OF WORK
We understand BYU-I plans to construct an Agriscience facility, consisting of 2 buildings, a large
animal building and an academic building. The large animal building and academic buildings are
planned to be have an approximate 35,000 and 32,000 square foot footprint, respectively. Both
buildings are planned to be supported by shallow spread footings with concrete slab -on -grade. The
academic building is planned to be 3 levels, with the lower level partially below grade. The large animal
building is planned to be a single level.
To accomplish our evaluation, STRATA performed the following services:
1. Coordinated exploration with the Digline Utility Notification Center to help reduce the potential for
damage to existing utilities. We also coordinated exploration with BYU-I.
2. Observed 10 exploratory borings, 5 within the footprint of each new building (See Plate 1).
Exploratory borings extended 10.5 to 16.0 feet below existing grades. A minimum of ten feet of
rock coring was accomplished for each boring. Our field engineer visually described, classified and
logged rock encountered referencing the International Society of Rock Mechanics classification
methods for rock.
3. Performed laboratory tests with reference to ASTM International (ASTM) procedures. We utilized
these laboratory results to help characterize engineering parameters used in our design.
4. Performed engineering analyses in order to provide geotechnical design and earthwork construction
recommendations. We worked with BYU-I development staff and the project design team to
ID Number: IF 12060A
2815 Garret Way, Ste C, Pocatello, Idaho, Phone (208)-237-3400, Fax (208)-237-3449, N w vshatageotech.com
4
coordinate necessary elements of design and construction into a specific discussion of the related
soil and geologic conditions. Our engineering analyses provides geotechnical recommendations
for:
1-4 Temporary Excavations
04o Utility Trenches
44o Site Grading
a Foundations
44 Interior Concrete Slabs on Grade
q Exterior Concrete Slabs on Grade
Sliding Resistance of Soils
0-4, Lateral Earth Pressures
6 Seismic Hazard Concerns, Liquefaction, Seismicity, and Faulting
6 Water Soluble Sulfates
0 Topsoil
5. Prepared and provided 3 copies of our final report of geotechnical findings and opinions including
exploration logs and laboratory test results.
DESIGN CRITERIA
Based on information provided by BYU-I, we understand that wall loads will be a maximum of
10,000 pounds per linear foot and column loads will be a maximum of 425,000 pounds. We understand
that the 2009 International Building Code (IBC) will be used as the governing building code for design
and construction. We also understand that no additional parking will be constructed as part of this
project as outlined in the Request for Proposal — Addendum #001, as such no, recommendations have
been provided.
We understand that Interior concrete slabs on grade are planned to be 4 inches thick and
constructed without control or construction joints and are reinforced with #4 bars at 18 inches on center
each way or 7.5 lbs of high volume synthetic fibers per cubic yard of concrete. We also understand that
typically a 15 mil vapor retarder is placed directly under the concrete with 4 inches of aggregate base
below the vapor retarder.
Field and laboratory testing has been completed referencing applicable ASTM standards.
SITE CONDITIONS
The proposed construction area is located on the BYU-1 campus in Rexburg, Idaho (43° 48'
52.08" N. 1110 47' 6.83" W., EL. 4,943 feet). The project site is located immediately south of Sage
Street, between First West Street, to the west, and Center Street, to the east. The site is bordered to
the south by an existing parking lot and a soil stockpile.
ID Nnrnber: IF 12060A
2815 Garret Way, Ste C. Pocatello, Idaho, Phone (208}237-3400, Fax (208)-237-3449, ww'w.stratageolech.cotn
5
The proposed construction site had been previously occupied by athletic fields. Prior to
exploration, the athletic fields were removed and the construction site was stripped of soil and
vegetation to bedrock in the structure footprint areas. At the time of exploration, the site consisted
primarily of exposed basalt bedrock including cobble and boulder sized fragments. Due to previous soil
removal significant topsoil and vegetation was not observed.
The project site slopes from east to west with an elevation change of approximately 35 feet.
Generally site storm water will migrate to the northwest corner of the site. The project site is not in a
flood plain. During exploration no shallow groundwater was evident and local well data indicates
groundwater will not be encountered during construction. Local guidelines for frost depth are 36
inches below grade. We provide a site plan of the project site on Plate 1, Boring Location Plan. The
following photograph exhibits existing site conditions at the time of our exploration:
Photograph 1: View of northwest corner of site.
Project ID Number: IF I 2060 Strata Inc
2815 Garret Way, Ste C, Pocatello, Idaho, Phone (208)-237-3400, Fax (208)-237-3449, www.stratageotech.com
6
Geologic research indicates the project site is composed of the lava flows of the Snake River
Group. The lava flows consist of basalts with minor amounts of interlayered coarse to fine grained
sediments and basaltic pyroclastic deposits. Deposits originate from the Pleistocene and Pliocene
epochs (Mitchell, 1979).
FIELD STUDY
STRATA accomplished subsurface exploration on November 11, 2012 via 10 exploratory
borings extending 10.5 to 16.0 feet below the existing ground surface (BGS). The approximate
exploration locations are illustrated on Plate 1 which also delineates the proposed development as
currently designed by BYU-1 and the project team. Borings were established in the field by a handheld
GPS unit.
We performed the exploratory borings using a CME 850 track mounted drill, equipped with
hollow stem augers and rock coring bit. Hollow stem auguring was not necessary due to the exposed
bedrock surface. We collected rock samples from borings using wireline coring methods. Rock core
samples were visually described and logged during exploration. Our field engineer visually evaluated,
described rock encountered in each boring and logged the subsurface profile referencing The
International Society of Rock Mechanics classification methods for rock and ASTM standards.
We provide individual boring logs and a brief USCS explanation in Appendix A to help
interpret the terms on the boring logs. At the conclusion of our subsurface evaluation, borings were
backfilled level with the existing ground surface with soil cuttings and bentonite.
SUBSURFACE WATER AND SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS
We advanced 10 total borings, 5 in the footprint of each building. At the boring locations, we
generally observed, basalt rock from the surface to the extent of exploration. The basalt ranged from
slightly vesicular to scoraceous. Soil inclusions, highly weathered sections and iron staining were also
encountered during exploration.
Rock quality designation (RQD) was estimated in the field in general accordance with ASTM
methods. RQD ranged between 26% and 94%, indicating rock qualities ranging from poor to excellent.
The majority of RQD values, however, indicated rock quality of being fair to excellent. Further, the intact
basalt rock is generally strong to very strong, with compressive strength ranging from 5,400 psi to 7,875
psi.
ID Number: IF12060A
2815 Garret Way, Ste C, Pocatello, Idaho, Phone (208)-237-3400, Fax (208)-237-3449, wwwsiratageotech.com
7
We did not encounter groundwater during exploration. In the project vicinity, groundwater levels
are influenced primarily by development in the project vicinity, stormwater and local aquifers. Although
groundwater was not encountered a review of local well log data indicates groundwater is unlikely to be
encountered during construction. It should be noted, however, that groundwater can become perched
on impermeable layers of basalt.
Significant subsurface variations may exist between exploration locations and in the proposed
development area. Specifically, although not encountered during our exploration, significant voids may
exist within the basalt rock. Boring exploration only allow us to observe a small portion of the site
subsurface conditions. Subsurface variations in the proposed development area may not be apparent
until construction. Where such variations exist, they may impact the opinions and recommendations
presented in this report, as well as construction timing and costs. We provide specific soil descriptions
and contacts on the boring logs in Appendix A, Unified Soil Classification System (USCS) & Exploratory
Boring Logs.
LABORATORY TESTING
We returned samples collected in the field to our laboratory for further classification and testing
and accomplished laboratory testing referencing ASTM International procedures. We developed our
laboratory testing program for this project to evaluate basalt rock uniaxial compressive strength since
our exploration did not encounter significant amounts of soil.
We present index laboratory test results on boring logs in Appendix A and the laboratory testing
summary and engineering testing is presented as Appendix B. We will retain soil samples for 90 days
and discard after this time period unless we are notified to store the samples for an extended period of
time.
FINDINGS AND RESULTS
From the field exploration results, laboratory testing and engineering analysis, we have
identified the primary geotechnical issues associated with the planned BYU-I Agriscience Facility as the
basalt bedrock. Excavation of basalt will be difficult and may require blasting if design grades require
greater depths for foundations and utility trenches. Irregular bearing surfaces will require structural fill
placement and leveling to facilitate concrete placement and to provide a uniform bearing surface.
Project ID Number: IF I 2060 Strata Inc
2815 Garret Way, Ste C, Pocatello, Idaho, Phone (208)-237-3400, Fax (208)-237-3449, www.stratageotech.coni
8
Our report specifically outlines our opinions and recommendations regarding these soil
conditions and relies on geotechnical continuity, communication between project team members
specific to risk and cost -based decisions, and good construction practices to achieve the desired
project outcome for BYU-I.
RECOMMENDATIONS AND CONCLUSIONS
General
We present the following geotechnical recommendations to assist planning, design and
construction of the proposed BYU-I Agriscience facility in Rexburg, Idaho as illustrated on Plate 1
attached to this report. This report also provides specific foundation and other geotechnical design
criteria for the building development which the structural and civil design and construction teams must
review to verify the applicability to the planned structure. We base our recommendations on the results
of our field evaluation, laboratory testing, our experience with similar soil conditions and our
understanding of the proposed construction. If design plans change or if the subsurface conditions
encountered during construction vary from those observed during our field evaluation, we must be
notified to review the report recommendations and make necessary revisions.
Temporary Excavations
Based on exploration results, it appears the near surface basalt bedrock encountered in
exploratory borings will be extremely difficult to excavate with conventional equipment. If excavations
are performed in the existing bedrock they should comply with Occupational Health and Safety Act
(OSHA) guidelines.
Excavations in any subsequent fill placement can cave and slough and must be sloped back in
accordance with Occupational Health and Safety Act (OSHA) guidelines. Excavation through any fill
placement should be temporarily sloped at 1.5H:1V (horizontal to vertical). Due to the potential for
varying soil conditions at the time of construction, we recommend earthwork contractors evaluate each
excavation configuration specific to OSHA guidelines and to seek appropriate professional guidance to
ensure excavation safety and stability.
The earthwork contractor should be prepared to perform rock excavation and/or blasting. It would
be advisable that a unit rate be established between the contractor and the owner for rock excavations
and/or blasting if these services become necessary.
Project ID Number. IF12060A Strata, Inc.
2815 Garret Way, Ste C, Pocatello, Idaho, Phone (208)-237-3400, Fax (208)-237-3449, w xtratageotech.com
9
Utility Trenches
Structural fill for backfilling utility trenches and all bedding should conform to section 305.21
Type I bedding material in the Idaho Standards for Public Works Construction (ISPWC), except that all
trench backfill must be placed and compacted to the structural fill requirements presented herein.
Loose soil must be removed from the base of utility trenches prior to placing pipe bedding. In addition,
if water is encountered, it must be removed from the base of the utility trench before placing pipe
bedding. We recommend utility pipes be placed on at least 4 inches of bedding conforming to section
305.3 of the ISPWC placed over undisturbed native bedrock, structural fill or otherwise supported
according to the pipe manufacturer's specifications and ISPWC requirements.
After bedding the pipe, place structural fill and compact it from the pipe invert to 1 foot above the
top of the pipe with tamping bars and/or plate compactors to render the backfill in a firm and unyielding
condition. Thoroughly place and compact bedding below pipe haunches or the zone between the pipe
invert and the spring line. To accomplish backfilling, the distance between the side of the pipe at the
spring line and the trench wall should be at least 12 inches. The remainder of the utility trench should
be backfilled in accordance with the Structural Fill section of this report.
Site Grading
Site Preparation
The majority of the site has been stripped to expose basalt rock. However, in many areas,
loose basalt rubble is present. Therefore, prior to placement of structural fill, the site should be
prepared as follows:
1. In existing soil areas, remove topsoil and vegetation.
2. Excavate subgrade in foundation and slab areas to sufficient depth to expose competent basalt
bedrock.
3. In areas where basalt rock is present, any loose debris or rubble must be removed.
Following preparation of project subgrades, as described above, structural fill may be placed to
achieve design elevations.
Structural Fill
All fill placed must be placed as structural fill. Structural fill should be placed on basalt bedrock.
Prior to fill placement loose cobble and boulder sized material or any undocumented fill that may be
encountered should be removed. The structural fill requirements described in Table 1 below, in
general, correlate to ISPWC material specifications:
Project ID Number: IF I 2060 Strata Inc
2815 Garret Way, Ste C, Pocatello, Idaho, Phone (208)-237-3400, Fax (208)-237-3449, www.srratageotech.com
Iff
Table 1. Structural Fill Specifications and Allowable Use
Structural Fill
Product
Allowable Use
Material Specifications
• Soil must be classified as silt, sand, or gravel (GP,
GM, GW, SP, SM, SW or ML) according to the
USCS.
General
General site grading,
• Soil may not contain particles larger than 6 -inches
Structural Fill
utilities and fill placement
in median diameter.
• Soil must consist of inert earth materials with less
than 3 percent organics or other deleterious
substances wood, metal, plastic, waste, etc).
. Soil must be classified as sand or gravel (GP, GW,
Granular
Over -excavations,
SP, or SW) according to the USCS.
Structural Fill
temporary haul roads,
• Less than 10% passing No.200 sieve.
(Granular
temporary platforms,
. Soil may not contain particles larger than 6—inches
Subbase)
Granular subbase,
in diameter.
general structural fill
. Soil meeting the latest requirements in ISPWC
Section 801 - Uncrushed Aggregates.
Foundation and slab
Aggregate Base
support, soil
improvements, asphalt
•Soil must meet granular structural fill requirements.
Course
pavement section
. Soil meeting the latest requirements in ISPWC'
aggregate, general
Section 802 — Type 1 Crushed Aggregate for Base.
structural fill
'Idaho Standards for Public Works Construction
All structural fill must be compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density of
the soil referencing ASTM D1557 (Modified Proctor). Fill placed outside any building or pavement
envelope can be placed as non-structural fill (i.e. landscape fill) providing there are no structures
(sidewalk, curbs, signs, etc.) planned directly above the landscape fill. We recommend landscape fill
be compacted to a minimum of 85 percent of the maximum dry density of the soil according to ASTM
D1557.
Any structural fill products must be moisture -conditioned to near optimum moisture content and
placed in maximum 10 -inch -thick, loose lifts. The above assumes large, appropriate compaction
equipment with drum energy of at least 10 tons or greater is used to attempt compaction. If smaller or
lighter compaction equipment is provided, the lift thickness may have to be reduced to meet the
compaction requirements presented herein.
No testing of proposed fill sources has been performed. On site soils meeting the specifications
given above may be used as fill during construction.
ID Number. IF12060A
2915 Garret Way, Ste C, Pocatello, Idaho, Phone (208)-237-3400, Fax (208)-237-3449,Nw v.stralageotech.com
11
Wet Weather/Soil Construction
We strongly recommend earthwork construction take place during dry weather conditions.
While the near -surface is typically rock, Subsequent soil used for backfill and site grading may contain
sufficient fines to be susceptible to pumping or rutting from heavy loads such as rubber -tired equipment
or vehicles when the soil is above optimum moisture content. Earthwork should not be performed
immediately after rainfall or until soil can dry sufficiently to allow construction traffic without disturbing
the subgrade. During and after achieving subgrade elevation, the contractor must take precautions to
protect the subgrade from becoming disturbed or saturated. We recommend the contractor limit
construction traffic to any prepared subgrade and reduce exposure to precipitation and water.
Specifically, the contractor should:
6 Grade subgrades to aggressively direct surface water away from construction areas that
could be adversely affected by infiltration.
6 After adequate moisture conditioning efforts have failed, remove exposed subgrade soil that
becomes soft or begins to pump to firm soil and replace it with structural fill as described
above for over -excavations.
6 Never attempt structural fill placement during or immediately following a significant
precipitation event.
6 Never allow subgrades to freeze or become saturated prior to fill placement.
The final subgrade conditions and careful construction procedures are critical to the long-term
project performance. We recommend earthwork specifications specifically identify the contractor's
responsibility to protect and maintain prepared subgrades. It may improve project economy to retain
STRATA to observe the subgrade preparation activities to identify techniques or construction activities
that may be attributing to unstable subgrades and contributing to the need for over -excavations.
Exterior Grading
We recommend the ground surface outside of any structure be sloped a minimum of 5 percent
away for 10 feet to rapidly convey surface water or roof runoff away from foundations. Remaining
landscapes should slope at least 2 percent away from structures. Roof downspouts must be provided
and connected to a solid pipe placed away from structures and not allowed to infiltrate into the
structural fill underlying the structure. Stormwater should be routed away from the structures and
should be disposed of in stormwater disposal facilities located at least 20 feet from the proposed
building. Irrigation adjacent to or within 10 feet of the buildings is discouraged.
Project ID Number: IF12060A Strata Inc
2815 Garret Way, Ste C, Pocatello, Idaho, Phone (208)-237-3400, Fax (208)-237-3449, mvwshatageotech.com
Foundations 12
Based on the shallow basalt rock, we recommend all foundations for the project be constructed as
shallow spread and strip foundations bearing on aggregate base course placed over competent basalt
bedrock. However, as noted earlier in this report, the existing basalt rock may exhibit voids which were not
exposed during our investigation. Therefore, we recommend the following to evaluate the potential for
voids below the surface of the basalt bedrock:
1. Following excavation to foundation subgrade, advance supplemental borings at approximate 5 foot
spacing within foundation areas.
2. Borings should be advanced a minimum of 10 feet below planned foundation bearing elevation.
3. Borings should be advanced by an air -rotary drill rig (air -track rig) which is capable of detecting the
presence of voids. In our experience the air rotary drill rig is economical and can typically advance
up to 80 to 100 borings per day.
Exterior footings must extend at least 36 inches below the final exterior ground surface to help
protect against frost action. Interior foundations must extend at least 18 inches below final slab -bearing
elevations and maintain at least 4 inches of gravel between slabs and the top of the footing to reduce the
reflective cracking potential. Foundations must be structurally designed to conform to the latest edition of
the International Building Code (IBC). The foundation bearing pressures presented below can be
increased 30 percent to account for transitory live loads such as seismic and wind. In our opinion, long-
term live loads such as equipment, fixtures, furniture, files, etc. should be considered in the total dead
structural loads for the project. Our analysis utilizes a factor of safety against bearing capacity failure of
3.0 or greater. Settlement estimates and other design criteria are unfactored. Based on the reported
foundation loading conditions, the text below provides recommended design and construction criteria.
Based on the reported foundation loading conditions, the text below provides recommended design and
construction criteria.
We recommend STRATA be retained to observe the foundation system installation including
reviewing structural fill compaction prior to placing concrete forms or concrete. Reviewing the fill
placement process and final foundation bearing surfaces helps confirm our allowable bearing pressures
and settlement estimates and is an important part of the geotechnical design process.
Bearing Strata
From exploration, we expect the basalt bedrock to be present at existing grade. Given that
bedrock is currently exposed we recommend all foundations should be underlain by a minimum 6 inch
leveling course of aggregate base course to help provide a uniform bearing surface and improve
Project ID Number: IF12060A Strata, Inc.
2815 Garret Way, Ste C, Pocatello, Idaho, Phone (208)-237-3400, Fax (208)-237-3449, N w v.stratageotechxom
13
constructability. Granular structural fill must be placed on native basalt bedrock, and be compacted to
structural fill criteria.
Design Criteria
Foundations constructed on granular soil leveling courses as presented in this report may be
designed using a maximum allowable bearing pressure of 10,000 pounds per square foot (psf). Mass
concrete placed on soil improvements over compacted subgrades can utilize a friction coefficient (fa) of
0.65 to resist lateral loads. This coefficient must be reduced by 1/3 if concrete is not cast directly on
soil such as for pre -cast panels.
Using good construction practices and constructing during good weather, we estimate
foundations bearing on subgrades prepared as recommended herein will realize up to approximately %
inch total and 1/2 inches of differential settlement in a 30 -foot span. The observed settlement will be
primarily elastic in nature and will occur coincident with foundation loading. Our settlement estimates
rely on 18 -inch -wide minimum continuous foundations and 8 -foot -square spot footings. Foundation
dimensions greater than these should be analyzed for changes in settlement potential. Where water
accumulates at the foundation elevation, settlement can be in excess of our estimates and the building
tolerances. Therefore, we recommend exterior grading provide adequate drainage away from the
building.
Interior Concrete Slabs on Grade
Concrete slab -on -grade floors should be supported by compacted crushed aggregate base course
placed on a prepared subgrade, as described in this report's Site Grading and Structural Fill section. We
recommend concrete slab -on -grade floors exposed to typical pedestrian and light storage loads be
underlain by at least 4 inches of crushed aggregate base course to provide a leveling course and capillary
break for the slab. Below service and large animal building, we recommend the slab be underlain by a
minimum of 8 inches of crushed aggregate base course. Subgrade areas that become soft, wet or
disturbed or that cannot be recompacted to structural fill requirements must be over -excavated to firm soil
and replaced with granular structural fill prior to placing aggregate base.
Floor slabs must be designed for the anticipated use and equipment or storage loading conditions.
Based on correlations to our field and laboratory test results, we recommend concrete slab design utilize a
modulus of subgrade reaction (K) of 300 pounds per cubic inch (pc!) for structural fill overlying basalt rock
subgrades. To realize the reported modulus of subgrade reaction, drained conditions and the
recommended slab support section and subgrades.
Project ID Number: IF I 2060 Strata Inc
2815 Garret Way, Ste C, Pocatello, Idaho, Phone (208)-237-3400, Fax (208)-237-3449, w v.stratageotech.com
14
Interior floor slabs may be susceptible to moisture migration caused by capillary action and
vapor pressure. Floor coverings such as tile, vinyl, or other "impervious coatings" may exist within the
retail area and a vapor retarder is strongly encouraged in these areas. In shop areas where no floor
coverings are expected, a vapor retarder may not be necessary. Where utilized, vapor retarders must
consist of a thick, 15 -mil, puncture -resistant sheeting consistent with American Concrete Institute (ACI)
Section 302.2R-06 specifications. An example of a common vapor retarder is Stego WrapTM, a 15 -mil
vapor retarder.
The specific location of vapor retarders has been widely discussed in the architectural,
structural, construction and geotechnical engineering community, and differing opinions exist.
However, current recommendations by the ACI recommend placement of a vapor retarder directly
below the concrete slab. However, ultimately, the location of the vapor retarder (if a vapor retarder is
specified) should be carefully considered by the owner and architect. Studies have shown that
decreased concrete water -cement ratios, higher strength concrete, and good construction finishing
practices significantly decrease any negative impacts associated with both of the above options for
vapor retarder locations.
Installation of form stakes or other sub -slab penetrations must never be allowed to puncture the
vapor retarder. Manufacturer recommendations for proper sealing of slab -to -wall connections,
plumbing or other penetrations must be strictly followed. Although these recommendations are used,
water vapor migration through the concrete floor slab is still possible. Floor covering must be selected
accordingly and manufacturer's recommendations strictly followed.
Exterior Concrete Slabs on Grade (Sidewalks, Curbs, Gutters, Misc.)
Exterior slabs are susceptible to frost action which can generate substantial frost heave at
certain times of the year. The potential for frost heave may not be acceptable at entries, work bays or
other critical areas adjacent to the building that will be exposed to weather. One approach to provide
partial frost protection requires removing 65 percent of material within the frost depth and replacing it
with granular structural fill. If this method is employed, the over -excavated soil must be replaced with
aggregate base course as specified in the Structural Fill section. Alternatively, if partial frost protection
is unacceptable, over -excavation and aggregate base course replacement must be accomplished to the
anticipated frost depth (36 inches).
Sliding Resistance of Solis
Mass concrete placed on soil improvements over compacted subgrades can utilize a friction
coefficient (fs) of 0.65 to resist lateral loads. This coefficient must be reduced by 1/3 if concrete is not
Project ID Number: IF12060A Strata Inc.
2815 Garret Way, Ste C, Pocatello, Idaho, Phone (208)-237-3400, Fax (208)-237-3449, ww .stratageotech.com
15
cast directly on soil such as for pre -cast panels.
Lateral Earth Pressures
All below -grade foundation and wall systems must be designed to resist lateral earth pressures
from the retained soil behind the structure and surcharge from equipment, slopes or vehicles adjacent
to the walls. For this project, perimeter strip footings and associated stem walls must be designed to
resist lateral earth pressures. We recommend lateral earth pressures for conventional wall systems be
estimated using the following equivalent fluid pressures (EFPs) from Table 2 below for imported
structural backfill compacted to structural fill criteria.
Table 2. Static Equivalent Fluid Pressures (Structural Fill Retained Soil)
Lateral Earth Pressure Case
Equivalent Fluid Pressure (EFP)
At rest case
50 pcf* (unsaturated)
(no wall movement)
Active case
35 pcf* (unsaturated)
(wall movement away from soil mass)
Passive case
450 pcf* (unsaturated)
(wall movement toward soil mass)
-rcr = pounas per cuDic toot
For walls that cannot tolerate movement, we recommend they be designed utilizing at -rest fluid
pressures. Lateral surcharge pressures due to equipment and storage loads, etc. have not been
included in the above lateral earth pressure recommendation. A lateral earth pressure coefficient of
0.45 acting over the entire retaining wall should be used to estimate lateral surcharge loads from
equipment storage loads, etc. located behind and above walls. Compaction of backfill within 5 feet of
the retaining wall should be performed only with vibratory plates or walk behind smooth -drum vibratory
rollers to lessen potential surcharge loading of the walls during compaction.
Dynamic lateral earth pressures due to seismic activity are additive to the above static lateral
earth pressures but act as an inverted triangle for the active and at -rest cases. The dynamic lateral
earth pressure for the passive case acts in the opposite direction to reduce the available passive
resistance but at the same location as the static condition. Recommended dynamic lateral earth
pressures are given in the following table.
ID Number: IF 12060A
2815 Garret Way, Ste C, Pocatello, Idaho, Phone (208)-237-3400, Fax (208)-237-3449, www.stratageolech.com
16
Table 3. Dynamic Lateral Earth Pressures based on Mononobe Okabe and Woods Methodology
Lateral Earth Pressure Case
Equivalent Fluid Pressure (EFP)
At rest case
+39 pcf
(no wall movement)
Active case
+10 pcf
(wall movement away from soil mass)
Passive case
-120 pcf
(wall movement toward soil mass)
1 — The seismic component of the active and at -rest pressure is assumed to have its resultant acting at 0.66 times the height of the wall
measured from the base of the wall.
2 — Active and at rest pressures are additive to equivalent Fluid pressure using traditional triangular pressure distribution.
The above lateral earth pressure values are appropriate considering static, drained, non -
surcharged conditions. STRATA recommends that all retaining or below -grade walls be drained. This
can be accomplished by installation of drains at the base of the backfill side of walls. All drains should
be constructed with a minimum 4 inch perforated pipe surrounded by drain rock and separated from the
backfill by a non -woven geotextile.
Seismic Hazard Concerns, Liquefaction, Seismicity, and Faulting
We expect the 2009 IBC will be utilized for project structural design. IBC Section 1613 outlines
the procedure for evaluating site ground motions and design spectral response accelerations. STRATA
utilized site soil and geologic data and the project location to establish earthquake -loading criteria at the
site referencing IBC Section 1613. Based on our field exploration and knowledge of the upper 100 feet
of the soil profile, we recommend a Site Class C be utilized as a basis for structural seismic design.
STRATA evaluated the potential for liquefaction in the soil profile anticipated below the
proposed structure. Liquefaction is a common concern in loose sand and silt with a potential for
saturated conditions. The liquefaction potential rapidly decreases when the density increases and the
percentage of fine-grained soil increases. As discussed in this report, the native subsurface profile is
comprised of Basalt Bedrock. Based on our exploration and experience, we consider the potential for
liquefaction and lateral spread to be negligible based on the presence of bedrock and the relatively low
seismic accelerations in the project vicinity.
The project site is located approximately'/4 mile southeast of the Rexburg fault. A fault trench
study is unnecessary and we consider the risks related to fault rupture as low.
Project ID Number: IF12060A Strata Inc.
2815 Garret Way, Ste C, Pocatello, Idaho, Phone (208)-237-3400, Fax (208)-237-3449, www.stratageotech.com
17
Water Soluble Sulfates
Based on our experience in the project vicinity, generally the soil has slightly alkaline pH and
low to moderate resistivity. Therefore, we anticipate a moderate to high corrosion environment. As
with any construction, careful selection of material for utility piping and other structure materials must
account for some potential wall thickness loss due to corrosion. Concrete reinforcing steel should
maintain appropriate IBC earth and form clearances at all times. Position reinforcing steel with the
maximum available clearance to reduce potential corrosion effects. Our experience in the project
vicinity and with regional concrete suppliers indicates site soil will not react with concrete products
produced in the area. Further, based on our experience, local concrete aggregates typically require
alkali -silica mitigation in concrete mix designs to limit potential alkali -silica reactions in concrete. No
testing has been performed on site soils or soils proposed for use as fill. We recommend site concrete
utilize type 1/11 cement.
Topsoil
No topsoil testing has been performed. We recommend If testing becomes necessary please contact
us.
LIMITATIONS
Geotechnical design continuity will be an important aspect of this project's successful
completion. In our opinion, geotechnical continuity can occur in 3 stages in the planning, design and
construction project aspects. Specifically, we recommend STRATA maintain the geotechnical design
continuity in the following aspects:
0 Plan and Specification Review: We recommend STRATA be retained to review final
design and construction plans and specifications to verify our geotechnical
recommendations are incorporated into project bidding and construction documents as well
as to provide additional recommendations based on the final design concepts. These efforts
can help BYU-I provide document continuity across the engineering disciplines and reduce
the potential for errors as the project concepts evolve.
6 Geotechnical Design Confirmation: The potential site soil and rock variation may have
a significant impact on foundation and slab construction. As such, we recommend STRATA
be retained to provide geotechnical engineering oversight during foundation installation to
observe the potential variability in the soil and rock conditions and provide consultation
regarding potential impacts on foundation construction.
6 Construction Observation and Testing: We recommend STRATA be retained to observe
foundation excavation and concrete placement operations for shallow foundations. Having
Project ID Number: IF 12060A Strata Inc
2815 Garret Way, Ste C. Pocatello, Idaho, Phone (208}237-3400, Fax (208)-237-3449, alvustratageotech.com
18
STRATA provide inspection and oversight during this process will reduce the potential for an
unforeseen construction error which may ultimately impact the project. STRATA can also
provide construction material testing and special inspection for concrete, masonry,
reinforcement, and asphalt. If we are not retained to perform the recommended services,
we cannot be responsible for related construction errors or omissions.
This report has been prepared to assist project planning design and construction of the
proposed BYU-I Agriscience Facility to be constructed at south of Sage Street, between Center Street
and First West Street, in Rexburg, Idaho. Our geotechnical findings and opinions have been developed
based on the authorized subsurface exploration and laboratory testing, as well as our understanding of
the project at this time. Our geotechnical design recommendations are specific to the planned
Agriscience facility design and infrastructure construction and should not be extrapolated to other future
site developments without allowing adequate geotechnical consultation by STRATA.
Our services consist of professional opinions and findings made in accordance with generally
accepted geotechnical engineering principles and practices in southwest Idaho at the time of this
report. The geotechnical recommendations provided herein are based on the premise that appropriate
geotechnical consultation during subsequent design phases is implemented and an adequate program
of tests and observations will be conducted by STRATA during construction to verify compliance with
our recommendations and to confirm conditions between exploration locations. This acknowledgment
is in lieu of all warranties either express or implied.
REFERENCES
ASTM International, 2010, Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Volume 04.08 Soil and Rock (1): D 420 —
D 5876
ASTM International, 2010, Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Volume 04.09 Soil and Rock (11): D 5877 -
latest
Coduto, D., 1994, Foundation Design, Principles and Practices, Prentice Hall.
International Code Council, 2009, International Building Code
Roberge, P.R., 2000, Handbook of Corrosion Engineering.
Mitchell, V.E., and Bennett, E.H., 1979, Geologic map of the Driggs quadrangle, Idaho: Idaho
Geological Survey, Geologic Map GM -6, scale 1:250,000
United States Geological Survey (USGS), 2002, 2004, 2006, 2008 and 2010, Seismic Design
Maps and Tools for Engineers, http://earthquake.usgs.gov/hazards/designmaps, December,
2012.
Project ID Number: IF12060A Strata, Inc.
2815 Garret Way, Ste C, Pocatello, Idaho, Phone (208)-237-3400, Fax (208)-237-3449, wmv.stratageotech.com
19
APPENDIX
The following plates and appendices accompany and complete this report:
Plate 1: Boring Location Plan
Appendix A: Exploratory Boring Logs &
Unified Soil Classification System (USCS)
Appendix B: Laboratory Test Results
Project ID Number: IF 12060A Strata Inc.
2815 Garret Way, Ste C, Pocatello, Idaho, Phone (208)-237-3400, Fax (208)-237-3449, w xv.stlatageotech.conn
TITS PLW COMPRISES A PORHON OF S MS REPORT AND THE l OF THE REPORT WMNNS ESSEBBE.
INfORµ
SHBE READ COWIf ELT. TiS PIAN IS INTENDED TO HEIR Y ZE THE INFORM. PRONGED W TIE flFF
SRE PRENOUSLY PREPARED BY OTHERS MD NO CHECK OF OCCURI CURRENIN. APPROPRIATENESS. M. OF WFE
OF STRATA'S SCOPE OF SESAME.
LEGEND
B-1 Approximate boring location observed by STRATA on
December 11, 2012.
VICINITY MAP
NOT TO SCALE
i
APPROXIMATE /
SITE tOCATION WHWP Nw PM
4 �
F
�
WING
'WL1.5
Ww.a-.p
P �uaM p
las
�q
P az ne
EnH'P�rmm I(�
raepp tl
Fuea' WmN
SeN�q
P
.wR cwn wnnF P � emnys
rnmw�
wocv.
v
BORING LOCATION PLAN
BYU of Idaho
Agriscience Building
Rexburg, Idaho
0 30 60 30
{
SCALE: 1 inch = 60 Fr
STRaTa
A PROFESSIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION
-TKF� v,4 -X Growl -hkc E7ro"Kd UP
DRAWING DATE: 12-13-2012
DRAWING BY: DMS CHECKED BY: MGW
eid BYU-IDAHO 10fBdN0IF12060A PLATE:1
APPENDIX A
Exploratory Boring Logs & Unified Soil
Classification System (USCS)
F ,-,
vi
p
m
o. m
ray
r
41
a
REMARKS
USCS Description w�
p o
N 5
U
m r
N o—
a$
N Z
o
;, v
v
Note: BGS =Below Ground
W
m'O
0
a
Surface
tOCK,Calcium
(RX) BASALT, slightly weathered, I
carbonate in joints for
slightly vesicular, gray, fine grain,
first 5 inches.
hard, narrow fracture spacing, with
between
0.0
and 5.5
feel BGS
rough joint surfaces, filled with
RQD=8
0
calcium carbonate and clay 7
Recovery
=
68%
2.5
RX
5.0
H
ROBE
(RX) BASALT, slightly weathered,
vesicular, reddish gray, fine grain,
narrow fracture spacing, with rough
between
5,5
and 10.5 feet BGS
surfaces
RQD=4
.
Re
very = 86%
7.5
RX
Lost water circulation at 8 feet
BGS.
0.0
HQ
ROCK CORE
(RX) BASALT, slightly weathered,
vesicular, reddish gray, fine grain,
narrow fracture spacing, with rough
between
10.5
and 15.5
feel
BGS
surfaces
RQD=9
.
Recovery
= 100%
12.5
RX
5.0
Borehole Terminated at 15.5 Feet.
Client: BYU - IDAHO Boring Number: B-1
EXPLORATORY
Project: ICME8A Date Drilled: 12-11-2012
STRa-r& BORING LOG
Drill Rig: CME 850 Borehole Diameter: 2.5"
Av.;..,,,,.._,
Depth to Groundwater: N.E. Logged B MQ r"'=q"""—'""ri"'^''"
P 99 Y� r Sheet 1 Of 1
� ��
1 `, ; t
_. ��: _ _
~`
� _
c,
� . ... .':. ;.��WYFJ'c>�t+c.. J ��;: :, ^s - b't,v J.�. ivvs
ri
3 r. 1
�
)
• t�
�3Y
_
-1.
V
�
�3.
l
��
� ��
1 `, ; t
_. ��: _ _
~`
� _
c,
� . ... .':. ;.��WYFJ'c>�t+c.. J ��;: :, ^s - b't,v J.�. ivvs
ri
www.stratageotech.com
=
C6 w
.
n
REMARKSO
Description
y2
g
mF(
h
«USCS
o
x
0
y
t
Note: BGS = Below Ground
7
h
m m
U
Surface
HO
ROCK CORE
a°
(RX) BASALT, moderately
weathered, vesicular, reddish gray,
Calcium carbonate in joints.
fine grain, hard, narrow fracture
between
0.0
and 5.5
feet BGS
spacing, with rough surfaces filled
ROD=86%
with calcium carbonate and clay
-( -
Recovery
=
94%
2.5
RX
i
5.0
K CORE
(RX) BASALT, moderately
weathered, moderately vesicular,
-
gray, fine grain, hard, narrow
between
5.5
and 10.5 feet BGS
fracture spacing, with rough
ROD=7
surfaces filled with clay
Recovery
= 100%
Scoraceous weathering
between 7 and 8 feet BGS.
7.5
RX
Red staining.
10.0
HQ
ROCK CORE
(RX) BASALT, moderately
weathered, moderately vesicular,
reddish gray, fine grain, hard,
between
10S
and 16.5
feet
BGS
narrow fracture spacing, with rough
ROD
= 77%
Lost water circulation at 11.5
surfaces filled with clay
Recovery
=
90%
feet BGS.
12.5
RX
5.0
Borehole Terminated at 15.5 Feet.
Client: BYU -IDAHO
Boring Number: B-2
EXPLORATORY
Project: IF12060A
Date Drilled: 12-11-2012
STRa-ra
BORING LOG
Drill Rig: CME 850
Borehole Diameter: 2.5"
Depth to Groundwater: N.E.
Logged By: MQ""`""'""''
Sheet 1 Of 1
1 ttd �trJ( � y �F 1
M
i' dirt
t S�-�i'nYg��,� 9.
s ;
•
.:....
,. • a
r f .. 5 ` _.a*.
� 2. ^" .
y '. - , � r���...inn:�'7;'�':rCir��t_rgirr,..:.;' � -.��., irv*I-'F'^..rz�..... : _,
;� �� � �'
*�✓Y t
r YYY �q �Tg`'�ym � _'
. �.
.; ._. a 1��1T^T� :S.::JAF�•.C; Tt.�^.iq
�: r III���LLL � ^
: �J. � o'� :�ivm v � �
4
'�.
y�.:. ".e
�.rriin.h.. _rhe s a�r��; cs ._
u"... .u.luu r.i.. '" '. .. ...a
a,., � , ..
.
�.
j G t
wrw,
bv{
F�
USCS Description
C6 0)
ai
O
nv
Fa �'
F
2
a
REMARKS
U
E F
i
p
o c
d� °J�
v
Note: BGS = Below Ground
Q
U)
ca tO
tj
ROCK C
v
a
Surface
(RX) BASALT, moderately
QBE—
weathered, vesicular, reddish gray
to gray, fine grain, moderately hard,
between
0.0 and 4.5 feet BGS
narrow fracture spacing, with rough
RQD=5 .
surfaces filled with calcium
Recovery = 89%
carbonate and clay
RX
2.5
HQ ROCK CORE
Lost water circulation at 4.5 feet
(RX) BASALT, moderately
weathered, vesicular, reddish gray -5.0
to gray, fine grain, moderately hard,
RX
between
4.5 and 6.0 feet BGS
narrow fracture spacing, with rough
RQD = 94%
surfaces filled with calcium
Recovery = 94%
carbonate and clay
H RE
(RX) BASALT, moderately
weathered, vesicular, reddish gray
to gray, fine grain, moderately hard,
between
6.0 and 11.0
feet BGS
narrow fracture spacing, with rough
RQD=88%
surfaces filled with calcium
Recovery =
93°%
carbonate and clay 7.5
RX
0.0
Radish highly vesicular to
scoriaceous between 10.5 - 12
H
RE
feet BGS.
(RX) BASALT, moderately
weathered, vesicular, reddish gray
to gray, fine grain, moderately hard,
between
11.0
and 16.0 feet BGS
narrow fracture spacing, with rough
RqD=6
.
surfaces filled with calcium
Recovery
= 92%
carbonate and clay -12.5
RX
15.0
Borehole Terminated at 16.0 Feet.
Client: BYU-IDAHO
BoringNumber: B-3
(�J
EXPLORATORY
Project: ICME8A
Date Drilled: 12-11-2012
sTRaTa
BORING LOG
Grill Rig: CME 850
Borehole Diameter: 2.5"
Depth to Groundwater: N.E.
Logged By: MQ
Sheet 1 Of 1
' fie tk N
dC,h;.-wlllE
xV,
' _ ®� ', � �� 5,.'�>r tµ ♦ t� ` tie b� ,�
www.stratageotech.com
=
m rn
O
v d
0 d
0
a
REMARKS
USCS Description W
N 5
m F
-
w z
o a
. `w
m
Note: BGS = Below Ground
m
O
}
o _
o
...
vi
m m
Q
act
0
ROCK CORE
0
Surface
(RX) BASALT, slightly weathered,
slightly vesicular, gray, fine grain,
very hard, narrow fracture spacing,
between
0.0
and 5.5
feet BGS
with rough surfaces filled with
ROD
= 72%
calcium carbonate
Recovery
=
95%
2.5
RX
5.0
HO
ROCK CORE
(RX) BASALT, slightly weathered,
vesicular, gray, fine grain, very
hard, narrow fracture spacing, with
between
5.6 and 10.5 feet BGS
rough surfaces
ROD = 92%
Recovery = 98%
7.5
RX
Reddish at 9.5 to 11.5 feet
BGS.
70.0
HQ ROCKORE
Reddish and highlyenvesicular to
(RX) BASALT, slightly weathered,
vesicular, reddish brown, rine grain,
hard, narrow fracture spacing, with
between
10.5
and 15.5
feet
BGS
scoriaceous between 11 - 13.5
13.5
rough surfaces
ROD
75%
feet BGS.
Recovery
y = 100%
Lost water circulation at 11.5
feet BGS.
12.5
RX
5.0
Borehole Terminated at 15.5 Feet,
Client: BYU-IDAHO
Boring Number: B-4
OjOsTr-Ra-ra
EXPLORATORY
Protect: IF12060A
Date Drilled: 12-11-2012
BORING LOG
Drill Rig: CME 850
Borehole Diameter: 2.5"
A p
'""""' "" ""'""""""r
Depth to Groundwater: N.E.
Logged By: MO
Sheet 1 Of 1
www.stratageotech.com
Mrs
�-ter-:
rsi ,t -v v[r�y .•_.
� a
. 1. .. ..
'S'nl rf r LSY � tcsn�+y'u��cnJ�� ✓� .. .. t.;��'. .. ...._ _..
M
16 0)O
01 m
0 d
�
2°
a
REMARKS
USCS Description o a
y U
N~
y o c
y
c
Note: BGS =Below Ground
�
m
m m
2 0
Surface
HQ
ROCK CORE
ao
(RX) BASALT, moderately
weathered, slightly to moderately
Clay in joints.
vesicular, dark gray, fine grain, very
between
0.0
and 5.5
feet BGS
hard, narrow fracture spacing, with
RQD
= 84%
rough surfaces filled with clay
Recovery
=
90%
2.5
RX
5.0
RSO KCS
(RX) BASALT, moderately
I
weathered, slightly to moderately
vesicular, dark gray, fne grain, very
between
5.5
and 10.5 feet BGS
hard, narrow fracture spacing, with
rough surfaces
RQD=8
Recovery
0
°
= 97%
Iron staining
9 at 6.5 feet BGS.
7.5
RX
Lost water circulation at 9.5 feet
BGS.
10.0
Highly fractured zone @ 10.5.
(RX) BASALT, moderatelyRBOC
I
_Q�K
weathered, slightly to moderately
vesicular, dark gray, fine grain, very
between
10.5
and 15.5
feet
BGS
hard, narrow fracture spacing, with
RQD=8
0
rough surfaces
Recovery
=
95%
2.5
RX
5.0
Borehole Terminated at 15.5 Feet,
Client: BYU -IDAHO
Boring Number: B-5
EXPLORATORY
Project: IF12060A
Date Drilled: 12-11-2012
sTRaTa
BORING LOG
Drill Rig: CME 850
Borehole Diameter: 2.5"
Depth to Groundwater: N.E.
Logged By: MQ
Sheet 1 Of 1
www.stratageotech.com
www.stratageotech.com
x
a
i n
ci
p
m
v
m y
i- a
is
H
d°
`w
a c
REMARKS
USCS Description s
p v
(oU
E T
a
a
o
x
o
in ~
N 3�
y z
-"e-
Note: BGS = Below Ground
N
mfO
HQ
o
ROCK CORE
ci
a
Surface
(RX) BASALT, slightly weathered,
slightly to moderately vesicular,
gray, fine grain, very hard, narrow
between
0.0
and 5.5
feet BGS
fracture spacing, with rough
ROD=7
%
Slightly vesicular from 1 - 3 feel
surfaces
Recovery
=
92%
BGS.
2.5
RX
5.0
HQ ROCK
CORE
(RX) BASALT, slightly weathered,
moderately vesicular, gray, fine
grain, very hard, narrow fracture
between
5.5 and 10.5 feet BGS
spacing, with rough surfaces
RQD=7 .
Recovery = 92%
Reddish brown staining from 7
to 9 feet BGS.
7.5
RX
Lost water circulation at 8 feel
BGS.
i
i
10.0
Borehole Terminated at 10.5 Feet.
Client: BYU -IDAHO
Boring Number: B-6
EXPLORATORY
Project: IF12060A
Date Drilled: 12-11-2012
sYRa-ra
BORING LOG
Drill Rig: CME 650
Borehole Diameter: 2.5'
Depth to Groundwater: N.E.
Logged By: MQ"`"-"""'"""'"`''
Sheet 1 Of 1
ve5, ` `I
V.-
ice._
r
1
3�'J�i�2�f�%,al,•y'}I1���13@_�'`i:�`iaca�� ,."`,-..��ss'-a:�uha,Fy�`_-�-,-`
f-
Ot
..
m
O
o. d
Far
a
0
0.
REMARKS
USCS Description W
0) 5
m r
F
W=
z
o�
; H
�-
Note: BGSSurfacelow Ground
o
= O
N
u!
m
o
2 0
HO
ROCK CORE
a°
(RX) BASALT, slightly to highly
weathered, vesicular, gray to
reddish brown, fine grain, soft to
between
0
0 and 4.5
feet BGS
hard, narrow fracture spacing, with
ROD=6
o
rough surfaces filled with clay
Recovery
= 100%
2.5
RX
Highly weathered and soft at 3 -
HO
ROCK CORE
4.5 feet BGS. High clay content.
(RX) BASALT, slightly to highly
weathered, vesicular, gray, fine -5.0
grain, hard, narrow fracture
between
4.5 and 9.5 feet BGS
spacing, with rough surfaces filled
ROD=8 .
with clay
Recovery = 98%
RX
7.5
HO ROCK CORE
(RX) BASALT, slightly to highly
1
weathered, highly vesicular, gray to 100
reddish gray, fine grain, hard,
between
9.5 and 14.5 feet BGS
narrow fracture spacing, with rough
RQD=75%
surfaces filled with clay
Recovery = 92%
Highly weathered 1 inch seam.
RX
12.5
Lost water circulation at 12.5
feet BGS.
Highly weathered 1 inch seam
at 13.5 feet BGS.
Borehole Terminated at 14.5 Feet.
Client: BYU-IDAHO
Boring Number: B-7
EXPLORATORY
_
Project: ICME8A
Date Drilled: 12-11-2012
sTRaTa
BORING LOG
Grill Rig: CME 850
Borehole Diameter: 2.5"
A p,;,,,,,;,,,,
Depth to Groundwater: N. E.
Logged By: MO
Sheet 1 Of 1
www.stratageotech.com
www.stratageatech.com
=
N m
O
'2'T
w d
a d
2°
a
REMARKS
USCS Description LU
a 5
~
m o —
v�� z
o
w`
o
v
Note: BGS = Below Ground
m
y
i5 `0
a o
a
Surface
HQ
ROCK CORE
(RX) BASALT, moderately
weathered, vesicular, reddish gray,
fine grain, hard, narrow fracture
between
O.O
and 5S
feet BGS
spacing, with rough surfaces
ROD=5
0
Recovery
=
84%
2.5
RX
r
High soil inclusion 6 inch long
between 2 to 4 feet BGS.
5.0
HQ
ROCK CORE
(RX) BASALT, moderately
weathered, moderately vesicular,
-
reddish gray, fine grain, hard,
between
5.5
and 10.5
feet BGS
narrow fracture spacing, with rough
RQD
= 82%
surfaces
Recovery
= 100%
7.5
RX
70.0
Borehole Terminated at 10.5 Feet.
Client: BYU- IDAHO
Boring Number: B-8
EXPLORATORY
Project: IF12060A
Date Drilled: 12-11-2012
sTRaTa
BORING LOG
Drill Rig: CME 850
Borehole Diameter: 2.5"
S,I,v,
Depth to Groundwater: N.E.
Logged By: MQ
Sheet 1 Of 1
www.stratageotech.com
www.stratageotech.com
=
e? h
Oo.
y
F, a
a
REMARKS
USCS Description w
g
E,QL
3
y z
o
d
o
�-
Note: BGS =Below Ground
h
Fn
or
2
V
a
Surface
—dQ
LQCKORE
(RX) BASALT, slightly weathered,
vesicular, reddish gray, fine grain,
hard, narrow fracture spacing, with
between
0.0
and 5.5
feet BGS
rough surfaces
ROD=7
Recovery
=
85%
2.5
RX
5.0
H
RE
Lostwatercirculation at 5.5 feet
(RX) BASALT, slightly weathered,
highly vesicular, reddish gray, fine
grain, hard, narrow fracture
between
5.5 and 10.5 feet BGS
spacing, with rough surfaces
R = 82%
Recovery = 93%
7.5
RX
10.0
Borehole Terminated at 10.5 Feet.
Client: BYU -IDAHO Boring Number: B-9 (
EXPLORATORY
Project: ICME8A Date Drilled: 12-11-2012
s-rRa--a BORING LOG
Drill Rig: CME 850 Borehole Diameter: 2.5"
Depth to Groundwater: N. E. Logged By: MO '"`"' """ " ""'""' Sheet 1 Of 1
a.
Y
P
WNP 1
F N
µ �
s
Alf
Cq co
Um
m2
r- g
2
2 C
a
REMARKS
USCS Description
L"
M
a. An
w`
my
v«
o
06
U
y
m
o—
o
Note: BGS =Below Ground
m
m tO
o
2 U
a
Surface
dQ
ROCK CORE
SILTY SAND, (SM) tan, loose,
i•
0.0
and 6.0
feet BGS
moist
SM
•'',
•
between
•'.•
ROD=29%
Recovery
=
45%
(RX) BASALT, moderately to
slightly weathered, slightly
vesicular, reddish gray, fine grain,
hard, narrow fracture spacing, with
---< `-
rough surfaces filled with calcium
carbonate
2.5
RX
5.0
HQ
ROCK CORE
(RX) BASALT, moderately to
slightly weathered, slightly
vesicular, reddish gray, fine grain,
between
6.0
and 11.0
feet BGS
hard, narrow fracture spacing, with
RQD=9
o
rough surfaces filled with calcium
Recovery
= 100%
carbonate
7.5
RX
Lost water circulation at 9.5 feet
BGS.
0.0
HQ ROCK
CORE
(RX) BASALT, moderately to
slightly weathered, slightly
vesicular, reddish gray, fine grain,
between
11.0
and 16.0 feet
BGS
hard, narrow fracture spacing, with
RQ0=7
.
rough surfaces filled with calcium
Recovery
= 88%
carbonate
12.5
RX
15.0
Reddish last 6 inches.
Borehole Terminated at 16.0 Feet.
Client: BYU -IDAHO Boring Number: B-10
EXPLORATORY
Project: ICME8A Date Drilled: 12-11-2012
sTRaTa BORING LOG
Drill Rig: CME 850 Borehole Diameter: 2.5"
A 1 -
Depth
Depth to Groundwater: N.E. Logged By: MQ '"�"""` "' �" " - ""'' Sheet 1 Of 1
04
www.stratageotech.com
www.stratageotech.com
UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM
MAJOR DIVISIONS
GRAPH
SYMBOL
LETTER
SYMBOL
TYPICAL NAMES
Bagg ie Sample
California Modified 3—Inch
OD Split—Spoon Sample
Q'..�•;
GW
Well—Graded Gravel,
CLEAN
Gravel—Sand Mixtures.
Core
Q Groundwater
GRAVELS
O
O:
GP
Poorly—Graded Gravel,
at Time of Drilling
GRAVELS
Shelby Tube 3—Inch OD
Gravel—Sand Mixtures.
GRAVELS
Undisturbed Sample
GM
Silty Gravel, Gravel—
WITH
Sand—Silt Mixtures.
GC
Clayey Gravel, Gravel—
COARSE
FINES
GRAINED
Sand—Clay Mixtures.
SOILS
0 0 0 0 0 0
000000
SW
Well—Graded Sand,
CLEAN
0 0 0 0 0 0
Gravelly Sand.
SANDS
• • ° • •
Poorly—Graded Sand,
• • • • • •
° ' ° ' ` °
SP
Gravelly Sand.
SANDS
SANDS
• .
•
, •
SM
Silty Sand,
WITH
'
,
Sand—Silt Mixtures.
• • '. • •
SC
Clayey Sand,
FINES
'. •, •'
Sand—Clay Mixtures,
J
ML
Inorganic Silt, Sandy
or Clayey Silt.
SILTS AND CLAYS
X
Inorganic Clay of Low
LIQUID LIMIT
CL
to Medium Plasticity,
Sandy Silty Clay.
LESS THAN 50%
or
1
1
1
1
1 1
OL
Organic Silt and Clay
I
of Low Plasticity.
FINE
GRAINED
Inorganic Silt, Mica—
SOILS
MH
ceous Silt, Plastic
Silt.
SILTS AND CLAYS
Inorganic Clay of High
LIQUID LIMIT
CH
Plasticity, Fat Clay.
0H
Organic Clay of Medium
GREATER THAN 50%
to High Plasticity.
PT
Peat, Muck and Other
Highly Organic Soils.
BORING LOG SYMBOLS GROUNDWATER SYMBOLS TEST PIT LOG SYMBOLS
Shorthand Notation:
BGS = Below Existing Ground Surface
N.E. = None Encountered
STRaTa
A PRorrss,onn! Sw,cts CoRpofty ,
Standard 2—Inch OD
Split—Spoon Sample
Groundwater
After 24 Hours
BG
Bagg ie Sample
California Modified 3—Inch
OD Split—Spoon Sample
��-3-0� Indicates Date of
BK
Bulk Sam p le
Reading
IIRock
Core
Q Groundwater
FRG]Ring
Sample
at Time of Drilling
Shelby Tube 3—Inch OD
Undisturbed Sample
Shorthand Notation:
BGS = Below Existing Ground Surface
N.E. = None Encountered
STRaTa
A PRorrss,onn! Sw,cts CoRpofty ,
APPENDIX B
Laboratory Test Results
UNCONFINED COMPRESSION
ASTM D 7012 (Method
C)
Project: Agriculture - Science Building
Client: BYU Idaho
File Name: IF12060A
Lab Number: B121-1851A
Sample Identification: B-1 @ 3 - 4 ft
Sample Type: Rock Core (Condition: Good)
Sample Description: Basalt
Date Tested: 12/28/12 By: IR
Unit Weight: 158.5 pcf
Length to Diam.: 2.05:1
6000 Strain Rate: 0.6 %/min
7000
.N
a
o)
6000
c
a�
L
V
0
5000
>
.N
N
4000
CL
O
U
3000
a�
c
c
2000
0
U
C
Z)
1000
0
0.00 1.00 2.00
3.00
Strain, %
Diameter: 2.40" Height: 4.92"
Area: 4.51 int
Unconfined Compressive Strength = 7,875 psi
(1,135 ksf) @ 1.1% Strain
ORO
�1
STR&& r&
Reviewed By: �_//
A PROFESSIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION
nE'<_c ril y Front 4Al E7round UP
UNCONFINED COMPRESSION
ASTM D 7012 (Method C)
Project: Agriculture - Science Building
Client: BYU Idaho
File Name: IF12060A
Lab Number: 13121-185113
Sample Identification: B-7 @ 0 - 1 ft
Sample Type: Rock Core (Condition: Good)
Sample Description: Basalt
Date Tested: 12/28/12 By: IR
Unit Weight: 136.4 pcf
Length to Diam.: 2.07:1
8000
7000
V5
CL
C
6000
C:
5000
rn
4000
CL
E
0
U 3000
a
0
c
2000
0
U
C
1000
0
Strain Rate: 0.6 %/min
Strain, %
Diameter: 2.40" Height: 4.96" Area: 4.52 int
Unconfined Compressive Strength = 5,400 psi (780 ksf) @ 0.97% Strain
0;0
STRaTa
Reviewed By: A PROFESSIONAL SERVICES CORPORATION
SNa'c�rlYy Front kkc E�rouKd Vf-
STF1&& r
A PROUSAONAL STROM CORPORATION
914-y AYOM ±h61!771 nd cif -
January 4, 2013
File: IF12060A
Mr. Jedd A. Walker Campus Architect
Brigham Young University - Idaho
450 S. Physical Plant Way #213
Rexburg, Idaho 83460-8205
Phone: (208) 496-2663
RE: Geotechnical Engineering Evaluation —
Addendum # 01
Agriscience Facility
Brigham Young University - Idaho
Rexburg, Idaho
Dear Mr. Walker:
Strata, A Professional Services Corporation (STRATA), is pleased to present our authorized
Geotechnical Engineering Evaluation Addendum # 01 for the proposed Brigham Young
University — Idaho (BYU-1) Agriscience facility to be located on Sage Street in Rexburg, Idaho.
Our Geotechnical Engineering Evaluation's purpose was to explore the subsurface conditions in
the proposed development area and provide geotechnical recommendations to assist project
planning, design and construction. The following addendum addresses questions we received
after review of our report from Mr. Leon Tanner on January 3, 2013. We understand that you
have requested that we address the following items:
1. Proposed alternative foundation installation method
2. Drilling frequency of pressure grouted dowels
3. Seismic site class recommendation
Through conversations with Mr. Leon Tanner of TBSE, Inc, we understand lean concrete
is proposed below foundations in lieu of aggregate base course, as previously recommended by
STRATA. Substitution of lean concrete or Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) is
acceptable and will meet the intent of our geotechnical recommendations. We recommend the
CLSM have a minimum strength of 300 pounds per square inch.
Further, we also understand TBSE proposes pressure grouted dowels be installed below
foundations at 10 feet on center and to a depth of 10 feet below foundation grade. This
proposed alternative foundation installation method is acceptable provided the following
recommendations and the previously provided recommendations are implemented in there
entirety. We recommend that the maximum allowable bearing pressure of 10,000 pounds per
square foot (psf) be implemented in the design as previously stated. We recommend that the
lean concrete placed prior to structural foundation elements meet with applicable ACI and
ASTM standards. Further we strongly advise that reinforcing steel dowels placed in pressure
grouted borings observe applicable standards for concrete cover to protect against corrosion.
Observation of this installation, by qualified individuals, is highly recommended during this stage
2815 Garrett Way Ste. C, Pocatello, Idaho 83201 Phone. 208.237.3400 Fax. 208.237.3449
www.stratageotech.com
BYU-Idaho Agriscience Facility
File: IF12060A
Page 2
of construction. Where voids are encountered during drilling and grouting we recommend that
additional drilling be performed at a greater frequency in the area(s) in question to verify voids
are fully defined and pressure grouted.
In our geotechnical engineering evaluation, we recommended seismic site class C be
used for structural design. Following completion of our report, we reviewed shear wave velocity
testing accomplished by CH2M Hill in 2003 at another site on the BYU-Idaho Campus. Based
on our review of this site specific shear wave velocity testing, we recommend seismic site class
B be utilized during structural analysis.
We appreciate the opportunity to continue our professional relationship with BYU-I and
the project design and construction teams. We greatly appreciate Leon Tanner's initiative on
providing past testing data that will allow cost saving recommendations for BYU-I. We look
forward to our continued involvement on this project throughout construction. Please do not
hesitate to contact us if you have any questions or comments.
MHQ/MGW
Sincerely,
STRATA
�Ey Mitch H. Quick, E.I.T. - -
9Fp `�% Staff Engineer
10 30
kop _ l3 ��
pf�OP�yo Ichael oodworth, P.E.
WOpO Engineering Manager
www.stratageotech.com
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
SECTION 011000 - SUMMARY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Project information.
2. Work covered by Contract Documents.
3. Work Sequence.
4. Purchase contracts.
5. Access to site.
6. Coordination with occupants.
7. Work restrictions.
8. Specification and drawing conventions.
9. Miscellaneous provisions.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for limitations and procedures governing
temporary use of Owner's facilities.
1.3 PROJECT INFORMATION
A. Project Identification: BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
I
1. Project Location: Rexburg, Idaho; BYU Idaho Campus,
B. Owner: BYU Idaho.
I
1. Owner's Representative: Kehl Murray; ph. 208 496-2665.
C. Architects:
On Campus:
i
CRSA
649 East South Temple
Salt Lake City, Utah
Contact: Jeff Nielsen
801 746-6813
D. Project Web Site: A project Web site administered by Owner will be used for purposes of managing
communication and documents during the construction stage.
1. See Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination." for requirements for establishing,
administering and using the Project Web site.
SUMMARY 1011000-1
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
A. The Work of Project is defined by the Contract Documents and consists of the following:
Science & Technology Building; +/-106,000 sq. ft., three stories. A3 and B occupancies, Type IIB
Construction. Steel frame building.
2. All other sitework and related activities as shown on the contract documents.
3. Alternates as described in section 012300
B. Type of Contract:
1. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract.
WORK SEQUENCE
A. The Work shall be completed in one phase.
PURCHASE CONTRACTS
A. General: Owner has negotiated purchase contracts with suppliers of material and equipment to be
incorporated into the Work. Owner will assign these purchase contracts to Contractor. Include costs for
purchasing, receiving, handling, storage if required, and installation of material and equipment in the
Contract Sum, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Contractor's responsibilities are same as if Contractor had negotiated purchase contracts, including
responsibility to renegotiate purchase and to execute final purchasing agreements.
B. Purchase Contracts Information:
A.
I
Carpet:
a. Carpet shall be provided by the Owner and installed by the Contractor using one of the pre -
approved carpet installers specified in Section 096813.
2. Monument Signs:
a. Provided by YESCO. Justin Steadman; 208 589-4149. See Section 101423.
ACCESS TO SITE
General: Contractor shall have full use of Project site for construction operations during construction
period. Contractor's use of Project site is limited only by Owner's right to perform work or to retain other
contractors on portions of Project.
Use of Site: Limit use of Project site to areas within the Contract limits indicated. Do not disturb portions
of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated.
1. Limits: Confine construction operations to areas designated by the construction limits shown on
the drawings.
2. Driveways, Walkways and Entrances: Keep driveways and entrances serving premises clear and
available to Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these
areas for parking or storage of materials.
a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances by construction operations.
SUMMARY 1011000-2
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and
equipment on-site.
1.8 COORDINATION WITH OCCUPANTS
A. Partial Owner Occupancy: With the exception of areas under construction, the Owner will occupy the
Benson Building during the entire construction period. Cooperate with Owner during construction
operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with
Owner's operations. Maintain existing exits unless otherwise indicated. Owner will not occupy the
Academic Building. The Contractor shall be aware of and conform to all rules, regulations and restrictions
for construction activities on and around the campus and shall not interfere with the daily operation and
circulation of students and faculty on and around the campus.
1. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do
not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or other occupied or used facilities without written --
permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Provide not less than 72 hours' notice to Owner of activities that will affect Owner's operations.
B. Owner Limited Occupancy of Completed Areas of Construction: Owner reserves the right to occupy and
to place and install equipment in completed portions of the Work, prior to Substantial Completion of the
entire project, provided such occupancy does not interfere with completion of the Work.
1. Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion for each specific portion of the Work to
be occupied prior to Owner acceptance of the completed Work.
2. Obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from authorities having jurisdiction before limited Owner
occupancy.
3. Before limited Owner occupancy, mechanical and electrical systems shall be fully operational, and
required tests and inspections shall be successfully completed. On occupancy, Owner will operate
and maintain mechanical and electrical systems serving occupied portions of Work.
4. On occupancy, Owner will assume responsibility for maintenance and custodial service for
occupied portions of Work.
1.9 WORK RESTRICTIONS
A. Work Restrictions, General: Comply with restrictions on construction operations.
Comply with limitations on use of public streets and with other requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction.
B. On -Site Work Hours: Limit work in the existing building to normal business working hours of 7:00 a.m. to
7:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Weekend Hours: Work is not permitted on Sundays. Work is allowed on Saturdays from 7:00 AM
until 7:00 PM.
2. Early Morning Hours: Restrictions on noisy work may be limited by Owner.
3. Hours for Utility Shutdowns: Coordinate with Owner.
C. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless
permitted under the following conditions and then only after providing temporary utility services according
to requirements indicated:
1. Notify Architect and Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions.
2. Obtain Owner's written permission before proceeding with utility interruptions.
D. Noise, Vibration, and Odors: Coordinate operations that may result in high levels of noise and vibration,
odors, or other disruption to Owner occupancy with Owner.
1. Notify Architect and Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed disruptive operations.
SUMMARY 011000-3
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
2. Obtain Owner's written permission before proceeding with disruptive operations.
E. Nonsmoking Building: Smoking is not permitted on the BYU-1 campus
F. Controlled Substances: Use of tobacco products and other controlled substances on Project site is not
permitted.
G. Employee Screening: Comply with Owner's requirements for drug and background screening of
Contractor personnel working on Project site.
1. Maintain list of approved screened personnel with Owner's representative.
1.10 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS
A. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the
intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These
conventions are as follows:
1. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. The words
"shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is
used within a sentence or phrase.
2. Specification requirements are to be performed by Contractor unless specifically stated otherwise.
B. Division 01 General Requirements: Requirements of Sections in Division 01 apply to the Work of all
Sections in the Specifications.
C. Drawing Coordination: Requirements for materials and products identified on Drawings are described in
detail in the Specifications. One or more of the following are used on Drawings to identify materials and
products:
1. Terminology: Materials and products are identified by the typical generic terms used in the
individual Specifications Sections.
2. Keynoting: Materials and products are identified by reference keynotes as scheduled on the
drawings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
A. The General Conditions shall take precedence over the specifications.
B. The Contract Documents should be read as a whole and whenever possible, the provisions should be
construed in order that all provisions are operable. The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all
items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor. The Contract
Documents are complimentary, and what is required by one document or provisions thereof shall be as
binding as if required by all of the documents or provisions thereof.
C. The Contractor shall take field measurements and verify field conditions and shall carefully compare such
field measurements and conditions and other information known to the Contractor, or information which a
Contractor of ordinary skill and expertise for the type of work involved would have known, before
commencing activities. Errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered shall be reported to the Architect
at once. If the Contractor performs any construction activity without such notice to the Architect, the
Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such performance and shall bear an appropriate
amount of the attributable cost for correction.
SUMMARY 1011000-4
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
END OF SECTION 011000
SUMMARY 011000-5
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
SECTION 012200 - UNIT PRICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for unit prices.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 012600 "Contract Modification Procedures" for procedures for submitting and handling
Change Orders.
2. Section 014000 "Quality Requirements" for general testing and inspecting requirements.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Unit price is an amount incorporated in the Agreement, applicable during the duration of the Work as a
price per unit of measurement for materials, equipment, or services, or a portion of the Work, added to or
deducted from the Contract Sum by appropriate modification, if the scope of Work or estimated quantities
of Work required by the Contract Documents are increased or decreased.
1.4 PROCEDURES
A. Unit prices include all necessary material, plus cost for delivery, installation, insurance, applicable
taxes, overhead, and profit.
B. Measurement and Payment: See individual Specification Sections for work that requires establishment of
unit prices. Methods of measurement and payment for unit prices are specified in those Sections.
C. Owner reserves the right to reject Contractor's measurement of work -in-place that involves use of
established unit prices and to have this work measured, at Owner's expense, by an independent surveyor
acceptable to Contractor.
D. List of Unit Prices: A schedule of unit prices is included in Part 3. Specification Sections referenced in the
schedule contain requirements for materials described under each unit price.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES
A. Unit Price No. 1: Rock excavation and replacement with satisfactory soil material.
UNIT PRICES 1012200-1
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
1. Description: Classified rock excavation and disposal off site and replacement with satisfactory fill
material or engineered fill from off site, as required, according to Section 312000 "Earth Moving."
2. Unit of Measurement: Cubic yard of rock excavated, based on survey of volume removed.
3. Quantity Allowance: Coordinate unit price with allowance adjustment requirements in
Section 012100 "Allowances."
B. Unit Price No. 2: Cutting and patching of concrete floor slabs.
1. Description: Cutting of new or existing concrete floor slabs up to 6 Inches thick, removal and
excavation as required, and subsequent backfill, compaction, and patching of concrete according to
Section 017300 "Execution." not otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents.
2. Unit of Measurement: Square feet of concrete removed.
C. Unit Price No. 3: Miscellaneous and structural steel.
1. Description: Miscellaneous lintels and other supports not otherwise indicated in the Contract
Documents, according to Section 051200 "Structural Steel Framing" and Section 055000 "Metal
Fabrications."
2. Unit of Measurement: Cost in place of pounds of fabricated steel as indicated on itemized invoice
of steel supplier and verified by Architect.
D. Unit Price No. 4: Placement of grout in bedrock voids (lava tubes).
1. Description: Pump grout into lava tubes in excess of that required in the Structural General Notes;
"Site Preparation" paragraph and otherwise noted on the drawings.
2. Unit of Measurement: Cubic Yard of grout.
END OF SECTION 012200
UNIT PRICES 1012200-2
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
SECTION 012300 -ALTERNATES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for alternates. I-
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Alternate: An amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work defined in the
bidding requirements that may be added to or deducted from the base bid amount if Owner decides to
accept a corresponding change either in the amount of construction to be completed or in the products,
materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods described in the Contract Documents.
1. Alternates described in this Section are part of the Work only if enumerated in the Agreement.
2. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract Sum to
incorporate alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the Contract Sum.
1.4 PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Revise or adjust affected adjacent work as necessary to completely integrate work of the
alternate into Project.
1. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar items
incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not indicated as part of alternate.
B. Notification: Immediately following award of the Contract, notify each party involved, in writing, of the
status of each alternate. Indicate if alternates have been accepted, rejected, or deferred for later
consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated revisions to alternates.
C. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work of the Contract.
D. Schedule: A schedule of alternates is included at the end of this Section. Specification Sections
referenced in schedule contain requirements for materials necessary to achieve the work described under
each alternate.
ALTERNATES 012300-1
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
3.1 SCHEDULE
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
A. Alternate #1: 600 South Parking. Remove existing parking lot. Provide new parking lot, sidewalks, ramps
and landscaping as shown on the drawings. This alternate may be accepted independent of or with other
alternates.
A. Alternate #2: North Parking lot. Provide new parking lot, sidewalks, stairs and landscaping as shown on
the drawings. This alternate may be accepted independent of or with other alternates.
END OF SECTION 012300
ALTERNATES 012300-2
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
SECTION 012500 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 012100 "Allowances" for products selected under an allowance.
2. Section 012300 "Alternates" for products selected under an alternate.
3. Section 016000 'Product Requirements" for requirements for submitting comparable product
submittals for products by listed manufacturers.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those
required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor.
1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changed
Project conditions, such as unavailability of product, regulatory changes, or unavailability of
required warranty terms.
2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not required in
order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or Owner.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or
fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and
Drawing numbers and titles.
1. Substitution Request Form: Use CSI Form 13.1 A.
2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as
applicable:
a. Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication or installation cannot be provided,
if applicable.
b. Coordination information, including a list of changes or revisions needed to other parts of
the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors, that will be
necessary to accommodate proposed substitution.
C. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of the Work
specified. Include annotated copy of applicable Specification Section. Significant qualities
may include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect,
sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements
indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified.
d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and
installation procedures.
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500-1
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
1.5
1.6
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
e. Samples, where applicable or requested.
f. Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested.
g. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and
names and addresses of architects and owners.
h. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results
for compliance with requirements indicated.
I. Research reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project, from ICC -
ES.
j. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed substitution with
products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified
product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include
letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase
order, lack of availability, or delays in delivery.
k. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum.
I. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the
Contract Documents except as indicated in substitution request, is compatible with related
materials, and is appropriate for applications indicated.
M. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become
necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results.
3. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for
evaluation within seven days of receipt of a request for substitution. Architect will notify Contractor
of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven
days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later.
a. Forms of Acceptance: Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or Architect's
Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in the Work.
b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a proposed
substitution within time allocated.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related
products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by
manufacturers.
PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Revise or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of the approved substitutions.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1
SUBSTITUTIONS
Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need for change,
but not later than 15 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals.
Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following
conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests
without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:
a. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce
indicated results.
b. Requested substitution provides sustainable design characteristics that specified product
provided.
C. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 1012500-2
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
d. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule.
e. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction.
f. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.
g. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work.
h. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
I. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been
coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with
other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved.
B. Substitutions for Convenience: Not allowed unless otherwise indicated.
C. Substitutions for Convenience: Architect will consider requests for substitution during the bid period only.
Requests must be made prior to the date designated for the last addenda. Requests received after that
time will be rejected at discretion of Architect.
Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following -
conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests
without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:
a. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy -
conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities Owner must
assume. Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Architect for
redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Owner, and
similar considerations.
b. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents.
C. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce
indicated results.
d. Requested substitution provides sustainable design characteristics that specified product
provided.
e. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.
f. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule.
g. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction.
h. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.
I. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work.
j. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
k. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been
coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with
other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved.
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 012500
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500-3
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
SECTION 012600 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract
modifications.
B. Related Requirements:
Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for administrative procedures for handling requests for
substitutions made after the Contract award.
1.3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK
A. Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work, not involving
adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, on Architect's form entitled, "Architect's
Supplemental Instructions."
1.4 PROPOSAL REQUESTS
A. Owner -Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the
Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description
will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications.
1. Work Change Proposal Requests issued by Architect are not instructions either to stop work in
progress or to execute the proposed change.
2. Within time specified in Proposal Request or 20 days, when not otherwise specified, after receipt of
Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the
Contract Time necessary to execute the change.
a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total
amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to
substantiate quantities.
b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade
discounts.
C. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change.
d. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the
change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and
activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract
Time.
e. Quotation Form: Use Contractor's form.
B. Contractor -Initiated Proposals: If latent or changed conditions require modifications to the Contract,
Contractor may initiate a claim by submitting a request for a change to Architect.
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600-1
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work.
Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change
on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time.
2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of
purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities.
3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts.
4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change.
5. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change,
including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity
relationship. Use available total Float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time.
6. Comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" if the proposed change
requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified.
7. Proposal Request Form: Use Contractor's form.
1.5 ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGE ORDERS
A. Allowance Adjustment: See Section 012100 "Allowances" for administrative procedures for preparation of
Change Order Proposal for adjusting the Contract Sum to reflect actual costs of allowances.
B. Unit -Price Adjustment: See Section 012200 "Unit Prices" for administrative procedures for preparation of
Change Order Proposal for adjusting the Contract Sum to reflect measured scope of unit -price work.
1.6 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
A. On Owner's approval of a Work Changes Proposal Request, Architect will issue a Change Order for
signatures of Owner and Contractor on AIA Document G701.
B. Weather Delays: Completion time will not be extended for normal bad weather or any weather that is
reasonably foreseeable at the time of entering into the contract. The time for completion as stated in the
contract documents includes due allowance for calendar days on which work cannot be performed out of
doors. The Contractor acknowledges that it may lose days due to weather conditions. Contract time may
be extended if all of the following are met and documented by the Contractor:
1. The weather prevented work from occurring that is on the critical path based upon the most recent
CPM.
2. There are no concurrent delays attributed to the Contractor.
3. The Contractor took all reasonable steps to alleviate the impact of the weather.
4. The weather was catastrophic or significantly varied from standard weather/climate data recorded
for Rexburg, Idaho as reported by the NOAA.
1.7 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE
A. Construction Work Change Directive: Architect may issue a Construction Work Change Directive on
AIA Document G714. Construction Work Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change
in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.
1. Construction Work Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. It also
designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time.
B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the
Construction Work Change Directive.
After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to
substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract.
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 1012600-2
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 012600
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 1012600-3
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
SECTION 012900 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process
Applications for Payment.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 012100 "Allowances" for procedural requirements governing the handling and processing
of allowances.
2. Section 012200 "Unit Prices" for administrative requirements governing the use of unit prices.
3. Section 012600 "Contract Modification Procedures" for administrative procedures for handling
changes to the Contract.
4. Section 013200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for administrative requirements governing
the preparation and submittal of the Contractor's construction schedule.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Schedule of Values: A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of the Contract Sum to
various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment.
1.4 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the schedule of values with preparation of Contractor's
construction schedule.
Coordinate line items in the schedule of values with other required administrative forms and
schedules, including the following:
a. Application for Payment forms with continuation sheets.
b. Submittal schedule.
C. Items required to be indicated as separate activities in Contractor's construction schedule.
2. Submit the schedule of values to Architect at earliest possible date, but no later than 14 days
before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment.
3. Subschedules for Phased Work: Where the Work is separated into phases requiring separately
phased payments, provide subschedules showing values coordinated with each phase of payment.
4. Subschedules for Separate Elements of Work: Where the Contractor's construction schedule
defines separate elements of the Work, provide subschedules showing values coordinated with
each element.
B. Format and Content: Use Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the
schedule of values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section.
1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the schedule of values:
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900-1
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
a. Project name and location.
b. Name of Architect.
C. Architect's project number.
d. Contractor's name and address.
e. Date of submittal.
2. Arrange schedule of values consistent with format of AIA Document G703.
3. Arrange the schedule of values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the following for
each item listed:
a. Related Specification Section or Division.
b. Description of the Work.
C. Name of subcontractor.
d. Name of manufacturer or fabricator.
e. Name of supplier.
f. Change Orders (numbers) that affect value.
g. Dollar value of the following, as a percentage of the Contract Sum to nearest one-hundredth
percent, adjusted to total 100 percent.
1) Labor,
2) Materials.
3) Equipment.
4. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of
Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with Project Manual table of contents.
Provide multiple line items for principal subcontract amounts in excess of five percent of the
Contract Sum.
a. Include separate line items under Contractor and principal subcontracts for Project closeout
requirements in an amount totaling five percent of the Contract Sum and subcontract
amount.
5. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum.
6. Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for each part of the Work where Applications
for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet
installed.
a. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. If required, include
evidence of insurance.
7. Provide separate line items in the schedule of values for initial cost of materials, for each
subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work.
8. Allowances: Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for each allowance. Show line -
item value of unit -cost allowances, as a product of the unit cost, multiplied by measured quantity.
Use information indicated in the Contract Documents to determine quantities.
9. Purchase Contracts: Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for each purchase
contract. Show line -item value of purchase contract. Indicate owner payments or deposits, if any,
and balance to be paid by Contractor.
10. Each item in the schedule of values and Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include total
cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item.
a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work -in-
place may be shown either as separate line items in the schedule of values or distributed as
general overhead expense, at Contractor's option.
11. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the schedule of values before the next Applications for
Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the
Contract Sum.
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900-2
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
1.5 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
A. Each Application for Payment following the initial Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous
applications and payments as certified by Architect and paid for by Owner.
Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial Completion, and final
Application for Payment involve additional requirements.
B. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the Agreement between
Owner and Contractor. The period of construction work covered by each Application for Payment is the
period indicated in the Agreement, or if not stated, then the frequency of submittal may be not more than
monthly.
C. Application for Payment Forms: Use forms acceptable to Architect and Owner for Applications for
Payment. Submit forms for approval with initial submittal of schedule of values.
D. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person authorized to
sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Architect will return incomplete applications without action.
1. Entries shall match data on the schedule of values and Contractor's construction schedule. Use f
updated schedules if revisions were made. j!
2. Include amounts for work completed following previous Application for Payment, whether or not
payment has been received. Include only amounts for work completed at time of Application for
Payment.
3. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last day of
construction period covered by application. r __
4. Indicate separate amounts for work being carried out under Owner -requested project acceleration.
E. Stored Materials: Include in Application for Payment amounts applied for materials or equipment
purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. Differentiate between items stored on-site and
items stored off-site.
1. Provide certificate of insurance, evidence of transfer of title to Owner, and consent of surety to
payment, for stored materials.
2. Provide supporting documentation that verifies amount requested, such as paid invoices. Match
amount requested with amounts indicated on documentation; do not include overhead and profit on
stored materials.
3. Provide summary documentation for stored materials indicating the following:
a. Value of materials previously stored and remaining stored as of date of previous
Applications for Payment.
b. Value of previously stored materials put in place after date of previous Application for
Payment and on or before date of current Application for Payment.
C. Value of materials stored since date of previous Application for Payment and remaining
stored as of date of current Application for Payment.
F. Transmittal: Submit three signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to
Architect by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall include waivers of lien and similar
attachments if required.
Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate
information about application.
G. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with
submittal of first Application for Payment include the following:
1. List of subcontractors.
2. Schedule of values.
3. Contractor's construction schedule (preliminary if not final).
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900-3
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
4. Combined Contractor's construction schedule (preliminary if not final) incorporating Work of
multiple contracts, with indication of acceptance of schedule by each Contractor.
5. Products list (preliminary if not final).
6. Schedule of unit prices.
7. Submittal schedule (preliminary if not final).
S. List of Contractor's staff assignments.
9. List of Contractor's principal consultants.
10. Copies of building permits.
11. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for performance of the
Work.
12. Initial progress report.
13. Report of preconstruction conference.
14. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies.
15. Performance and payment bonds.
16. Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance.
H. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After Architect issues the Certificate of Substantial
Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work
claimed as substantially complete.
1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement
showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.
2. This application shall reflect Certificate(s) of Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner
occupancy of designated portions of the Work.
Final Payment Application: After completing Project closeout requirements, submit final Application for
Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including,
but not limited, to the following:
1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements.
2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that taxes,
fees, and similar obligations were paid.
3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum.
4. AIA Document G706, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims."
5. AIA Document G706A, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens."
6. AIA Document G707, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment."
7. Evidence that claims have been settled.
8. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of date of
Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for
corresponding elements of the Work.
9. Final liquidated damages settlement statement.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 012900
PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900-4
BYU Idaho Science R Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
SECTION 013100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including,
but not limited to, the following:
1. General coordination procedures.
2. Coordination drawings.
3. Requests for Information (RFIs).
4. Project Web site.
5. Project meetings.
6. Safety Plan.
B. Each contractor shall participate in coordination requirements. Certain areas of responsibility are assigned
to a specific contractor.
C. Related Requirements:
1. Section 013200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing and submitting Contractor's
construction schedule.
2. Section 017300 "Execution" for procedures for coordinating general installation and field -
engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points.
3. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating closeout of the Contract.
4. Section 014000 "Quality Requirements" for administrative and procedural requirements for quality
assurance and quality control.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. RFI: Request from Owner, Architect, or Contractor seeking information required by or clarifications of the
Contract Documents.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of
the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Use
CSI Form 1.5A. Include the following information in tabular form:
1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying products.
2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract.
3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract.
B. Key Personnel Names: Within 15 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of key personnel
assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site. Identify
individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone numbers, including home,
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100-1
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
office, and cellular telephone numbers and e-mail addresses. Provide names, addresses, and telephone
numbers of individuals assigned as alternates in the absence of individuals assigned to Project.
1.5 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Contractor and each sub -contractor shall coordinate its construction operations with those
of other contractors and entities to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Each
contractor shall coordinate its operations with operations, included in different Sections, that depend on
each other for proper installation, connection, and operation.
1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation
of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own
installation.
2. Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure maximum
performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.
3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.
B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for
coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings.
Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is
required.
C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with
other construction activities and activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly
progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule.
2. Preparation of the schedule of values.
3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls.
4. Delivery and processing of submittals.
5. Progress meetings.
6. Preinstallation conferences.
7. Project closeout activities.
8. Startup and adjustment of systems.
D. Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with
consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. Coordinate use of temporary utilities
to minimize waste.
Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated into, the
Work. See other Sections for disposition of salvaged materials that are designated as Owner's
property.
1.6 COORDINATION DRAWINGS
A. Coordination Drawings, General: Prepare coordination drawings according to requirements in individual
Sections, and additionally where installation is not completely shown on Shop Drawings, where limited
space availability necessitates coordination, or if coordination is required to facilitate integration of
products and materials fabricated or installed by more than one entity.
Content: Project -specific information, drawn accurately to a scale large enough to indicate and
resolve conflicts. Do not base coordination drawings on standard printed data. Include the
following information, as applicable:
a. Use applicable Drawings as a basis for preparation of coordination drawings. Prepare
sections, elevations, and details as needed to describe relationship of various systems and
components.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100-2
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
b. Coordinate the addition of trade -specific information to the coordination drawings by multiple
contractors in a sequence that best provides for coordination of the information and
resolution of conflicts between installed components before submitting for review.
C. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural, structural, civil,
mechanical, and electrical systems.
d. Indicate space requirements for routine maintenance and for anticipated replacement of
components during the life of the installation.
e. Show location and size of access doors required for access to concealed dampers, valves,
and other controls.
f. Indicate required installation sequences.
g. Indicate dimensions shown on the Drawings. Specifically note dimensions that appear to be
in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements. Provide
alternate sketches to Architect indicating proposed resolution of such conflicts. Minor
dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the Contract.
B. Coordination Drawing Organization: Organize coordination drawings as follows:
1. Floor Plans and Reflected Ceiling Plans: Show architectural and structural elements, and
mechanical, plumbing, fire -protection, fire -alarm, and electrical Work. Show locations of visible
ceiling -mounted devices relative to acoustical ceiling grid. Supplement plan drawings with section
drawings where required to adequately represent the Work.
2. Plenum Space: Indicate subframing for support of ceiling and wall systems, mechanical and i
electrical equipment, and related Work. Locate components within ceiling plenum to accommodate tl
layout of light fixtures indicated on Drawings. Indicate areas of conflict between light fixtures and
other components. j
3. Mechanical Rooms: Provide coordination drawings for mechanical rooms showing plans and
elevations of mechanical, plumbing, fire -protection, fire -alarm, and electrical equipment.
4. Structural Penetrations: Indicate penetrations and openings required for all disciplines.
5. Slab Edge and Embedded Items: Indicate slab edge locations and sizes and locations of f
embedded items for metal fabrications, sleeves, anchor bolts, bearing plates, angles, door floor —
closers, slab depressions for floor finishes, curbs and housekeeping pads, and similar items.
6. Mechanical and Plumbing Work: Show the following:
a. Sizes and bottom elevations of ductwork, piping, and conduit runs, including insulation,
bracing, flanges, and support systems.
b. Dimensions of major components, such as dampers, valves, diffusers, access doors,
cleanouts and electrical distribution equipment.
C. Fire -rated enclosures around ductwork.
Electrical Work: Show the following
a. Runs of vertical and horizontal conduit 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) in diameter and larger.
b. Light fixture, exit light, emergency battery pack, smoke detector, and other fire -alarm
locations.
C. Panel board, switch board, switchgear, transformer, busway, generator, and motor control
center locations.
d. Location of pull boxes and junction boxes, dimensioned from column center lines.
8. Fire -Protection System: Show the following:
a. Locations of standpipes, mains piping, branch lines, pipe drops, and sprinkler heads.
9. Review: Architect will review coordination drawings to confirm that the Work is being coordinated,
but not for the details of the coordination, which are Contractor's responsibility. If Architect
determines that coordination drawings are not being prepared in sufficient scope or detail, or are
otherwise deficient, Architect will so inform Contractor, who shall make changes as directed and
resubmit.
10. Coordination Drawing Prints: Prepare coordination drawing prints according to requirements in
Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures."
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 1013100-3
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
C. Coordination Digital Data Files: Prepare coordination digital data files according to the following
requirements:
Architect will furnish Contractor one set of digital data files of Drawings for use in preparing
coordination digital data files.
a. Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital data files
as they relate to Drawings.
b. Digital Data Software Program: Drawings are available in Revit 2012 and AutoCAD 2012.
C. Contractor shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of AIA Document C106.
1.7 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFIs) _
A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information or interpretation of the Contract
Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified.
1. Architect will return RFIs submitted to Architect by other entities controlled by Contractor with no
response.
2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work
of subcontractors.
B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or interpretation and
the following:
1. Project name.
2. Project number.
3. Date.
4. Name of Contractor.
5. Name of Architect.
6. RFI number, numbered sequentially. -
7. RFI subject.
8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate.
9. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
10. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate.
11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's suggested resolution impacts the Contract Time
or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI.
12. Contractor's signature.
13. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop
Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing
interpretation.
Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected
materials, assemblies, and attachments on attached sketches.
C. RFI Forms: AIA Document G716.
Attachments shall be electronic files in Adobe Acrobat PDF format.
D. Architect's Action: Architect will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond. Allow seven
working days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received by Architect[ after 1:00 p.m. will be
considered as received the following working day.
The following Contractor -generated RFIs will be returned without action:
a. Requests for approval of submittals.
b. Requests for approval of substitutions.
C. Requests for approval of Contractor's means and methods.
d. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents.
e. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100-4
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
f. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals.
g. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs.
2. Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Architect's time for
response will date from time of receipt of additional information.
3. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum
may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Section 012600 "Contract
Modification Procedures."
a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the
Contract Sum, notify Architect in writing within 10 days of receipt of the RFI response.
E. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log
weekly. Include the following:
1. Project name.
2. Name and address of Contractor.
3. Name and address of Architect.
4. RFI number including RFIs that were returned without action or withdrawn.
5. RFI description.
6. Date the RFI was submitted.
7. Date Architect's response was received.
On receipt of Architect's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected
parties. Review response and notify Architect within seven days if Contractor disagrees with response.
1. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and Proposal
Request, as appropriate.
2. Identification of related Field Order, Work Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate.
1.8 PROJECT WEB SITE
A. Use Owner's internet Based Project Management Software for purposes of hosting and managing project
communication and documentation until Final Completion, Project Web site shall include the following
functions:
1. Project directory.
2. Project correspondence.
3. Meeting minutes.
4. Contract modifications forms and logs.
5. RFI forms and logs.
6. Task and issue management.
7. Photo documentation.
8. Schedule and calendar management.
9. Submittals forms and logs.
10. Payment application forms.
11. Drawing and specification document hosting, viewing, and updating.
12. Online document collaboration.
B. Contractor, subcontractors, and other parties may be granted access by the Owner to the Owner's Internet
Based Project Management Software.
1.9 PROJECT MEETINGS
A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise indicated.
1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of
date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100-5
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees.
3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record significant discussions and
agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner
and Architect, within three days of the meeting.
B. Preconstruction Conference: Architect will schedule and conduct a preconstruction conference before
starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner, Architect and Contractor.
1. Conduct the conference to review responsibilities and personnel assignments.
2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and
its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the
conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude
matters relating to the Work.
3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following:
a. Tentative construction schedule.
b. Phasing.
C. Critical work sequencing and long -lead items.
d. Designation of key personnel and their duties.
e. Lines of communications.
f. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders.
g. Procedures for RFls.
h. Procedures for testing and inspecting.
I. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.
j. Distribution of the Contract Documents.
k. Submittal procedures.
I. Preparation of record documents.
M. Use of the premises.
n. Work restrictions.
o. Working hours.
P. Owner's occupancy requirements.
q. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls.
r. Procedures for moisture and mold control.
S. Procedures for disruptions and shutdowns.
t. Construction waste management and recycling.
U. Parking availability.
V. Office, work, and storage areas.
W. Equipment deliveries and priorities.
X. First aid.
Y. Security.
Z. Progress cleaning.
as. Safety Plan.
Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes.
C. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction
activity that requires coordination with other construction.
1. Preinstallation Conferences for the following work shall be indicated in the Project Schedule:
a. Chilled water line installation.
b. Steam line installation.
C. Sewer and water connections.
d. Roofing.
e. Landscape planting.
f. Landscape irrigation.
g. Curtain wall framing.
h. Cold -formed metal framing.
i. Project closeout.
j. Commissioning per commissioning specifications.
k. High Voltage Work.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100-6
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
I. Site Data Work.
2. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by
the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have
preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Architect of scheduled meeting dates.
3. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity
under consideration, including requirements for the following:
a. Contract Documents.
b. Options.
C. Related RFIs.
d. Related Change Orders.
e. Purchases.
f. Deliveries.
g. Submittals.
h. Review of mockups.
I. Possible conflicts.
j. Compatibility requirements.
k. Time schedules.
I. Weather limitations.
M. Manufacturer's written instructions.
n. Warranty requirements.
o. Compatibility of materials.
P. Acceptability of substrates.
q. Temporary facilities and controls.
r. Space and access limitations.
S. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
I. Testing and inspecting requirements.
U. Installation procedures.
V. Coordination with other work.
W. Required performance results.
X. Protection of adjacent work.
Y. Protection of construction and personnel.
4. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including required
corrective measures and actions.
5. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties requiring
information.
6. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate
whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene
the conference at earliest feasible date.
D. Project Closeout Conference: Schedule and conduct a project closeout conference, at a time convenient
to Owner and Architect, but no later than 90 days prior to the scheduled date of Substantial Completion.
1. Conduct the conference to review requirements and responsibilities related to Project closeout.
2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and
its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the
meeting. Participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude
matters relating to the Work.
3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect or delay Project closeout, including the
following:
a. Preparation of record documents.
b. Procedures required prior to inspection for Substantial Completion and for final inspection
for acceptance.
C. Submittal of written warranties.
d. Requirements for preparing operations and maintenance data.
e. Requirements for delivery of material samples, attic stock, and spare parts.
f. Requirements for demonstration and training.
g. Preparation of Contractor's punch list.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100-7
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
h. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment at Substantial Completion and for final
payment.
I. Submittal procedures.
j. Coordination of separate contracts.
k. Owner's partial occupancy requirements.
I. Installation of Owner's furniture, fixtures, and equipment.
M. Responsibility for removing temporary facilities and controls.
4. Minutes: Entity conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes.
E. Progress Meetings: Participation in progress meetings at regular intervals:
1. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests.
2. Attendees: Representatives of Owner, Architect and Contractor; (subcontractors, suppliers,
vendors and other entities concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or
performance of future activities shall only participate when pre -arranged with the Architect).
Contactor shall manage subcontractors outside of the progress meetings. All participants at the
meeting shall be familiar with the Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
3. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other
items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to
status of Project.
a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine
whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to
Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be
expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule
revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed
within the Contract Time.
1) Review schedule for next period.
b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following:
1) Interface requirements.
2) Sequence of operations.
3) Status of submittals.
4) Deliveries.
5) Off-site fabrication.
6) Access.
7) Site utilization.
8) Temporary facilities and controls.
9) Progress cleaning.
10) Quality and work standards.
11) Status of correction of deficient items.
12) Field observations.
13) Status of RFIs.
14) Status of proposal requests.
15) Pending changes.
16) Status of Change Orders.
17) Pending claims and disputes.
18) Documentation of information for payment requests.
4. Minutes: Architect shall be responsible for conducting the meeting and will record and distribute
the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information.
a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after each progress meeting
where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule
concurrently with the report of each meeting.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 1013100-8
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
Coordination Meetings: Contractor shall conduct Project coordination meetings at his discretion and notify
the Architect and Owner 48 hours in advance. Project coordination meetings are in addition to specific
meetings held for other purposes, such as progress meetings and preinstallation conferences.
1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Architect, each contractor, subcontractor,
supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or
performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the
meetings shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous coordination meeting. Review
other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate
to status of Project.
a. Combined Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last coordination
meeting. Determine whether each contract is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind
schedule, in relation to combined Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how
construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved
to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and
subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time.
b. Schedule Updating: Revise combined Contractor's construction schedule after each
coordination meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized.
Issue revised schedule concurrently with report of each meeting.
C. Review present and future needs of each contractor present, including the following:
1) Interface requirements.
2) Sequence of operations.
3) Resolution of BIM component conflicts.
4) Status of submittals.
5) Deliveries.
6) Off-site fabrication.
7) Access.
8) Site utilization.
9) Temporary facilities and controls.
10) Work hours.
11) Hazards and risks.
12) Progress cleaning.
13) Quality and work standards.
14) Change Orders.
3. Reporting: Record meeting results and distribute copies to everyone in attendance and to others
affected by decisions or actions resulting from each meeting.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 013100
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100-9
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
SECTION 013200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction
during performance of the Work, including the following:
1. Startup construction schedule.
2. Contractor's construction schedule.
3. Construction schedule updating reports.
4. Daily construction reports.
5. Material location reports.
6. Site condition reports.
7. Special reports.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting schedules and reports.
2. Section 014000 "Quality Requirements" for submitting a schedule of tests and inspections.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring, and
controlling the construction project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume time and
resources.
1. Critical Activity: An activity on the critical path that must start and finish on the planned early start
and finish times.
2. Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network.
3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network.
B. Cost Loading: The allocation of the schedule of values for the completion of an activity as scheduled. The
sum of costs for all activities must equal the total Contract Sum unless otherwise approved by Architect.
C. CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction project where
activities are arranged based on activity relationships. Network calculations determine when activities can
be performed and the critical path of Project.
D. Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network schedule that
establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float.
E. Event: The starting or ending point of an activity.
F. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity.
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200-1
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
1. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either Owner or Contractor, but is a jointly
owned, expiring Project resource available to both parties as needed to meet schedule milestones
and Contract completion date.
2. Free float is the amount of time an activity can be delayed without adversely affecting the early start
of the successor activity.
3. Total float is the measure of leeway in starting or completing an activity without adversely affecting
the planned Project completion date.
G. Resource Loading: The allocation of manpower and equipment necessary for the completion of an activity
as scheduled.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Format for Submittals: Submit required submittals in the following format:
1. Working electronic copy of schedule file, where indicated.
2. PDF electronic file.
3. One paper copy for each attendee at the progress meeting.
B. Startup construction schedule.
Approval of cost -loaded, startup construction schedule will not constitute approval of schedule of
values for cost -loaded activities.
C. Startup Network Diagram: Of size required to display entire network for entire construction period. Show
logic ties for activities.
D. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Initial schedule, of size required to display entire schedule for entire
construction period.
Submit a working electronic copy of schedule, using software indicated, and labeled to comply with
requirements for submittals. Include type of schedule (initial or updated) and date on label.
E. CPM Reports: Concurrent with CPM schedule, submit each of the following reports. Format for each
activity in reports shall contain activity number, activity description, resource loading, original duration,
remaining duration, early start date, early finish date, late start date, late finish date, and total float in
calendar days.
1. Activity Report: List of all activities sorted by activity number and then early start date, or actual
start date if known.
2. Logic Report: List of preceding and succeeding activities for all activities, sorted in ascending order
by activity number and then early start date, or actual start date if known.
3. Total Float Report: List of all activities sorted in ascending order of total float.
4. Earnings Report: Compilation of Contractor's total earnings from the Notice to Proceed until most
recent Application for Payment.
F. Construction Schedule Updating Reports: Submit with Applications for Payment.
G. Daily Construction Reports: Submit at weekly intervals.
H. Site Condition Reports: Submit at time of discovery of differing conditions.
Special Reports: Submit at time of unusual event.
Qualification Data: For scheduling consultant.
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200-2
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
1.5
1.6
a
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
Scheduling Consultant Qualifications: An experienced specialist in CPM scheduling and reporting, with
capability of producing CPM reports and diagrams within 24 hours of Architect's request.
B. Prescheduling Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in
Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to the
preliminary construction schedule and Contractor's construction schedule, including, but not limited to, the
following:
A.
1. Review software limitations and content and format for reports.
2. Verify availability of qualified personnel needed to develop and update schedule.
3. Discuss constraints, including phasing, work stages, area separations, interim milestones and
partial Owner occupancy.
4. Review delivery dates for Owner -furnished products.
5. Review schedule for work of Owner's separate contracts.
6. Review submittal requirements and procedures.
7. Review time required for review of submittals and resubmittals.
8. Review requirements for tests and inspections by independent testing and inspecting agencies.
9. Review time required for Project closeout and Owner startup procedures.
10. Review and finalize list of construction activities to be included in schedule.
11. Review procedures for updating schedule.
COORDINATION
Coordinate Contractor's construction schedule with the schedule of values, list of subcontracts, submittal
schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports.
1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from entities involved.
2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in
proper sequence.
PART2-PRODUCTS
2.1
A.
B.
CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL
Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for the Notice to Proceed to date of Substantial
Completion.
Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early
completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order.
Activities: Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each main element of the
Work. Comply with the following:
1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 20 days, unless specifically allowed
by Architect.
2. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for the following long lead items
and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule.
Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals, purchasing,
fabrication, and delivery.
3. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Section 013300
"Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's construction
schedule with submittal schedule.
4. Startup and Testing Time: Include no fewer than 15 days for startup and testing.
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200-3
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
C.
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
5. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for Substantial
Completion, and allow time for Architect's administrative procedures necessary for certification of
Substantial Completion.
6. Punch List and Final Completion: Include not more than 30 days for completion of punch list items
and final completion.
Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows
in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected.
1. Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase.
2. Work under More Than One Contract: Include a separate activity for each contract.
3. Work by Owner: Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work performed by Owner.
4. Products Ordered in Advance: Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date -
indicated in Section 011000 "Summary." Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible
delivery date.
5. Owner -Furnished Products: Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date
indicated in Section 011000 "Summary." Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible
delivery date.
6. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule:
a. Coordination with existing construction.
b. Limitations of continued occupancies.
C. Uninterruptible services.
d. Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion.
e. Use of premises restrictions.
f. Provisions for future construction.
g. Seasonal variations.
h. Environmental control.
Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the Work,
including, but not limited to, the following:
a. Subcontract awards.
b. Submittals.
C. Purchases.
d. Mockups.
e. Fabrication.
f. Sample testing.
g. Deliveries.
h. Installation.
I. Tests and inspections.
j. Adjusting.
k. Curing.
I. Startup and placement into final use and operation.
M. Schedule demonstration and training.
n. Schedule Commissioning Activities.
o. Submittal of O and M manuals and submittals; schedule 30 days prior to requesting
Substantial Completion.
8. Construction Areas: Identify each major area of construction for each major portion of the Work.
Indicate where each construction activity within a major area must be sequenced or integrated with
other construction activities to provide for the following:
a. Structural completion.
b. Temporary enclosure and space conditioning.
C. Permanent space enclosure.
d. Completion of mechanical installation.
e. Completion of electrical installation.
f. Substantial Completion.
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 1013200-4
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
D. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not limited
to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and final completion, and the following interim
milestones:
1. Temporary enclosure and space conditioning.
E. Upcoming Work Summary: Prepare summary report indicating activities scheduled to occur or commence
prior to submittal of next schedule update. Summarize the following issues:
1. Unresolved issues.
2. Unanswered Requests for Information.
3. Rejected or unreturned submittals.
4. Notations on returned submittals.
5. Pending modifications affecting the Work and Contract Time.
F. Recovery Schedule: When periodic update indicates the Work is 14 or more calendar days behind the
current approved schedule, submit a separate recovery schedule indicating means by which Contractor
intends to regain compliance with the schedule. Indicate changes to working hours, working days, crew
sizes, and equipment required to achieve compliance, and date by which recovery will be accomplished.
G. Computer Scheduling Software: Prepare schedules using current version of a program that has been
developed specifically to manage construction schedules.
2.2 STARTUP CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A. Bar -Chart Schedule: Submit startup, horizontal, bar -chart -type construction schedule within seven days of
date established for the Notice to Proceed.
B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week
with a continuous vertical line. Outline significant construction activities for first 90 days of construction.
Include skeleton diagram for the remainder of the Work and a cash requirement prediction based on
indicated activities.
2.3 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (CPM SCHEDULE)
A. General: Prepare network diagrams using AON (activity -on -node) format.
B. Startup Network Diagram: Submit diagram within 14 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed.
Outline significant construction activities for the first 90 days of construction. Include skeleton diagram for
the remainder of the Work and a cash requirement prediction based on indicated activities.
C. CPM Schedule: Prepare Contractor's construction schedule using a cost- and resource -loaded, time -
scaled CPM network analysis diagram for the Work.
1. Develop network diagram in sufficient time to submit CPM schedule so it can be accepted for use
no later than 60 days after date established for the Notice to Proceed.
a. Failure to include any work item required for performance of this Contract shall not excuse
Contractor from completing all work within applicable completion dates, regardless of
Architect's approval of the schedule.
2. Conduct educational workshops to train and inform key Project personnel, including subcontractors'
personnel, in proper methods of providing data and using CPM schedule information.
3. Establish procedures for monitoring and updating CPM schedule and for reporting progress.
Coordinate procedures with progress meeting and payment request dates.
4. Use "one workday" as the unit of time for individual activities. Indicate nonworking days and
holidays incorporated into the schedule in order to coordinate with the Contract Time.
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200-5
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
D. CPM Schedule Preparation: Prepare a list of all activities required to complete the Work. Using the
startup network diagram, prepare a skeleton network to identify probable critical paths.
Activities: Indicate the estimated time duration, sequence requirements, and relationship of each
activity in relation to other activities. Include estimated time frames for the following activities:
a. Preparation and processing of submittals.
b. Mobilization and demobilization.
C. Purchase of materials.
d. Delivery.
e. Fabrication.
f. Utility interruptions.
g. Installation.
h. Work by Owner that may affect or be affected by Contractor's activities.
I. Testing.
j. Punch list and final completion.
k. Activities occurring following final completion.
2. Critical Path Activities: Identify critical path activities, including those for interim completion dates.
Scheduled start and completion dates shall be consistent with Contract milestone dates.
3. Processing: Process data to produce output data on a computer -drawn, time -scaled network.
Revise data, reorganize activity sequences, and reproduce as often as necessary to produce the
CPM schedule within the limitations of the Contract Time.
4. Format: Mark the critical path. Locate the critical path near center of network; locate paths with
most float near the edges.
a. Subnetworks on separate sheets are permissible for activities clearly off the critical path.
E. Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with its submission,
prepare a time -impact analysis using a network fragment to demonstrate the effect of the proposed
change on the overall project schedule.
Schedule Updating: Concurrent with making revisions to schedule, prepare tabulated reports showing the
following:
1. Identification of activities that have changed.
2. Changes in early and late start dates.
3. Changes in early and late finish dates.
4. Changes in activity durations in workdays.
5. Changes in the critical path.
6. Changes in total float or slack time.
7. Changes in the Contract Time.
2.4 REPORTS
A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information
concerning events at Project site:
1. List of subcontractors at Project site.
2. List of separate contractors at Project site.
3. Approximate count of personnel at Project site.
4. Equipment at Project site.
5. Material deliveries.
6. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions, including presence of rain or snow.
7. Accidents.
8. Meetings and significant decisions.
9. Unusual events (see special reports).
10. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses.
11. Meter readings and similar recordings.
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 1013200-6
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
12. Emergency procedures.
13. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction.
14. Change Orders received and implemented.
15. Construction Work Change Directives received and implemented.
16. Services connected and disconnected.
17. Equipment or system tests and startups.
18. Partial completions and occupancies.
19. Substantial Completions authorized.
B. Site Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between site conditions and the Contract
Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with a Request for Information. Include a
detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract
Documents.
2.5 SPECIAL REPORTS
A. General: Submit special reports directly to Owner within one day of an occurrence. Distribute copies of
report to parties affected by the occurrence.
B. Reporting Unusual Events: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at Project site,
whether or not related directly to the Work, prepare and submit a special report. List chain of events,
persons participating, response by Contractor's personnel, evaluation of results or effects, and similar
pertinent information. Advise Owner in advance when these events are known or predictable.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual
construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly scheduled progress
meeting.
1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been
recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting.
2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to,
changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations.
3. As the Work progresses, indicate final completion percentage for each activity.
B. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect, Owner, separate contractors, testing and
inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need -to -know schedule
responsibility.
1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices.
2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same
locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the
Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities.
END OF SECTION 013200
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 1013200-7
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
SECTION 013233 - PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following:
1. Preconstruction photographs.
2. Periodic construction photographs.
3. Final completion construction photographs.
4. Preconstruction video recordings.
5. Periodic construction video recordings.
6. Web -based construction photographic documentation.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 012200 "Unit Prices" for procedures for unit prices for extra photographs. i
2. Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting photographic documentation.
3. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting photographic documentation as project !
record documents at Project closeout.
4. Section 017900 "Demonstration and Training" for submitting video recordings of demonstration of
equipment and training of Owner's personnel.
5. Section 024116 "Structure Demolition" for photographic documentation before building demolition
operations commence.
6. Section 024119 "Selective Structure Demolition" for photographic documentation before selective
demolition operations commence.
7. Section 311000 "Site Clearing" for photographic documentation before site clearing operations
commence.
1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Key Plan: Submit key plan of Project site and building with notation of vantage points marked for location
and direction of each photograph or video recording. Indicate elevation or story of construction. Include
same information as corresponding photographic documentation.
B. Digital Photographs: Submit image files within seven days of taking photographs.
1. Digital Camera: Minimum sensor resolution of 8 megapixels.
2. Format: Minimum 3200 by 2400 pixels, in unaltered original files, with same aspect ratio as the
sensor, uncropped, date and time stamped, in folder named by date of photograph, accompanied
by key plan file.
3. Identification: Provide the following information with each image description in file metadata tag:
a. Name of Project.
b. Date photograph was taken.
C. Description of vantage point, indicating location, direction (by compass point), and elevation
or story of construction.
d. Unique sequential identifier keyed to accompanying key plan.
PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 1013233-1
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
C. Construction Photographs: Upload to Owner's Internet Based Project Management Service; prints not
required.
Identification: File names may be generated by the camera as long as names do not duplicate.
Files shall be sorted in folders by date taken.
D. Video Recordings: Submit video recordings within seven days of recording.
1. Submit video recordings by posting to Project Web site.
2. Identification: With each submittal, provide the following information:
a. Name of Project.
b. Name and address of photographer.
C. Name of Architect and Construction Manager.
d. Name of Contractor.
e. Date video recording was recorded.
f. Description of vantage point, indicating location, direction (by compass point), and elevation
or story of construction.
g. Weather conditions at time of recording.
E. Web -Based Photographic Documentation: Submit time-lapse sequence video recordings within seven
days of recording.
1. Submit time-lapse sequence video recordings by posting to Web -based photographic
documentation service provider's Web site.
2. Identification: For each recording, provide the following information: (, —
a. Name of Project.
b. Name and contact information for photographer.
C. Name of Architect and Construction Manager.
d. Name of Contractor. —
e. Date(s) and time(s) video recording was recorded.
f. Description of vantage point, indicating location, direction (by compass point), and elevation
or story of construction.
g. Weather conditions at time of recording. j
1.4 USAGE RIGHTS
A. Obtain and transfer copyright usage rights from photographer to Owner for unlimited reproduction of
photographic documentation.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 PHOTOGRAPHIC MEDIA
A. Digital Images: Provide images in JPG format, produced by a digital camera with minimum sensor size of
8 megapixels, and at an image resolution of not less than 3200 by 2400 pixels.
B. Digital Video Recordings: Provide high-resolution, digital video disc in format acceptable to Architect.
2.2 WEB -BASED PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
A. Project Camera: Provide fixed exterior camera installation, mounted to provide unobstructed view of
construction site from location approved by Architect.
PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 013233-2
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
1. Provide one fixed -location camera(s), with the following characteristics:
a. Static view.
b. Capable of producing minimum 3.0 megapixel pictures.
C. Provide power supply, active high-speed data connection to service provider's network, and
static public IP address for each camera.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
A. General: Take photographs using the maximum range of depth of field, and that are in focus, to clearly
show the Work. Photographs with blurry or out -of -focus areas will not be accepted.
Maintain key plan with each set of construction photographs that identifies each photographic
location.
B. Digital Images: Submit digital images exactly as originally recorded in the digital camera, without
alteration, manipulation, editing, or modifications using image -editing software.
1. Date and Time: Include date and time in file name for each image.
2. Field Office Images: Maintain one set of images accessible in the field office at Project site,
available at all times for reference on project web site. Identify images in the same manner as
those submitted to Architect and Construction Manager. r_
C. Preconstruction Photographs: Before starting construction, take photographs of Project site and
surrounding properties, including existing items to remain during construction, from different vantage
points, as directed by Architect.
1. Flag construction limits before taking construction photographs.
2. Take minimum 20 photographs to show existing conditions adjacent to property before starting the
Work.
3. Take minimum 20 photographs of existing buildings either on or adjoining property to accurately
record physical conditions at start of construction.
4. Take additional photographs as required to record settlement or cracking of adjacent structures,
pavements, and improvements.
D. Periodic Construction Photographs: Take minimum 20 photographs weekly. Select vantage points to
show status of construction and progress since last photographs were taken.
E. Architect -Directed Construction Photographs: From time to time, Architect will instruct photographer about
number and frequency of photographs and general directions on vantage points. Select actual vantage
points and take photographs to show the status of construction and progress since last photographs were
taken.
3.2 WEB -BASED CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
A. Time -Lapse Sequence Construction Site Recordings: Provide video recording from a fixed -location
camera to show status of construction and progress.
1. Frequency: Record one frame of video recording at intervals TBD, from same vantage point each
time, to create a time-lapse sequence of construction activities.
2. Timer: Provide timer to automatically start and stop video recorder so recording occurs only during
daylight construction work hours.
PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 013233-3
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
B. Maintain cameras and Web -based access in good working order according to Web -based construction
photographic documentation service provider's written instructions until final completion. Provide for
service of cameras and related networking devices and software.
END OF SECTION 013233
PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 1013233-4
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
SECTION 013300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
1.3
1.4
A. Section includes requirements for the submittal schedule and administrative and procedural requirements
for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other submittals.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 012900 "Payment Procedures" for submitting Applications for Payment and the schedule of
values.
2. Section 013200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting schedules and reports,
including Contractor's construction schedule.
3. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting operation and maintenance
manuals.
4. Section 017839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings, record Specifications,
and record Product Data.
5. Section 017900 "Demonstration and Training" for submitting video recordings of demonstration of
equipment and training of Owner's personnel.
DEFINITIONS
A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require Architect's
responsive action. Action submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as
"action submittals."
B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do not require
Architect's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements.
Informational submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as
"Informational submittals."
C. File Transfer Protocol (FTP): Communications protocol that enables transfer of files to and from another
computer over a network and that serves as the basis for standard Internet protocols. An FTP site is a
portion of a network located outside of network firewalls within which internal and external users are able
to access files.
D. Portable Document Format (PDF): An open standard file format licensed by Adobe Systems used for
representing documents in a device -independent and display resolution -independent fixed -layout
document format.
ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal Schedule: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required
by construction schedule. Include time required for review, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and
delivery when establishing dates. Include additional time required for making corrections or revisions to
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1013300-1
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
submittals noted by Architect and additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those
corrections.
1. Coordinate submittal schedule with list of subcontracts, the schedule of values, and Contractor's
construction schedule.
2. Initial Submittal: Submit concurrently with startup construction schedule and within 21 days after
receipt of the signed contract. Include submittals required during the first 60 days of construction.
List those submittals required to maintain orderly progress of the Work and those required early
because of long lead time for manufacture or fabrication.
3. Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's construction
schedule.
a. Submit revised submittal schedule to reflect changes in current status and timing for
submittals.
4. Format: Arrange the following information in a tabular format:
a. Scheduled date for first submittal.
b. Specification Section number and title.
C. Submittal category: Action; informational.
d. Name of subcontractor.
e. Description of the Work covered.
f. Scheduled date for Architect's final release or approval.
g. Scheduled date of fabrication.
h. Scheduled dates for purchasing.
I. Scheduled dates for installation.
j. Activity or event number.
1.5 SUBMITTAL ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Architect's Digital Data Files: Electronic digital data files of the Contract Drawings will be provided by
Architect for Contractor's use in preparing submittals.
Architect will furnish Contractor one set of digital data drawing files of the Contract Drawings for
use in preparing Shop Drawings and Project record drawings.
a. Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital data
drawing files as they relate to the Contract Drawings.
b. Digital Drawing Software Program: The Contract Drawings are available in Revit 2012 and
AutoCAD 2012.
C. Contractor shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of AIA Document C106,
Digital Data Licensing Agreement.
B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction
activities.
1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and
related activities that require sequential activity.
2. Submit all submittal items required for each Specification Section concurrently unless partial
submittals for portions of the Work are indicated on approved submittal schedule.
3. Submit action submittals and informational submittals required by the same Specification Section
as separate packages under separate transmittals.
4. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing
will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination.
a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with
other submittals until related submittals are received.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1013300-2
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
C. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for
I
review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be
authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing,
including resubmittals.
1. Initial Review: Allow 21 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if
coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Architect will advise Contractor when a
submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination.
2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial
submittal.
3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 14 days for review of each resubmittal.
4. Sequential Review: Where sequential review of submittals by Architect's consultants, Owner, or
other parties is indicated, allow 21 days for initial review of each submittal.
I
5. Concurrent Consultant Review: Standard protocol requires that all submittals be transmitted
I
directly to the Architect and not to the Architect's consultants; however the Contractor may arrange
with Architect, on a case by case basis, to transmit submittals simultaneously to the Architect and
the specified Architect's consultant only when such arrangements have been made with the
Architect. Allow 15 days for review of each submittal. Submittal will be returned to Architect before
being returned to Contractor.
D. Paper Submittals: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal item for identification.
i
i
1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block.
I _
2. Provide a space approximately 6 by 8 inches (150 by 200 mm) on label or beside title block to
record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect.
3. Include the following information for processing and recording action taken:
a. Project name.
fi
b. Date.
C. Name of Architect.
d. Name of Contractor.
e. Name of subcontractors
f. Name of supplier.
g. Name of manufacturer.
h. Submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier.
1) Submittal number shall use Specification Section number followed by a decimal point
and then a sequential number (e.g., 061000.01). Resubmittals shall include an
alphabetic suffix after another decimal point (e.g., 061000.01.A).
I. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
j. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
k. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate.
I. Other necessary identification.
4. Additional Paper Copies: Unless additional copies are required for final submittal, and unless
Architect observes noncompliance with provisions in the Contract Documents, initial submittal may
serve as final submittal.
a. Submit one copy of submittal to concurrent reviewer in addition to specified number of
copies to Architect.
5. Transmittal for Paper Submittals: Assemble each submittal individually and appropriately for
transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Architect will discard
submittals received from sources other than Contractor.
a. Transmittal Form for Paper Submittals: Use Contractor's own form.
b. Transmittal Form for Paper Submittals: Provide locations on form for the following
information:
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300-3
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
E.
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
1) Project name.
2) Date.
3) Destination (To:).
4) Source (From:).
5) Name and address of Architect.
6) Name of Contractor.
7) Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal.
8) Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier.
9) Category and type of submittal.
10) Submittal purpose and description.
11) Specification Section number and title.
12) Specification paragraph number or drawing designation and generic name for each
of multiple items.
13) Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
14) Indication of full or partial submittal.
15) Transmittal number, numbered consecutively.
16) Submittal and transmittal distribution record.
17) Remarks.
18) Signature of transmitter.
Electronic Submittals: Identify and incorporate information in each electronic submittal file as follows:
1. Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed file incorporating submittal
requirements of a single Specification Section and transmittal form with links enabling navigation to
each item.
2. Name file with submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier.
a. File name shall use project identifier and Specification Section number followed by a
decimal point and then a sequential number (e.g., LNHS-061000.01). Resubmittals shall
include an alphabetic suffix after another decimal point (e.g., LNHS-061000.01.A).
3. Provide means for insertion to permanently record Contractor's review and approval markings and
action taken by Architect.
4. Transmittal Form for Electronic Submittals: Use software -generated farm from electronic project
management software acceptable to Owner, containing the following information:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
C. Name and address of Architect.
d. Name of Contractor.
e. Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal.
f. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier.
g. Category and type of submittal.
h. Submittal purpose and description.
L Specification Section number and title.
j. Specification paragraph number or drawing designation
multiple items.
k. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
I. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate.
M. Related physical samples submitted directly.
n. Indication of full or partial submittal.
o. Transmittal number, numbered consecutively.
P. Submittal and transmittal distribution record.
q. Other necessary identification.
r. Remarks.
and generic name for each of
5. Metadata: Include the following information as keywords in the electronic submittal file metadata:
a. Project name.
b. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
C. Manufacturer name.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300-4
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
d. Product name.
F. Options: Identify options requiring selection by Architect
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
G. Deviations and Additional Information: On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's
letterhead, record relevant information, requests for data, revisions other than those requested by Architect
on previous submittals, and deviations from requirements in the Contract Documents, including minor
variations and limitations. Include same identification information as related submittal. Deviations,
Alternatives, corrections and changes in the field conditions shall be summarized on the cover sheet or
transmittal and shall be highlighted in yellow in the submittal document. The Contractor shall not use
submittals to infer approval of deviations, alternatives or changes in field conditions. All changes in the
contract documents shall follow the procedures outlined in Section 012600. Action taken on a submittal
shall not constitute a modification of the Contract.
H. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal.
1. Note date and content of previous submittal.
2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of revision.
3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from Architect's action stamp.
I. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators,
installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction
activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.
J. Use for Construction: Retain complete copies of submittals on Project site. Use only final action
submittals that are marked with approval notation from Architect's action stamp.
K. Review of submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of
other details such as dimensions and quantities or for substantiating instructions for installation or
performance of equipment or systems, all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required
by the Contract Documents.
L. Shop drawings, product data, samples and similar submittals are not contract documents. The submittal
shall demonstrate, for the portions of the Work for which the submittal is required, the way the Contractor
proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract
Documents.
M. The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work requiring and review of shop drawings, product data,
samples or similar submittals until the respective submittals have been approved in writing by the A/E.
Such Work shall be in accordance with the approved submittals.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. General Submittal Procedure Requirements: Prepare and submit submittals required by individual
Specification Sections. Types of submittals are indicated in individual Specification Sections.
Post electronic submittals as PDF electronic files directly to Project Web site specifically
established for Project.
a. Architect, will return annotated file. Annotate and retain one copy of file as an electronic
Project record document file.
2. Action Submittals: Submit electronic files of each submittal unless otherwise indicated. Architect[,
will return two copies.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300-5
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
3. Informational Submittals: Submit electronic files of each submittal unless otherwise indicated.
Architect will not return copies.
4. Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Provide a statement that includes signature of entity
responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or
other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity.
a. Provide a digital signature with digital certificate on electronically submitted certificates and
certifications where indicated.
b. Provide a notarized statement on original paper copy certificates and certifications where
indicated.
B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of
product or equipment.
1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published data are not
suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data.
2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable.
3. Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts.
b. Manufacturer's product specifications.
C. Standard color charts.
d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards.
e. Testing by recognized testing agency.
f. Application of testing agency labels and seals.
g. Notation of coordination requirements.
h. Availability and delivery time information.
4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable:
a. Wiring diagrams showing factory -installed wiring.
b. Printed performance curves.
C. Operational range diagrams.
d. Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on accompanying Shop
Drawings.
5. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples.
6. Submit Product Data in the following format:
a. PDF electronic file.
C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project -specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shoo
Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data.
Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following
information, as applicable:
a. Identification of products.
b. Schedules.
C. Compliance with specified standards.
d. Notation of coordination requirements.
e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.
f. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated.
g. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified.
2. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings
on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches (215 by 280 mm), but no larger than 30 by 42 inches (750 by
1067 mm).
3. Submit Shop Drawings in the following format:
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300-6
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
a. PDF electronic file.
D. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these
characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between submittal and
actual component as delivered and installed.
1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one
submittal package.
2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following:
a. Generic description of Sample.
b. Product name and name of manufacturer.
C. Sample source. r —
d. Number and title of applicable Specification Section.
e. Specification paragraph number and generic name of each item.
3. For projects where electronic submittals are required, provide corresponding electronic submittal of
Sample transmittal, digital image file illustrating Sample characteristics, and identification
information for record.
4. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality -control
comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine
final acceptance of construction associated with each set.
a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification
Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use.
b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's property, are L _
the property of Contractor. Ii
5. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of
units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available. i
a. Number of Samples: Submit one full set(s) of available choices where color, pattern,
texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product
line. Architect will return submittal with options selected.
6. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same
material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical
with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations
expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured
or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used
materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for
independent testing and inspection.
Number of Samples: Submit three sets of Samples. Architect will retain two Sample sets;
remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned Sample set as a project record
sample.
1) Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication
techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be
demonstrated.
2) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in material or
product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units that show
approximate limits of variations.
E. Product Schedule: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written summary indicating
types of products required for the Work and their intended location. Include the following information in
tabular form:
Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product indicated in the Contract Documents or
assigned by Contractor if none is indicated.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300-7
BYU Idaho Science R Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
2. Manufacturer and product name, and model number if applicable.
3. Number and name of room or space.
4. Location within room or space.
5. Submit product schedule in the following format:
a. PDF electronic file.
F. Coordination Drawing Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in Section 013100 "Project
Management and Coordination" and where indicated by individual specification section.
G. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Section 013200 "Construction
Progress Documentation."
H. Application for Payment and Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements specified in Section 012900
"Payment Procedures."
I. Test and Inspection Reports and Schedule of Tests and Inspections Submittals: Comply with
requirements specified in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements."
J. Closeout Submittals and Maintenance Material Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in
Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures." f
K. Maintenance Data: Comply with requirements specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance -
Data."
L. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or
person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, contact information of j
architects and owners, and other information specified.
M. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with
requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification and
Procedure Qualification Record on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified. I
1
N. Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer
complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer i
for this specific Project. i
O. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that j
manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing
experience where required.
Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product
complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
Q. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material
complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
R. Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard
form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract
Documents.
S. Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating that current product produced by manufacturer
complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by
manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a
qualified testing agency.
T. Research Reports: Submit written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities
having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project. Include the following
information:
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300-8
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
1. Name of evaluation organization.
2. Date of evaluation.
3. Time period when report is in effect.
4. Product and manufacturers' names.
5. Description of product.
6. Test procedures and results.
7. Limitations of use.
U. Preconstruction Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's
standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product, for
compliance with performance requirements in the Contract Documents.
V. Compatibility Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's
standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of
product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion.
W. Field Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either
during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with
requirements in the Contract Documents.
X. Design Data: Prepare and submit written and graphic information, including, but not limited to,
performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations. Include list of
assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads. Include load diagrams if
applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Include page numbers.
Y. Commissioning Plan.
2.2 DELEGATED -DESIGN SERVICES
A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design
professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and
systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated.
If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written
request for additional information to Architect.
B. Delegated -Design Services Certification: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required
submittals, submit digitally signed PDF electronic file, and three paper copies of certificate, signed and
sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to
Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional. Delegated Design Professional shall be
licensed in the State of Idaho where required by state licensing laws.
Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in the Contract
Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW
A. Action and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of
the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions.
Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect.
B. Project Closeout and Maintenance Material Submittals: See requirements in Section 017700 "Closeout
Procedures."
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300-9
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
C. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and
location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's
approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for
compliance with the Contract Documents.
3.2 ARCHITECT'S ACTION
A. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or revisions
required, and return it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp
appropriately to indicate action. Architect shall mark submittals as follows:
1. "Approved".
2. "Make Corrections Noted".
3. "Revise and Resubmit".
4. "Submit Specified Items".
5. "See Attached Architect's Review".
B. Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does
not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to appropriate party.
C. Partial submittals prepared for a portion of the Work will be reviewed when use of partial submittals has
received prior approval from Architect.
D. Incomplete submittals are unacceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned for
resubmittal without review.
E. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may be returned by the Architect without action
END OF SECTION 013300
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300-10
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. RELATED SECTIONS
1. Section 019113 "General Commissioning Requirements".
2. Section 019115 "Building Enclosure Commissioning Requirements".
3. Section 019117 "Building Enclosure Functional Performance Testing Requirements'.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control.
B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated.
These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document
requirements.
1. Specific quality -assurance and -control requirements for individual construction activities are
specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also
cover production of standard products.
2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality -assurance
and -control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements.
3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality -assurance and -control services required by
Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section.
4. Specific test and inspection requirements are not specified in this Section.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Quality -Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of
the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply
with requirements.
B. Quality -Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of
the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply
with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect.
C. Mockups: Full-size physical assemblies that are constructed on-site. Mockups are constructed to verify
selections made under Sample submittals; to demonstrate aesthetic effects and, where indicated, qualities
of materials and execution; to review coordination, testing, or operation; to show interface between
dissimilar materials; and to demonstrate compliance with specified installation tolerances. Mockups are
not Samples. Unless otherwise indicated, approved mockups establish the standard by which the Work
will be judged.
1. Integrated Exterior Mockups: Mockups of the exterior envelope erected separately from the
building but on Project site, consisting of multiple products, assemblies, and subassemblies.
2. Room Mockups: Mockups of typical interior spaces complete with wall, floor, and ceiling finishes,
doors, windows, millwork, casework, specialties, furnishings and equipment, and lighting.
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000-1
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
3. Individual Mockups: Mockups of specific assemblies that may or may not be connected or
integrated into a room or exterior mockup.
D. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections performed specifically for Project before products and
materials are incorporated into the Work, to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria.
E. Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by an NRTL, an NVLAP, or a testing agency
qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product
performance and compliance with specified requirements.
F. Source Quality -Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source, e.g., plant, mill,
factory, or shop.
G. Field Quality -Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation of the Work
and for completed Work.
H. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall
mean the same as testing agency.
Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee,
Subcontractor, or Sub -subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation,
erection, application, and similar operations.
1. Use of trade -specific terminology in referring to a trade or entity does not require that certain
construction activities be performed by accredited or unionized individuals, or that requirements
specified apply exclusively to specific trade(s).
J. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced" means having successfully completed
a minimum of five previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar with
special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
1.4 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS
A. Referenced Standards: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish
different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent
requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a
decision before proceeding.
B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum
provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality
specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements,
indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer
uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding.
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: For mockups, provide plans, sections, and elevations, indicating materials and size of
mockup construction.
1. Indicate manufacturer and model number of individual components.
2. Provide axonometric drawings for conditions difficult to illustrate in two dimensions.
3. Submit electronic copy of manufacturer's published installation instructions along with Mockup
drawings.
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000-2
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Contractor's Quality -Control Plan: For quality -assurance and quality -control activities and responsibilities.
B. Qualification Data : For Contractor's quality -control personnel.
C. Contractor's Statement of Responsibility: When required by authorities having jurisdiction, submit copy of
written statement of responsibility sent to authorities having jurisdiction before starting work on the
following systems:
1. Seismic -force -resisting system, designated seismic system, or component listed in the designated
seismic system quality -assurance plan prepared by Architect.
2. Main wind -force -resisting system or a wind -resisting component listed in the wind -force -resisting
system quality -assurance plan prepared by Architect.
D. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to
demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report
on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority.
E. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular form and include the following:
1. Specification Section number and title.
2. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections.
3. Description of test and inspection.
4. Identification of applicable standards.
5. Identification of test and inspection methods.
6. Number of tests and inspections required.
7. Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections.
8. Requirements for obtaining samples.
9. Unique characteristics of each quality -control service.
1.7 CONTRACTOR'S SAFETY PLAN
A. Safety Plan: Submit Safety Plan within 10 days of the Notice to Proceed and not less than five days prior
to preconstruction conference. Submit in format acceptable to Architect. Plan shall describe how the
Contractor will insure the safety of the students, communicate this information to his sub -contractors and
how it will be enforced. Plan shall also describe off limits areas, detours, haul routes, etc.
1.8 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY -CONTROL PLAN
A. Quality -Control Plan, General: Submit quality -control plan within 10 days of Notice to Proceed, and not
less than five days prior to preconstruction conference. Submit in format acceptable to Architect. Identify
personnel, procedures, controls, instructions, tests, records, and forms to be used to carry out Contractor's
quality -assurance and quality -control responsibilities. Coordinate with Contractor's construction schedule.
Quality Control Plan shall be continuously updated and adapted to continuing project conditions and
requirements.
B. Quality -Control Personnel Qualifications: Engage qualified full-time, on-site, personnel trained and
experienced in managing and executing quality -assurance and quality -control procedures similar in nature
and extent to those required for Project. Quality Control Managers shall be provided in two fields or
expertise:
1. Envelope Quality Control Manger: This person shall not be the Superintendent and shall be
responsible for managing quality control for all planes of the envelope included, but not limited to,
walls, glazed curtain walls, below grade waterproofing, all weather flashings and roofing, and total
envelope tightness.
2. Finishes Quality Control Manager: This person shall not be the Sup[erintendent, but may also be
the Envelope Quality Control Manager. This person shall coordinate subcontractor work in relation
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 1014000-3
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
1.9
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
to quality control for all finishes including, but not limited to, paint, drywall installation, all finish
ceilings, tiling of walls and floors, trim, millwork, casework, and all floor finishes.
C. Submittal Procedure: Describe procedures for ensuring compliance with requirements through review and
management of submittal process. Indicate qualifications of personnel responsible for submittal review.
D. Testing and Inspection: In quality -control plan, include a comprehensive schedule of Work requiring
testing or inspection, including the following:
1. Contractor -performed tests and inspections including subcontractor -performed tests and
inspections. Include required tests and inspections and Contractor -elected tests and inspections.
2. Special inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction and indicated on the "Statement of
Special Inspections."
3. Owner -performed tests and inspections indicated in the Contract Documents.
E. Continuous Inspection of Workmanship: Describe process for continuous inspection during construction to
identify and correct deficiencies in workmanship in addition to testing and inspection specified. Indicate
types of corrective actions to be required to bring work into compliance with standards of workmanship
established by Contract requirements and approved mockups.
F. Monitoring and Documentation: Maintain testing and inspection reports including log of approved and
rejected results. Include work Architect has indicated as nonconforming or defective. Indicate corrective
actions taken to bring nonconforming work into compliance with requirements. Comply with requirements
of authorities having jurisdiction.
REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS
A. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other Sections.
Include the following:
1. Date of issue.
2. Project title and number.
3. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency.
4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.
5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections.
6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method.
7. Identification of product and Specification Section.
8. Complete test or inspection data.
9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results.
10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting.
11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract
Document requirements.
12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector.
13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting.
B. Manufacturer's Technical Representative's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting
manufacturer's technical representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the
following:
1. Name, address, and telephone number of technical representative making report.
2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product.
3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements.
4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if
not, what corrective action was taken.
5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies
with requirements.
6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty.
7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 1014000-4
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set ! July 29, 2014
C. Factory -Authorized Service Representative's Reports: Prepare written information documenting
manufacturer's factory -authorized service representative's tests and inspections specified in other
Sections. Include the following:
1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory -authorized service representative making report.
2. Statement that equipment complies with requirements.
3. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies
with requirements.
4. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty.
5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.
D. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications,
inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments,
correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and
regulations bearing on performance of the Work.
1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required;
individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those
indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient
production capacity to produce required units.
C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this
Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to
produce required units.
D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar
in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction
with a record of successful in-service performance.
E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in
jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind
indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly,
or product that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.
F. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific construction activities shall be performed
by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification
requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated.
Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction shall supersede requirements for specialists.
G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and
capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 329; and with
additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and, where required by authorities having
jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities.
1. NRTL: A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7.
2. NVLAP: A testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory
Accreditation Program.
H. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer
who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's
products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 1014000-5
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
Factory -Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer
who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are
similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.
Preconstruction Testing: Where testing agency is indicated to perform preconstruction testing for
compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods, comply with the following:
Contractor responsibilities include the following:
a. Provide test specimens representative of proposed products and construction.
b. Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to
prevent delaying the Work.
C. Provide sizes and configurations of test assemblies, mockups, and laboratory mockups to
adequately demonstrate capability of products to comply with performance requirements.
d. Build site -assembled test assemblies and mockups using installers who will perform same
tasks for Project.
e. Build laboratory mockups at testing facility using personnel, products, and methods of
construction indicated for the completed Work.
f. When testing is complete, remove test specimens, assemblies, mockups, and laboratory
mockups; do not reuse products on Project. Only laboratory mockups may be integrated
into the Work; all others shall be removed.
2. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a written report of each test, inspection, and similar
quality -assurance service to Architect, with copy to Contractor. Interpret tests and inspections and
state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract
Documents.
K. Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each form of
construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the
completed Work:
1. Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. See
drawing sheet AE006 for all required mockups.
2. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed.
3. Quality Control Manager shall oversee mockup construction. Employ workers that will be
employed during the construction at Project.
4. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship.
5. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication, or construction.
a. Allow seven days for initial review and each re -review of each mockup.
6. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the
completed Work.
7. Demolish and remove mockups when directed unless otherwise indicated.
L. Integrated Exterior Mockups: Construct integrated exterior mockup according to approved Shop
Drawings. Coordinate installation of exterior envelope materials and products for which mockups are
required in individual Specification Sections, along with supporting materials.
M. Room Mockups: Construct room mockups incorporating required materials and assemblies, finished
according to requirements. Provide required lighting and additional lighting where required to enable
Architect to evaluate quality of the Work. Provide room mockups of the following rooms:
11 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality -control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility, Owner will
engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services.
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000-6
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies
engaged and a description of types of testing and inspecting they are engaged to perform.
2. Payment for these services will be made from testing and inspecting allowances, as authorized by
Change Orders.
3. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed
to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor.
B. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's
responsibility. Perform additional quality -control activities required to verify that the Work complies with
requirements, whether specified or not.
1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality -control services specified and those required by
authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality -control services required of Contractor by authorities
having jurisdiction, whether specified or not.
2. Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage a qualified testing agency to
perform these quality -control services. €
a. Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in writing by
Owner.
3. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or 4
inspecting will be performed.
4. Where quality -control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written
report, in duplicate, of each quality -control service.
5. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are
Contractor's responsibility.
6. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they
so direct.
C. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory -authorized service representative to
inspect field -assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report
results in writing as specified in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures."
D. Manufacturer's Technical Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's technical representative to
observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's technical representative's services include participation in
preinstallation conferences, examination of substrates and conditions, verification of materials, observation
of Installer activities, inspection of completed portions of the Work, and submittal of written reports.
E. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's
responsibility, provide quality -control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that
replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents.
F. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect, and Contractor in performance of duties.
Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections.
1. Notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work
during performance of its services.
2. Determine the location from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ tests are
conducted.
3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected
work complies with or deviates from requirements.
4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality -control
service through Contractor.
5. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve or
accept any portion of the Work.
6. Do not perform any duties of Contractor.
G. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality -
control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in
advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following:
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 1014000-7
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
1. Access to the Work.
2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections.
3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting.
Assist agency in obtaining samples.
4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples.
5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies.
6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency.
7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site.
H. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality -assurance and -control
services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to
accommodate testing and inspecting.
1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.
Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare a schedule of tests, inspections, and similar quality -control
services required by the Contract Documents as a component of Contractor's quality -control plan.
Coordinate and submit concurrently with Contractor's construction schedule. Update as the Work
progresses.
Distribution: Distribute schedule to Owner, Architect, testing agencies, and each party involved in
performance of portions of the Work where tests and inspections are required.
1.12 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
A. Special Tests and Inspections: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency or special inspector to
conduct special tests and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction and as identified in the
2009 IBC as the responsibility of Owner, and as follows:
1. Verifying that manufacturer maintains detailed fabrication and quality -control procedures and
reviews the completeness and adequacy of those procedures to perform the Work.
2. Notifying Architect, and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed in the Work
during performance of its services.
3. Submitting a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality -control service to
Architect with copy to Contractor and to authorities having jurisdiction.
4. Submitting a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial Completion, which includes
a list of unresolved deficiencies.
5. Interpreting tests and inspections and stating in each report whether tested and inspected work
complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.
6. Retesting and reinspecting corrected work.
7. Refer to Drawings for a complete list of Special Tests and Inspections.
1.13 BUILDING ENCLOSURE COMMISSIONING AND FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING
A. Owner will engage a qualified testing agency for building enclosure commissioning and functional
performance testing as specified in Sections 019115 and 019117.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG
A. Test and Inspection Log: Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following:
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000-8
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
1. Date test or inspection was conducted.
2. Description of the Work tested or inspected.
3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Architect.
4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection.
B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and revisions as they occur. Provide access to test and
inspection log for Architect's reference during normal working hours.
3.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION
A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged
construction and restore substrates and finishes.
Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification
Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched areas and extend
restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with
the Contract Document requirements for cutting and patching in Section 017300 "Execution."
B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality -control service activities.
C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for j
quality -control services. I
END OF SECTION 014000
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 1014000-9
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
SECTION 014200 - REFERENCES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.
B. "Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and
requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the
Contract.
C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested," "authorized,"
"selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed."
D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in
Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled,"
and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated."
E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and
rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work.
s
F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and
similar operations.
j
G. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling,
erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and
similar operations.
H. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.
"Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown
on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be
built.
1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS
A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements,
applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly
into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract
Documents by reference.
B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise
indicated.
C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry
standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the
Contract Documents.
REFERENCES 1014200- 1
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies
directly from publication source.
1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract
Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Gale's "Encyclopedia of
Associations: National Organizations of the U.S." or in Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professional
Associations of the United States."
B. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract
Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone
numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the
date of the Contract Documents.
AABC
Associated Air Balance Council
(202) 737-0202
www.aabc.com
AAMA
American Architectural Manufacturers Association
(847) 303-5664
www.aamanet.org
AASHTO
American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
(202) 624-5800
www.transportation.org
AATCC
American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists
(919) 549-8141
www.aatcc.org
ABMA
American Bearing Manufacturers Association
(202) 367-1155
www.americanbearings.org
ACI
American Concrete Institute
(248) 848-3700
(Formerly: ACI International)
www.concrete.org
ACPA
American Concrete Pipe Association
(972) 506-7216
www.concrete-pipe.org
AEIC
Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The)
(205) 257-2530
www.aeic.org
AF&PA
American Forest & Paper Association
(800) 878-8878
www.afandpa.org
(202) 463-2700
AGA
American Gas Association
(202) 824-7000
www.aga.org
AHAM
Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers
(202) 872-5955
www.aham.org
AHRI
Air -Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute (The)
(703) 524-8800
www.ahrinet.org
AI
Asphalt Institute
(859) 288-4960
www.asphaltinstitute.org
AIA
American Institute of Architects (The)
(800) 242-3837
www.ala.org
(202) 626-7300
AISC
American Institute of Steel Construction
(800) 644-2400
REFERENCES 1014200-2
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
REFERENCES 1014200-3
www.aisc.org
(312) 670-2400
AISI
American Iron and Steel Institute
(202) 452-7100
www.steel.org
AITC
American Institute of Timber Construction
(303) 792-9559
www.aitc-glulam.org
AMCA
Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.
(847) 394-0150
www.amca.org
ANSI
American National Standards Institute
(202) 293-8020
www.ansi.org
AOSA
Association of Official Seed Analysts, Inc.
(607) 256-3313
www.aosaseed.com
APA
APA - The Engineered Wood Association
(253) 565-6600
www.apawood.org
APA
Architectural Precast Association
(239) 454-6989
www.archprecast.org
API
American Petroleum Institute
(202) 682-8000
www.api.org
ARI
Air -Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute
(See AHRI)
ARI
American Refrigeration Institute
(See AHRI)
ARMA
Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association
(202) 207-0917
www.asphaltroofing.org
ASCE
American Society of Civil Engineers
(800) 548-2723
www.asce.org
(703)295-6300
ASCE/SEI
American Society of Civil Engineers/Structural Engineering Institute
(See ASCE)
ASHRAE
American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air -Conditioning
(800) 527-4723
Engineers
www.ashrae.org
(404) 636-8400
ASME
ASME International
(800) 843-2763
(American Society of Mechanical Engineers)
(973) 882-1170
www.asme.org
ASSE
American Society of Safety Engineers (The)
(847) 699-2929
www.asse.org
ASSE
American Society of Sanitary Engineering
(440) 835-3040
www.asse-plumbing.org
ASTM
ASTM International
(610) 832-9500
(American Society for Testing and Materials International)
www.astm.org
ATIS
Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions
(202) 628-6380
www.atis.org
REFERENCES 1014200-3
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
AWEA
American Wind Energy Association
(202) 383-2500
www.awea.org
AWI
Architectural Woodwork Institute
(571) 323-3636
www.awinet.org
AWMAC
Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada
(403) 453-7387
www.awmac.com
AWPA
American Wood Protection Association
(205) 733-4077
(Formerly: American Wood -Preservers' Association)
www.awpa.com
AWS
American Welding Society
(800) 443-9353
www.aws.org
(305) 443-9353
AWWA
American Water Works Association
(800) 926-7337
www.awwa.org
(303) 794-7711
SHIVA
Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association
(212) 297-2122
www.buildershardware.com
BIA
Brick Industry Association (The)
(703) 620-0010
www.gobrick.com
BICSI
BICSI, Inc.
(800) 242-7405
www.bicsi.org
(813) 979-1991
BIFMA
BIFMA International
(616) 285-3963
(Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's Association)
www.bifma.com
BISSC
Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee
(866) 342-4772
www.bissc.org
BOCA
BOCA
(Building Officials and Code Administrators International Inc.)
(See ICC)
BWF
Badminton World Federation
60 3 9283 7155
(Formerly: International Badminton Federation)
www.bwfbadminton.org
CDA
Copper Development Association
(800) 232-3282
www.copper.org
(212) 251-7200
CEA
Canadian Electricity Association
(613)230-9263
www.electricity.ca
CEA
Consumer Electronics Association
(866) 858-1555
www.ce.org
(703) 907-7600
CFFA
Chemical Fabrics & Film Association, Inc.
(216) 241-7333
www.chemicalfabricsandfilm.com
CFSEI
Cold -Formed Steel Engineers Institute
(866) 465-4732
www.cfsel.org
(202) 263-4488
CGA
Compressed Gas Association
(703) 788-2700
www.cganet.com
CIMA
Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association
(888) 881-2462
REFERENCES
014200-4
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
www.cellulose.org
(937) 222-2462
CISCA
Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association
(630) 584-1919
www.cisca.org
CISPI
Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute
(404) 622-0073
www.cispi.org
CLFMI
Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute
(301) 596-2583
www.chainlinkinfo.org
CPA
Composite Panel Association
(703) 724-1128
www.pbmdf.com
CRI
Carpet and Rug Institute (The)
(706) 278-3176
www.carpet-rug.org
CRRC
Cool Roof Rating Council
(866) 465-2523
www.coolroofs.org
(510) 485-7175
CRSI
Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
(800) 328-6306
www.crsi.org
(847) 517-1200
CSA
Canadian Standards Association
(800) 463-6727
www.csa.ca
(416) 747-4000
CSA
CSA International
(866) 797-4272
(Formerly: IAS - International Approval Services)
(416) 747-4000
www.csa-international.org
CSI
Construction Specifications Institute (The)
(800) 689-2900
www.csinet.org
(703) 684-0300
CSSB
Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau
(604) 820-7700
www.cedarbureau.org
CTI
Cooling Technology Institute
(281) 5834087
(Formerly: Cooling Tower Institute)
www.cti.org
CWC
Composite Wood Council
(See CPA)
DASMA
Door and Access Systems Manufacturers Association
(216) 241-7333
www.dasma.com
DHI
Door and Hardware Institute
(703) 222-2010
www.dhi.org
ECA
Electronic Components Association
(703) 907-8024
www.ec-central.org
ECAMA
Electronic Components Assemblies & Materials Association
(See ECA)
EIA
Electronic Industries Alliance
(See TIA)
EIMA
EIFS Industry Members Association
(800) 294-3462
www.eima.com
(703) 538-1616
EJMA
Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc.
(914) 332-0040
REFERENCES
014200-5
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
www.ejma.org
ESD
ESD Association
(315) 339-6937
(Electrostatic Discharge Association)
www.esda.org
ESTA
Entertainment Services and Technology Association
(See PLASA)
EVO
Efficiency Valuation Organization
(415) 367-3643
www.evo-world.org
44 20 88 167 857
FIBA
F6deration Internationale de Basketball
41 22 545 00 00
(The International Basketball Federation)
www.fiba.com
FIVB
Federation Internationale de Volleyball
41 21 345 35 45
(The International Volleyball Federation)
www.fivb.org
FM Approvals
FM Approvals LLC
(781) 762-4300
www.fmglobal.com
FM Global
FM Global
(401) 275-3000
(Formerly: FMG - FM Global)
www.fmglobal.com
FRSA
Florida Roofing, Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractors
(407) 671-3772
Association, Inc.
www.floridaroof.com
FSA
Fluid Sealing Association
(610) 971-4850
www.fluidsealing.com
FSC
Forest Stewardship Council U.S.
(612) 353-4511
www.fscus.org
GA
Gypsum Association
(301) 277-8686
www.gypsum.org
GANA
Glass Association of North America
(785) 271-0208
www.glasswebsite.com
GS
Green Seal
(202)872-6400
www.greenseal.org
HI
Hydraulic Institute
(973) 267-9700
www.pumps.org
HI/GAMA
Hydronics Institute/Gas Appliance Manufacturers Association
(See AHRI)
HMMA
Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association
(See NAAMM)
HPVA
Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association
(703) 435-2900
www.hpva.org
HPW
H. P. White Laboratory, Inc.
(410) 838-6550
www.hpwhite.com
IAPSC
International Association of Professional Security Consultants
(415) 536-0288
REFERENCES
014200-6
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
www.lapsc.org
IAS
International Approval Services
(See CSA)
ICBO
International Conference of Building Officials
(See ICC)
ICC
International Code Council
(888) 422-7233
www.iccsafe.org
(202) 370-1800
ICEA
Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc.
(770) 830-0369
www.icea.net
ICPA
International Cast Polymer Alliance
(703) 525-0511
www.lcpa-hq.org
ICRI
International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc.
(847) 827-0830
www.icri.org
IEC
International Electrotechnical Commission
41 22 919 02 11
www.lec.ch
IEEE
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The)
(212) 419-7900
www.leee.org
IES
Illuminating Engineering Society
(212) 248-5000
(Formerly: Illuminating Engineering Society of North America)
www.les.org
IESNA
Illuminating Engineering Society of North America
(See IES)
ZEST
Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology
(847) 981-0100
www.iest.org
IGMA
Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance
(613) 233-1510
www.igmaonline.org
IGSHPA
International Ground Source Heat Pump Association
(405) 744-5175
www.igshpa.okstate.edu
ILI
Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc.
(812) 275-4426
www.iliai.com
Intertek
Intertek Group
(800) 967-5352
(Formerly: ETL SEMCO; Intertek Testing Service NA)
www.intertek.com
ISA
International Society of Automation (The)
(919) 549-8411
(Formerly: Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society)
www.isa.org
ISAS
Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society (The)
(See ISA)
ISFA
International Surface Fabricators Association
(877) 464-7732
(Formerly: International Solid Surface Fabricators Association)
(801) 341-7360
www.isfanow.org
ISO
International Organization for Standardization
41 22 749 01 11
www.iso.org
REFERENCES 1014200-7
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
ISSFA
International Solid Surface Fabricators Association
(SeeISFA)
ITU
International Telecommunication Union
4122 730 51 11
www.itu.inUhome
KCMA
Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association
(703) 264-1690
www.kcma.org
LMA
Laminating Materials Association
(See CPA)
LPI
Lightning Protection Institute
(800) 488-6864
www.lightning.org
MBMA
Metal Building Manufacturers Association
(216) 241-7333
www.mbma.com
MCA
Metal Construction Association
(847) 375-4718
www.metalconstruction.org
MFMA
Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association, Inc.
(888) 480-9138
www.maplefloor.org
MFMA
Metal Framing Manufacturers Association, Inc.
(312) 644-6610
www.metalframingmfg.org
MHIA
Material Handling Industry of America
(800) 345-1815
www.mhla.org
(704) 676-1190
MIA
Marble Institute of America
(440) 250-9222
www.marble-institute.com
MMPA
Moulding & Millwork Producers Association
(800) 550-7889
(Formerly: Wood Moulding & Millwork Producers Association)
(530) 661-9591
www.wmmpa.com
MPI
Master Painters Institute
(888) 674-8937
www.paintinfo.com
(604) 298-7578
MSS
Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings
(703) 281-6613
Industry Inc.
www.mss-hq.org
NAAMM
National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers
(630) 942-6591
www.naamm.org
NACE
NACE International
(800) 797-6223
(National Association of Corrosion Engineers International)
(281) 228-6200
www.nace.org
NADCA
National Air Duct Cleaners Association
(202) 737-2926
www.nadca.com
NAIMA
North American Insulation Manufacturers Association
(703) 684-0084
www.nalma.org
NBGQA
National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc.
(800) 557-2848
www.nbgqa.com
NCAA
National Collegiate Athletic Association (The)
(317) 917-6222
REFERENCES 014200-8
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
www.ncaa.org
NCMA
National Concrete Masonry Association
(703) 713-1900
www.ncma.org
NEBB
National Environmental Balancing Bureau
(301) 977-3698
www.nebb.org
NECA
National Electrical Contractors Association
(301) 657-3110
www.necanet.org
NeLMA
Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association
(207) 829-6901
www.nelma.org
NEMA
National Electrical Manufacturers Association
(703) 841-3200
www.nema.org
NETA
InterNational Electrical Testing Association
(888) 300-6382
www.netaworld.org
(269) 488-6382
NFHS
National Federation of State High School Associations
(317) 972-6900
www.nfhs.org
NFPA
NFPA
(800)344-3555
(National Fire Protection Association)
(617) 770-3000
www.nfpa.org
NFPA
NFPA International
(See NFPA)
NFRC
National Fenestration Rating Council
(301) 589-1776
www.nfro.org
NHLA
National Hardwood Lumber Association
(800) 933-0318
www.nhla.com
(901) 377-1818
NLGA
National Lumber Grades Authority
(604) 524-2393
www.nlga.org
NOFMA
National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association
(See NWFA)
NOMMA
National Ornamental & Miscellaneous Metals Association
(888) 516-8585
www.nomma.org
NRCA
National Roofing Contractors Association
(800) 323-9545
www.nrca.net
(847) 299-9070
NRMCA
National Ready Mixed Concrete Association
(888) 846-7622
www.nrmca.org
(301) 587-1400
NSF
NSF International
(800) 673-6275
(National Sanitation Foundation International)
(734) 769-8010
www.nsf.org
NSPE
National Society of Professional Engineers
(703) 684-2800
www.nspe.org
NSSGA
National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association
(800) 342-1415
www.nssga.org
(703) 525-8788
NTMA
National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association, Inc. (The)
(800) 323-9736
REFERENCES
014200-9
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
REFERENCES 014200-10
www.ntma.com
NWFA
National Wood Flooring Association
(800) 422-4556
www.nwfa.org
(636) 519-9663
PCI
Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute
(312) 786-0300
www.pci.org
PDI
Plumbing & Drainage Institute
(800) 589-8956
www.pdionline.org
(978) 557-0720
PLASA
PLASA
(212) 244-1505
(Formerly: ESTA - Entertainment Services and Technology
Association)
www.plasa.org
RCSC
Research Council on Structural Connections
www.boltcouncil.org
RFCI
Resilient Floor Covering Institute
(706) 882-3833
www.rfcl.com
RIS
Redwood Inspection Service
(925) 935.1499
www.redwoodinspection.com
SAE
SAE International
(877) 606-7323
(Society of Automotive Engineers)
(724) 776-4841
www.sae.org
SBCCI
Southern Building Code Congress International, Inc.
(See ICC)
SCTE
Society of Cable Telecommunications Engineers
(800) 542-5040
www.scte.org
(610) 363-6888
SDI
Steel Deck Institute
(847) 458-4647
www.sdi.org
SDI
Steel Door Institute
(440) 899-0010
www.steeldoor.org
SEFA
Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association
(877) 294-5424
www.sefalabs.com
(516) 294-5424
SEI/ASCE
Structural Engineering Institute/American Society of Civil Engineers
(See ASCE)
SIA
Security Industry Association
(866) 817-8888
www.siaonline.org
(703) 683-2075
SJI
Steel Joist Institute
(843) 293-1995
www.steeljoist.org
SMA
Screen Manufacturers Association
(773) 636-0672
www.smainfo.org
SMACNA
Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association
(703) 803-2980
www.smacna.org
SMPTE
Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers
(914) 761-1100
www.smpte.org
REFERENCES 014200-10
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
SPFA
Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance
(800) 523-6154
www.sprayfoam.org
SPIB
Southern Pine Inspection Bureau
(850) 434-2611
www.splb.org
SPRI
Single Ply Roofing Industry
(781) 647-7026
www.spri.org
SRCC
Solar Rating and Certification Corporation
(321) 638-1537
www.solar-rating.org
SSINA
Specialty Steel Industry of North America
(800) 982-0355
www.ssina.com
(202) 342-8630
SSPC
SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings
(877) 281-7772
www.sspc.org
(412) 281-2331
STI
Steel Tank Institute
(847) 438-8265
www.steeltank.com
SWI
Steel Window Institute
(216) 241-7333
www.steelwindows.com
SWPA
Submersible Wastewater Pump Association
(847) 681-1868
www.swpa.org
TCA
Tilt -Up Concrete Association
(319) 895-6911
www.tilt-up.org
TCNA
Tile Council of North America, Inc.
(864) 646-8453
(Formerly: Tile Council of America)
www.tileusa.com
TEMA
Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers Association, Inc.
(914) 332-0040
www.tema.org
TIA
Telecommunications Industry Association
(703) 907-7700
(Formerly: TIA/EIA - Telecommunications Industry
Association/Electronic Industries Alliance)
www.tiaonline.org
TIA/EIA
Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries
Alliance
(See TIA)
TMS
The Masonry Society
(303) 939-9700
www.masonrysociety.org
TPI
Truss Plate Institute
(703) 683-1010
www.tpinst.org
TPI
Turfgrass Producers International
(800) 405-8873
www.turfgrasssod.org
(847) 649-5555
TRI
Tile Roofing Institute
(312) 670-4177
www.tileroofing.org
UBC
Uniform Building Code
(See ]CC)
UL
Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
(877) 854-3577
REFERENCES 014200-11
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
www.ul.com
UNI Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association
(972) 243-3902
www.uni-bell.org
USAV USA Volleyball
(888) 786-5539
www.usavolleyball.org
(719) 228-6800
USGBC U.S. Green Building Council
(800) 795-1747
www.usgbc.org
USITT United States Institute for Theatre Technology, Inc.
(800) 938-7488
www.usitt.org
(315) 463-6463
WASTEC Waste Equipment Technology Association
(800) 424-2869
www.wastec.org
(202) 244-4700
WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau
(800) 283-1486
www.wclib.org
(503) 639-0651
WCMA Window Covering Manufacturers Association
(212) 297-2122
www.wemanet.org
WDMA Window & Door Manufacturers Association
(800) 223-2301
www.wdma.com
(312) 321-6802
WI Woodwork Institute
(916) 372-9943
(Formerly: WIC - Woodwork Institute of California)
www.wicnet.org
WMMPA Wood Moulding & Millwork Producers Association
(See MMPA)
WSRCA Western States Roofing Contractors Association
(800) 725-0333
www.wsrca.com
(650) 938-5441
WWPA Western Wood Products Association
(503) 224-3930
www.wwpa.org
C. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in
Specifications or other Contract
Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone
numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be
accurate and up-to-date as of the
date of the Contract Documents.
DIN Deutsches Institut fOr Normung e.V.
49 30 2601-0
www.din.de
IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials
(909) 472-4100
www.lapmo.org
ICC International Code Council
(888) 422-7233
www.icesafe.org
ICC -ES ICC Evaluation Service, LLC
(800) 423-6587
www.icc-es.org
(562) 699-0543
D. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other
Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names,
telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date
as of the date of the Contract Documents.
REFERENCES 1014200-12
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
COE
Army Corps of Engineers
(202) 761-0011
www.usace.army.mil
CPSC
Consumer Product Safety Commission
(800) 638-2772
www.cpsc.gov
(301) 504-7923
DOC
Department of Commerce
(301) 975-4040
National Institute of Standards and Technology
www.nist.gov
DOD
Department of Defense
(215) 697-2664
http://dodssp.daps.dla.mil
DOE
Department of Energy
(202) 586-9220
www.energy.gov
EPA
Environmental Protection Agency
(202) 272-0167
www.epa.gov
FAA
Federal Aviation Administration
(866) 835-5322
www.faa.gov
FG
Federal Government Publications
(202) 512-1800
www.gpo.gov
GSA
General Services Administration
(800) 488-3111
www.gsa.gov
(202)619-8925
HUD
Department of Housing and Urban Development
(202) 708-1112
www.hud.gov
LBL
Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory
(510) 486-4000
Environmental Energy Technologies Division
http://eetd.lbl.gov
OSHA
Occupational Safety & Health Administration
(800) 321-6742
www.osha.gov
SD
Department of State
(202) 647-4000
www.state.gov
TRB
Transportation Research Board
(202)334-2934
National Cooperative Highway Research Program
www.trb.org
USDA
Department of Agriculture
(202) 720-3656
Agriculture Research Service
U.S. Salinity Laboratory
www.ars.usda.gov
USDA
Department of Agriculture
(202) 720-2791
Rural Utilities Service
www.usda.gov
USDJ
Department of Justice
(202) 307-0703
Office of Justice Programs
National Institute of Justice
www.ojp.usdoj.gov
USP
U.S. Pharmacopeia
(800) 227-8772
www.usp.org
(301) 881-0666
REFERENCES 014200-13
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
USPS United States Postal Service (202) 268-2000
www.usps.com
E. Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other
Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the standards and regulations in the
following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be
accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.
CFR
Code of Federal Regulations
(866) 512-1800
Available from Government Printing Office
(202) 512-1800
www.gpo.gov/fdsys
DOD
Department of Defense
(215) 697-2664
Military Specifications and Standards
Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point
http://dodssp.daps.dla.mil
j
I
DSCC
Defense Supply Center Columbus
I
(See FS)
j
E
FED -STD
Federal Standard
(See FS)
I
FS
Federal Specification
(215) 697-2664
Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point
http://dodssp.daps.dia.mil
Available from Defense Standardization Program
L
www.dsp.dla.mil
Available from General Services Administration
(800) 488-3111
www.gsa.gov
(202)619-8925
Available from National Institute of Building Sciences/Whole Building Design
(202) 289-7800
Guide
www.wbdg.org/ccb
MILSPEC
Military Specification and Standards
(See DOD)
USAB
United States Access Board
(800) 872-2253
www.access-board.gov
(202) 272-0080
USATBCB
U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board
(See USAB)
State Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other
Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names,
telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date
as of the date of the Contract Documents.
CBHF State of California (800) 952-5210
Department of Consumer Affairs (916) 574-2041
Bureau of Electronic Appliance and Repair, Home Furnishings and Thermal
Insulation
www.bearhfti.ca.gov
REFERENCES 014200-14
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
CCR
California Code of Regulations
(916) 323-6225
Office of Administrative Law
California Title 24 Energy Code
www.calregs.com
CDHS
California Department of Health Care Services
(Formerly: California Department of Health Services)
(See CCR)
CDPH
California Department of Public Health
Indoor Air Quality Program
www.cal-iaq.org
CPUC
California Public Utilities Commission
(800) 848-5580
www.cpuc.ca.gov
(415) 703-2782
SCAQMD
South Coast Air Quality Management District
(909) 396-2000
www.aqmd.gov
TFS
Texas Forest Service
Forest Resource Development and Sustainable Forestry
(979) 458-6606
http://txforestservice.tamu.edu
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 014200
REFERENCES 014200-15
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
SECTION 015000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection
facilities.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 011000 "Summary" for work restrictions and limitations on utility interruptions.
2. Section 312319 "Dewatering" for disposal of ground water at Project site.
1.3 USE CHARGES
A. General: Installation and removal of and use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the
Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities
without cost, including, but not limited to, Owner's construction forces, Architect, occupants of Project,
testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Water and Sewer Service from Existing System: Water from Owner's existing water system is available
for use and shall be billed to the Contractor through the duration of the Contract.. Provide connections and _
extensions of services as required for construction operations. __ _
C. Electric Power Service from Existing System: Electric power from Owner's existing system is available for
use and shall be billed to the Contractor through the duration of the Contract. Provide connections and
extensions of services as required for construction operations.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Site Plan: Show temporary facilities, utility hookups, staging areas, and parking areas for construction
personnel.
B. Erosion- and Sedimentation -Control Plan: Show compliance with requirements of EPA Construction
General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent.
C. Fire -Safety Program: Show compliance with requirements of NFPA 241 and authorities having jurisdiction.
Indicate Contractor personnel responsible for management of fire -prevention program.
D. Moisture -Protection Plan: Describe procedures and controls for protecting materials and construction from
water absorption and damage.
1. Describe delivery, handling, and storage provisions for materials subject to water absorption or
water damage.
2. Indicate procedures for discarding water -damaged materials, protocols for mitigating water
intrusion into completed Work, and replacing water -damaged Work.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1015000-1
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
3. Indicate sequencing of work that requires water, such as sprayed fire -resistive materials, plastering,
and terrazzo grinding, and describe plans for dealing with water from these operations. Show
procedures for verifying that wet construction has dried sufficiently to permit installation of finish
materials.
E. Dust- and HVAC -Control Plan: Submit coordination drawing and narrative that indicates the dust- and
HVAC -control measures proposed for use, proposed locations, and proposed time frame for their
operation. Identify further options if proposed measures are later determined to be inadequate. Include
the following:
1. Locations of dust -control partitions at each phase of work.
2. HVAC system isolation schematic drawing.
3. Location of proposed air -filtration system discharge.
4. Waste handling procedures.
5. Other dust -control measures.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric
service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70.
B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility
before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.
C. Accessible Temporary Egress: Comply with applicable provisions in the U.S. Architectural &
Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's ADA -ABA Accessibility Guidelines and ICC/ANSI A117.1.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Engage Installer of each permanent service to assume
responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a
construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Chain -Link Fencing: Minimum 2 -inch (50 -mm), 0.148 -inch- (3.8 -mm-) thick, galvanized -steel, chain-link
fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet (1.8 m) high with galvanized -steel pipe posts; minimum 2 -3/8 -inch- (60 -mm-
) OD line posts and 2 -7/8 -inch- (73 -mm-) OD corner and pull posts, with 1 -5/8 -inch- (42 -mm-) OD top rails.
B. Polyethylene Sheet: Reinforced, fire -resistive sheet, 10 -mil (0.25 -mm) minimum thickness, with flame -
spread rating of 15 or less per ASTM E 84 and passing NFPA 701 Test Method 2.
2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES
A. Field Offices, General: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable finishes, temperature controls, and
foundations adequate for normal loading.
B. Common -Use Field Office: Of sufficient size to accommodate needs of Owner, Architect and construction
personnel office activities and to accommodate meetings specified in other Division 01 Sections. Keep
office clean and orderly. Progress Meetings will be held in the Owner's facilities adjacent to the Project
Site. Furnish and equip offices as follows:
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000-2
BYU Idaho Science R Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
1. Furniture required for Project -site documents including file cabinets, plan tables, plan racks, and
bookcases.
2. Conference room of sufficient size to accommodate meetings of 10 individuals. Provide electrical
power service and 120-V ac duplex receptacles, with no fewer than one receptacle on each wall.
Furnish room with conference table, chairs, and 4 -foot- (1.2-m-) square tack and marker boards.
3. Drinking water and private toilet.
4. Coffee machine and supplies.
5. Heating and cooling equipment necessary to maintain a uniform indoor temperature of 68 to 72
deg F (20 to 22 deg C).
6. Lighting fixtures capable of maintaining average illumination of 20 fc (215 Ix) at desk height.
C. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds, as required, sized, furnished, and equipped to
accommodate materials and equipment for construction operations.
Store combustible materials apart from building.
2.3 EQUIPMENT
A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and
classes of fire exposures.
B. HVAC Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system, provide vented, self-
contained, liquid -propane -gas or fuel -oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control.
1. Use of gasoline -burning space heaters, open -flame heaters, or salamander -type heating units is
prohibited.
2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled for type of fuel being consumed, by a qualified testing agency
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application.
3. Permanent HVAC System: If Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system for temporary use
during construction, provide filter with MERV of 8 at each return -air grille in system and remove at
end of construction and clean HVAC system as required in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures".
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with
performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work.
B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no
longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities.
3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION
A. General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service.
Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, if
necessary, to make connections for temporary services.
B. Sewers and Drainage: Provide temporary utilities to remove effluent lawfully.
Connect temporary sewers to municipal system or private system indicated as directed by
authorities having jurisdiction.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1015000-3
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
C. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for
construction.
D. Water Service: Connect to Owner's existing water service facilities. Clean and maintain water service
facilities in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition
existing before initial use.
E. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of construction
personnel. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location,
operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities.
F. Heating: Provide temporary heating required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed
installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high
humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being
installed.
G. Isolation of Work Areas in Occupied Facilities: Prevent dust, fumes, and odors from entering occupied
areas.
1. Prior to commencing work, isolate the HVAC system in area where work is to be performed
according to coordination drawings.
a. Disconnect supply and return ductwork in work area from HVAC systems servicing occupied
areas.
b. Maintain negative air pressure within work area using HEPA-equipped air -filtration units,
starting with commencement of temporary partition construction, and continuing until
removal of temporary partitions is complete.
2. Maintain dust partitions during the Work. Use vacuum collection attachments on dust -producing
equipment. Isolate limited work within occupied areas using portable dust -containment devices.
3. Perform daily construction cleanup and final cleanup using approved, HEPA-filter-equipped
vacuum equipment.
H. Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction activities for
curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of
high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements
being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce ambient condition required and minimize
energy consumption.
1. Provide dehumidification systems when required to reduce substrate moisture levels to level
required to allow installation or application of finishes.
I. Electric Power Service: Connect to Owner's existing electric power service. Maintain equipment in a
condition acceptable to Owner.
J. Electric Power Service: Provide electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity,
and power characteristics required for construction operations.
1. Install electric power service overhead unless otherwise indicated.
2. Connect temporary service to Owner's existing power source, as directed by Owner.
K. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for
construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic conditions.
1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements without
operating entire system.
2. Install lighting for Project identification sign.
L. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service in common -use facilities for use by all
construction personnel. Install one telephone line(s) for each field office.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000-4
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
1. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers.
a. Police and fire departments.
b. Ambulance service.
C. Contractor's home office.
d. Contractor's emergency after-hours telephone number.
e. Architect's office.
f. Engineers' offices.
g. Owner's office.
h. Principal subcontractors' field and home offices.
2. Provide superintendent with cellular telephone or portable two-way radio for use when away from
field office.
3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with the following:
1. Provide construction for temporary offices, shops, and sheds located within construction area or
within 30 feet (9 m) of building lines that is noncombustible according to ASTM E 136. Comply with
NFPA 241.
2. Maintain support facilities until Architect schedules Substantial Completion inspection. Remove
before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted
to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner.
B. Temporary Roads and Paved Areas: Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas adequate
for construction operations. Locate temporary roads and paved areas as indicated, or if not indicated,
within construction limits indicated on Drawings.
1. Provide dust -control treatment that is nonpolluting and nontracking. Reapply treatment as required
to minimize dust.
C. Temporary Use of Permanent Roads and Paved Areas: Locate temporary roads and paved areas in same
location as permanent roads and paved areas. Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas
adequate for construction operations. Extend temporary roads and paved areas, within construction limits
indicated, as necessary for construction operations.
1. Coordinate elevations of temporary roads and paved areas with permanent roads and paved areas.
2. Prepare subgrade and install subbase and base for temporary roads and paved areas according to
Section 312000 "Earth Moving."
3. Recondition base after temporary use, including removing contaminated material, regrading,
proofrolling, compacting, and testing.
4. Delay installation of final course of permanent hot -mix asphalt pavement until immediately before
Substantial Completion. Repair hot -mix asphalt base -course pavement before installation of final
course according to Section 321216 "Asphalt Paving"
D. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and utilities.
2. Maintain access for fire -fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants.
E. Parking: Provide temporary or use designated areas of Owner's existing parking areas for construction
personnel if available.
Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Maintain
Project site, excavations, and construction free of water.
Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or adjoining properties
or endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1015000-5
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
2. Remove snow and ice as required to minimize accumulations.
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
G. Project Signs: Provide Project signs as indicated. Unauthorized signs are not permitted.
1. Identification Signs: Provide Project identification signs as indicated on Drawings.
2. Temporary Signs: Provide other signs as indicated and as required to inform public and individuals
seeking entrance to Project.
a. Provide temporary, directional signs for construction personnel and visitors.
3. Maintain and touchup signs so they are legible at all times.
H. Waste Disposal Facilities: Comply with requirements specified in Section 017419 "Construction Waste
Management and Disposal."
I. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel.
Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and equipment'
and not temporary facilities.
J. Temporary Elevator Use: See Section 142400 "Hydraulic Elevators" for temporary use of new elevators.
K. Temporary Stairs: Until permanent stairs are available, provide OSHA compliant temporary stairs to all
above or below grade levels.
L. Temporary Use of Permanent Stairs: Use of new stairs for construction traffic will be permitted, provided
stairs are protected and finishes restored to new condition at time of Substantial Completion.
3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. Protection of Existing Facilities: Protect existing vegetation, equipment, structures, utilities, and other
improvements at Project site and on adjacent properties, except those indicated to be removed or altered.
Repair damage to existing facilities.
B. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction as
required to comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil
contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects.
Comply with work restrictions specified in Section 011000 "Summary."
C. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Comply with requirements of 2003 EPA Construction
General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent and requirements specified in
Section 311000 "Site Clearing." Owner and Contractor comprise the Storm Water Team and are co -
permittees. The Owner designs and retains control over any changes to site plans, SWPPPs, or storm
water conveyance or control designs; but the Contractor is responsible for overseeing actual earth
disturbing activities and daily implementation and maintenance of the controls specified in the SWPPP and
other permit conditions. Storm Water Team personnel are listed on the Project -specific SWPPP-CAs.
Both parties need to apply for coverage by fling a Notice of Intent (NO1). The Contractor is responsible for
compliance with general permit requirements which can be viewed at
http://www.epa.gov/npdes/nubs/cgp20l2 finelpermit.pdf. Contractor responsibility includes installation
and maintenance of controls, inspections, reporting and notifications, and training. Contractor personnel
responsible for storm water compliance for project -specific SWPPP-CAs will be listed on the project -
specific SWPPP-CA.
D. Stormwater Control: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide barriers in and
around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent flooding by runoff of stormwater from heavy
rains.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000-6
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
E. Tree and Plant Protection: Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the drip line of trees to
protect vegetation from damage from construction operations. Protect tree root systems from damage,
flooding, and erosion.
Pest Control: Engage pest -control service to recommend practices to minimize attraction and harboring of
rodents, roaches, and other pests and to perform extermination and control procedures at regular intervals
so Project will be free of pests and their residues at Substantial Completion. Perform control operations
lawfully, using environmentally safe materials.
G. Site Enclosure Fence: Prior to commencing earthwork, furnish and install site enclosure fence in a
manner that will prevent people and animals from easily entering site except by entrance gates.
1. Extent of Fence: As required to enclose entire Project site or portion determined sufficient to
accommodate construction operations.
2. Maintain security by limiting number of keys and restricting distribution to authorized
personnel. Furnish one set of keys to Owner.
H. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install temporary enclosure around partially completed areas of
construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar
violations of security. Lock entrances at end of each work day.
I. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for
erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting.
J. Temporary Egress: Maintain temporary egress from existing occupied facilities as indicated and as
required by authorities having jurisdiction.
K. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and
completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide
temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior.
Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is incomplete, insulate temporary
enclosures.
L. Temporary Partitions: Provide floor -to -ceiling dustproof partitions to limit dust and dirt migration and to
separate areas occupied by Owner and tenants from fumes and noise.
1. Construct dustproof partitions with gypsum wallboard with joints taped on occupied side, and fire -
retardant -treated plywood on construction operations side.
2. Construct dustproof partitions with two layers of 6 -mil (0.14 -mm) polyethylene sheet on each side.
Cover floor with two layers of 6 -mil (0.14 -mm) polyethylene sheet, extending sheets 18 inches (460
mm) up the sidewalls. Overlap and tape full length of joints. Cover floor with fire -retardant -treated
plywood.
3. Where fire -resistance -rated temporary partitions are indicated or are required by authorities having
jurisdiction, construct partitions according to the rated assemblies.
4. Insulate partitions to control noise transmission to occupied areas.
5. Seal joints and perimeter. Equip partitions with gasketed dustproof doors and security locks where
openings are required.
6. Protect air -handling equipment.
7. Provide walk -off mats at each entrance through temporary partition.
M. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire -protection facilities of types needed to
protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241; manage fire -
prevention program.
1. Prohibit smoking in construction areas.
2. Supervise welding operations, combustion -type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire
ignition according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1015000-7
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
3. Develop and supervise an overall fire -prevention and -protection program for personnel at Project
site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct
personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information.
4. Provide temporary standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Hang hoses with a warning sign
stating that hoses are for fire -protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match hose size
with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles.
3.5 MOISTURE AND MOLD CONTROL
A. Contractor's Moisture -Protection Plan: Avoid trapping water in finished work. Document visible signs of
mold that may appear during construction.
B. Exposed Construction Phase: Before installation of weather barriers, when materials are subject to
wetting and exposure and to airborne mold spores, protect as follows:
1. Protect porous materials from water damage.
2. Protect stored and installed material from flowing or standing water.
3. Keep porous and organic materials from coming into prolonged contact with concrete.
4. Remove standing water from decks.
5. Keep deck openings covered or dammed.
C. Partially Enclosed Construction Phase: After installation of weather barriers but before full enclosure and
conditioning of building, when installed materials are still subject to infiltration of moisture and ambient
mold spores, protect as follows:
1. Do not load or install drywall or other porous materials or components, or items with high organic
content, into partially enclosed building.
2. Keep interior spaces reasonably clean and protected from water damage.
3. Periodically collect and remove waste containing cellulose or other organic matter.
4. Discard or replace water -damaged material.
5. Do not install material that is wet.
6. Discard, replace, or clean stored or installed material that begins to grow mold.
7. Perform work in a sequence that allows any wet materials adequate time to dry before enclosing
the material in drywall or other interior finishes.
D. Controlled Construction Phase of Construction: After completing and sealing of the building enclosure but
prior to the full operation of permanent HVAC systems, maintain as follows:
1. Control moisture and humidity inside building by maintaining effective dry -in conditions.
2. Use permanent HVAC system to control humidity.
3. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, relative humidity, and exposure to
water limits.
a. Hygroscopic materials that may support mold growth, including wood and gypsum -based
products, that become wet during the course of construction and remain wet for 48 hours
are considered defective.
b. Measure moisture content of materials that have been exposed to moisture during
construction operations or after installation. Record readings beginning at time of exposure
and continuing daily for 48 hours. Identify materials containing moisture levels higher than
allowed. Report findings in writing to Architect.
C. Remove materials that can not be completely restored to their manufactured moisture level
within 48 hours.
3.6 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL
A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit
availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000-8
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal.
Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and
similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid
possibility of damage.
C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and protection
facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion.
D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it
has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion.
Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of
interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace
construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.
1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor. Owner
reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs.
2. Remove temporary roads and paved areas not intended for or acceptable for integration into
permanent construction. Where area is intended for landscape development, remove soil and
aggregate fill that do not comply with requirements for fill or subsoil. Remove materials
contaminated with road oil, asphalt and other petrochemical compounds, and other substances that
might impair growth of plant materials or lawns. Repair or replace street paving, curbs, and
sidewalks at temporary entrances, as required by authorities having jurisdiction.
3. At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used during
construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Section 017700
"Closeout Procedures."
END OF SECTION 015000
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000-9
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project;
product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special
warranties; and comparable products.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 012100 "Allowances" for products selected under an allowance.
2. Section 012300 "Alternates" for products selected under an alternate. '
3. Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for requests for substitutions.
4. Section 014200 "References" for applicable industry standards for products specified.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from
previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and —
terms of similar intent.
1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model
number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature, that is
current as of date of the Contract Documents.
2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility.
Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products.
3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process to
have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical
properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product.
B. Basis -of -Design Product Specification: A specification in which a specific manufacturer's product is named
and accompanied by the words "basis -of -design product," including make or model number or other
designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service
performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating
comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Comparable Product Requests: Submit request for consideration of each comparable product. Identify
product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title
and Drawing numbers and titles.
1. Include data to indicate compliance with the requirements specified in "Comparable Products"
Article.
2. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for
evaluation within one week of receipt of a comparable product request. Architect will notify
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000-1
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
B
1.7
C.
A.
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
Contractor of approval or rejection of proposed comparable product request within 15 days of
receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is
later.
a. Form of Approval: As specified in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures."
b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a comparable product
request within time allocated.
Basis -of -Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Section 013300 "Submittal
Procedures" Show compliance with requirements.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use
on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected
products were also options.
PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and
loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
Delivery and Handling:
1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of
construction spaces.
2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are
flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses.
3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed
container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing,
unpacking, protecting, and installing.
4. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract Documents and to
determine that products are undamaged and properly protected.
Storage:
1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units.
2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure.
3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight
enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation.
4. Protect foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation
and concealment.
5. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and
weather -protection requirements for storage.
6. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing.
7. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and equipment by
Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner.
PRODUCT WARRANTIES
Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties
required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do
not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents.
Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty furnished by individual manufacturer for a particular
product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner.
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000-2
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Documents to provide specific rights
for Owner.
B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready
for execution.
1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project -specific information and properly
executed.
2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written
document using indicated form properly executed.
3. See other Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting
special warranties.
C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures."
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES
A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, are
undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, are new at time of installation.
1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a
complete installation and indicated use and effect.
2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified,
provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar
situations on other projects.
3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with
requirements of the Contract Documents.
4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make selection.
5. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish
salient characteristics of products.
6. Or Equal: For products specified by name and accompanied by the term "or equal," or "or
approved equal," or "or approved," comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article to
obtain approval for use of an unnamed product.
B. Product Selection Procedures:
1. Product: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer and product, provide the named
product that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's
convenience will not be considered.
2. Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source, provide a
product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements. Comparable
products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered.
3. Products:
a. Nonrestricted List: Where Specifications include a list of names of both available
manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product,
that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products"
Article for consideration of an unnamed product.
4. Manufacturers:
a. Nonrestricted List: Where Specifications include a list of available manufacturers, provide a
product by one of the manufacturers listed, or a product by an unnamed manufacturer, that
complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for
consideration of an unnamed manufacturer's product.
5. Basis -of -Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on
Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000-3
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications
indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named.
Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed
product by one of the other named manufacturers.
C. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require "match Architect's sample", provide a product
that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on
whether a proposed product matches.
If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified
requirements, comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for proposal
of product.
D. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected by Architect from
manufacturer's full range" or similar phrase, select a product that complies with requirements. Architect
will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both
standard and premium items.
2.2 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS
A. Conditions for Consideration: Architect will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when
the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect may return
requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:
1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents, that it is
consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is
compatible with other portions of the Work.
2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the
Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability,
visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated.
3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty.
4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names
and addresses of architects and owners, if requested.
5. Samples, if requested.
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 016000
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 1016000-4
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
SECTION 017300 - EXECUTION
PART 1 -GENERAL
Q
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of the Work
including, but not limited to, the following:
i
1. Construction layout.
2. Field engineering and surveying.
3. Installation of the Work.
4. Cutting and patching.
5. Coordination of Owner -installed products. —
6. Progress cleaning.
7. Starting and adjusting. I
8. Protection of installed construction.
Related Requirements: i
1. Section 011000 "Summary" for limits on use of Project site.
2. Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting surveys.
3. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey with Project Record
Documents, recording of Owner -accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels, and final
cleaning.
4. Section 024119 "Selective Demolition" for demolition and removal of selected portions of the
building.
5. Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping" for patching penetrations in fire -rated construction.
DEFINITIONS
Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other work.
Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore construction to original conditions after installation of
other work.
INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
Qualification Data: For land surveyor.
Certificates: Submit certificate signed by land surveyor certifying that location and elevation of
improvements comply with requirements.
Cutting and Patching Plan: Submit plan describing procedures at least 10 days prior to the time cutting
and patching will be performed. Include the following information:
Extent: Describe reason for and extent of each occurrence of cutting and patching.
EXECUTION 1017300-1
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
2. Changes to In -Place Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include changes to structural
elements and operating components as well as changes in building appearance and other
significant visual elements.
3. Products: List products to be used for patching and firms or entities that will perform patching work.
4. Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed.
5. Utilities and Mechanical and Electrical Systems: List services and systems that cutting and
patching procedures will disturb or affect. List services and systems that will be relocated and
those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate length of time permanent services and
systems will be disrupted.
a. Include description of provisions for temporary services and systems during interruption of
permanent services and systems.
Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landfill facility, licensed to accept hazardous
materials, for hazardous waste disposal.
E. Certified Surveys: Submit two copies signed by land surveyor. Contractor shall provide a Certified Survey
showing actual finish floor elevations of the Main Levels of the Academic Building and the Large Animal
Building.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who is legally qualified to practice in
jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing land -surveying services of the
kind indicated.
B. Cutting and Patching: Comply with requirements for and limitations on cutting and patching of construction
elements.
Structural Elements: When cutting and patching structural elements, notify Architect of locations
and details of cutting and await directions from Architect before proceeding. Shore, brace, and
support structural elements during cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch structural elements
in a manner that could change their load -carrying capacity or increase deflection
2. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a
manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased
maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Operational elements include the following:
a. Primary operational systems and equipment.
b. Fire separation assemblies.
C. Air or smoke barriers.
d. Fire -suppression systems.
e. Mechanical systems piping and ducts.
f. Control systems.
g. Communication systems.
h. Fire -detection and -alarm systems.
L Conveying systems.
j. Electrical wiring systems.
k. Operating systems of special construction.
3. Other Construction Elements: Do not cut and patch other construction elements or components in
a manner that could change their load -carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to
perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or
safety. Other construction elements include but are not limited to the following:
a. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers.
b. Membranes and flashings.
C. Exterior curtain -wall construction.
d. Sprayed fire -resistive material.
EXECUTION 017300-2
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
e. Equipment supports.
f. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment.
g. Noise- and vibration -control elements and systems.
4. Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of
cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed construction in a manner that would, in
Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that
has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.
C. Cutting and Patching Conference: Before proceeding, meet at Project site with parties involved in cutting
and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential interference and
conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding.
D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on-site manufacturer's written
recommendations and instructions for installation of products and equipment.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections.
B. In -Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use
materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.
If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will
provide a match acceptable to Architect for the visual and functional performance of in-place
materials.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction
indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the existence
and location of underground utilities, and other construction affecting the Work.
1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary
sewer, storm sewer, and water -service piping; underground electrical services, and other utilities.
2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving
Project site.
B. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the Work,
examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for
compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.
Record observations.
1. Examine roughing -in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections
before equipment and fixture installation.
2. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be
installed.
3. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or
primers.
EXECUTION 017300-3
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
C. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work is
required by other Sections, include the following:
1. Description of the Work.
2. List of detrimental conditions, including substrates.
3. List of unacceptable installation tolerances.
4. Recommended corrections.
D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the
Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to Owner that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate
existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected
by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck
measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other
construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate
fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.
C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on
Drawings.
D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for
clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions outside the control of
Contractor, submit a request for information to Architect according to requirements in Section 013100
"Project Management and Coordination."
3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT
A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in
relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Architect
promptly.
B. General: Engage a land surveyor to lay out the Work using accepted surveying practices.
1. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of construction and
elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project.
2. Establish limits on use of Project site.
3. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain required
dimensions.
4. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply.
5. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses.
6. Notify Architect when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable tolerances.
7. Close site surveys with an error of closure equal to or less than the standard established by
authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements, grading, fill and topsoil
placement, utility slopes, and rim and invert elevations.
D. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures, building foundations,
column grids, and floor levels, including those required for mechanical and electrical work. Transfer
survey markings and elevations for use with control lines and levels. Level foundations and piers from two
or more locations.
EXECUTION 017300-4
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
E. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and levels.
Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and duty of each
survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log available for reference by
Architect.
3.4 FIELD ENGINEERING
A. Identification: Owner will identify existing benchmarks, control points, and property corners.
B. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar reference points
before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks and control points during
construction operations.
1. Do not change or relocate existing benchmarks or control points without prior written approval of
Architect. Report lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks or control points promptly. Report the
need to relocate permanent benchmarks or control points to Architect before proceeding.
2. Replace lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks and control points promptly. Base replacements
on the original survey control points.
C. Benchmarks: Establish and maintain a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on Project site,
referenced to data established by survey control points. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for
type and size of benchmark.
1. Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents.
2. Where the actual location or elevation of layout points cannot be marked, provide temporary
reference points sufficient to locate the Work.
3. Remove temporary reference points when no longer needed. Restore marked construction to its
original condition.
D. Certified Survey: On completion of foundation walls, major site improvements, and other work requiring
field -engineering services, prepare a certified survey showing dimensions, locations, angles, and
elevations of construction and sitework.
E. Final Property Survey: Engage a land surveyor to prepare a final property survey showing significant
features (real property) for Project. Include on the survey a certification, signed by land surveyor, that
principal metes, bounds, lines, and levels of Project are accurately positioned as shown on the survey.
1. Show boundary lines, monuments, streets, site improvements and utilities, existing improvements
and significant vegetation, adjoining properties, acreage, grade contours, and the distance and
bearing from a site corner to a legal point.
2. Recording: At Substantial Completion, have the final property survey recorded by or with
authorities having jurisdiction as the official "property survey."
3.5 INSTALLATION
A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as
indicated.
1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level.
2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease
of removal for replacement.
3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas unless otherwise indicated.
4. Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 96 inches (2440 mm) in occupied spaces and 90 inches
(2300 mm) in unoccupied spaces.
B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in
applications indicated.
EXECUTION 017300-5
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain
conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion.
D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in
excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy.
E. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction items on
site and placement in permanent locations.
F. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels.
G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory
prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are
made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements.
H. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and
number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of
the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load
conditions.
1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights
directed by Architect.
2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction.
3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for
installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral
anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in
time for installation.
Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange
joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints.
Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered
hazardous.
3.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Cutting and Patching, General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with
cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay.
Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other
construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition.
B. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during
installation or cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing
warranties.
C. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut.
D. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide
protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting
and patching operations.
E. Adjacent Occupied Areas: Where interference with use of adjoining areas or Interruption of free passage
to adjoining areas is unavoidable, coordinate cutting and patching according to requirements in
Section 011000 "Summary."
EXECUTION 017300-6
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services/systems are required
to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before cutting to minimize
interruption to occupied areas.
G. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations,
including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If
possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written
recommendations.
1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and
chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required, and with minimum disturbance of
adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use.
2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces.
3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond -core
drill.
4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Sections where required by
cutting and patching operations.
5. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete.
H. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following
performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as practicable. Provide
materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections, where applicable.
Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate
physical integrity of installation.
Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into
retained adjoining construction in a manner that will minimize evidence of patching and refinishing.
a. Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials.
b. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition.
3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into
another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of
uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove in-place floor and wall coverings and }
replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance.
a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, prepare substrate and apply primer and
intermediate paint coats appropriate for substrate over the patch, and apply final paint coat
over entire unbroken surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch
blends with adjacent surfaces.
4. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang in-place ceilings as necessary to provide an even -plane surface
of uniform appearance.
5. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a
weathertight condition and ensures thermal and moisture integrity of building enclosure.
Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Remove paint, mortar, oils,
putty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces.
3.7 OWNER -INSTALLED PRODUCTS
A. Site Access: Provide access to Project site for Owner's construction personnel.
B. Coordination: Coordinate construction and operations of the Work with work performed by Owner's
construction personnel.
Construction Schedule: Inform Owner of Contractor's preferred construction schedule for Owner's
portion of the Work. Adjust construction schedule based on a mutually agreeable timetable, Notify
Owner if changes to schedule are required due to differences in actual construction progress.
EXECUTION 1017300-7
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
2. Preinstallation Conferences: Include Owner's construction personnel at preinstallation conferences
covering portions of the Work that are to receive Owner's work. Attend preinstallation conferences
conducted by Owner's construction personnel if portions of the Work depend on Owner's
construction.
3.8 PROGRESS CLEANING
A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce requirements strictly.
Dispose of materials lawfully.
1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris.
2. Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or three days if the
temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F (27 deg C).
3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark
containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations.
Use containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored.
4. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint -use areas where Contractor and other contractors are
working concurrently.
B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.
C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper
execution of the Work.
Remove liquid spills promptly.
Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom -clean or vacuum the entire work
area, as appropriate.
D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of
manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If
specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health
or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces.
E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.
F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure
freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
G. Waste Disposal: Do not bury or burn waste materials on-site. Do not wash waste materials down sewers
or into waterways. Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 017419 "Construction Waste
Management and Disposal:'
H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already
in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at
Substantial Completion.
I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the
remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability
without damaging effects.
J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction,
completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure
during the construction period.
EXECUTION 1017300-8
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
3.9 STARTING AND ADJUSTING
A. Coordinate startup and adjusting of equipment and operating components with requirements in
Section 019113 "General Commissioning Requirements."
B. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units,
replace with new units, and retest.
C. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding.
D. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace
damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.
E. Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Section 014000 "Quality
Requirements."
i
3.10 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION
A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or
deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.
END OF SECTION 017300
EXECUTION 017300-9
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
SECTION 017419 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following:
1. Salvaging nonhazardous construction waste.
2. Recycling nonhazardous construction waste.
3. Disposing of nonhazardous construction waste.
B. Related Requirements
r
1. Section 024119 "Selective Demolition" for disposition of waste resulting from partial demolition of
buildings, structures, and site improvements, and for disposition of hazardous waste. I
2. Section 042000 "Unit Masonry" for disposal requirements for masonry waste.
3. Section 044313.13 "Anchored Stone Masonry Veneer" for disposal requirements for excess stone I
and stone waste.
4. Section 311000 "Site Clearing" for disposition of waste resulting from site clearing and removal of
above- and below -grade improvements.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Construction Waste: Building and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from
construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging,
B. Disposal: Removal off-site of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale, recycling, reuse, or
deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste for subsequent processing in preparation for reuse
D. Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another facility.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Waste Management Plan: Submit plan within 30 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Waste Management Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in
Section 013100 'Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to
waste management including, but not limited to, the following:
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419-1
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
1. Review and discuss waste management plan including responsibilities of waste management
coordinator.
2. Review and finalize procedures for materials separation and verify availability of containers and
bins needed to avoid delays.
3. Review procedures for periodic waste collection and transportation to recycling and disposal
facilities.
4. Review waste management requirements for each trade.
1.6 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN
A. General: Develop a waste management plan according to requirements in this Section. Plan shall consist
of waste identification, waste reduction work plan.
B. Waste Reduction Work Plan: List each type of waste and whether it will be salvaged, recycled, or
disposed of in landfill or incinerator. Include points of waste generation, means of recovery, and handling
and transportation procedures.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION
A. General: Implement approved waste management plan. Provide handling, containers, storage, signage,
transportation, and other items as required to implement waste management plan during the entire
duration of the Contract.
1. Comply with operation, termination, and removal requirements in Section 015000 "Temporary -
Facilities and Controls."
B. Training: Train workers, subcontractors, and suppliers on proper waste management procedures, as
appropriate for the Work.
1. Distribute waste management plan to everyone concerned within three days of submittal return.
2. Distribute waste management plan to entities when they first begin work on-site. Review plan
procedures and locations established for salvage, recycling, and disposal.
C. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct waste management operations to ensure minimum
interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.
1. Designate and label specific areas on Project site necessary for separating materials that are to be
salvaged, recycled, reused, donated, and sold.
2. Comply with Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for controlling dust and dirt,
environmental protection, and noise control.
3.2 SALVAGING DEMOLITION WASTE
A. Salvaged Items for Reuse in the Work: Salvage items for reuse and handle as follows:
1. Clean salvaged items.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers with label indicating elements,
date of removal, quantity, and location where removed.
3. Store items in a secure area until installation.
4. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419-2
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
5. Install salvaged items to comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment.
Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make items functional for
use indicated.
B. Salvaged Items for Sale and Donation: Not permitted on Project site.
C. Salvaged Items for Owner's Use: Salvage items for Owner's use and handle as follows:
1. Clean salvaged items.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers with label indicating elements,
date of removal, quantity, and location where removed.
3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner.
4. Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner.
5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
D. Doors and Hardware: Brace open end of door frames. Except for removing door closers, leave door
hardware attached to doors.
E. Equipment: Drain tanks, piping, and fixtures. Seal openings with caps or plugs. Protect equipment from
exposure to weather.
F. Plumbing Fixtures: Separate by type and size.
G. Lighting Fixtures: Separate lamps by type and protect from breakage.
H. Electrical Devices: Separate switches, receptacles, switchgear, transformers, meters, panelboards, circuit
breakers, and other devices by type.
3.3 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE, GENERAL
A. General: Recycle paper and beverage containers used by on-site workers.
B. Recycling Incentives: Revenues, savings, rebates, tax credits, and other incentives received for recycling
waste materials shall be the Contractor's, with the exception of those placed in Owner supplied dumpsters
as required.
C. Preparation of Waste: Prepare and maintain recyclable waste materials according to recycling or reuse
facility requirements. Maintain materials free of dirt, adhesives, solvents, petroleum contamination, and
other substances deleterious to the recycling process.
D. Procedures: Separate recyclable waste from other waste materials, trash, and debris. Separate
recyclable waste by type at Project site to the maximum extent practical according to approved
construction waste management plan.
1. Provide appropriately marked containers or bins for controlling recyclable waste until removed from
Project site. Include list of acceptable and unacceptable materials at each container and bin.
a. Inspect containers and bins for contamination and remove contaminated materials if found
2. Stockpile processed materials on-site without intermixing with other materials. Place, grade, and
shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust.
3. Stockpile materials away from construction area. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees.
4. Store components off the ground and protect from the weather.
5. Remove recyclable waste from Owner's property and transport to recycling receiver or processor.
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419-3
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
3.4 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE
A. Packaging:
1. Cardboard and Boxes: Break down packaging into flat sheets. Bundled and sorted into Owner
supplied and managed dumpsters and shall be the property of the Owner.
2. Polystyrene Packaging: Separate and bag materials.
3. Pallets: As much as possible, require deliveries using pallets to remove pallets from Project site.
For pallets that remain on-site, break down pallets into component wood pieces and comply with
requirements for recycling wood.
4. Crates: Break down crates into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for
recycling wood.
B. Wood Materials:
1. Clean Cut -Offs of Lumber: Grind or chip into small pieces.
2. Clean Sawdust: Bag sawdust that does not contain painted or treated wood.
C. Metals:
a. Comply with requirements in Section 329300 "Plants" for use of clean sawdust as organic
mulch.
All metals/steel shall be sorted into Owner supplied and managed cumpsters and shall be the
property of the Owner.
D. Copper: All copper waste shall be sorted into Owner supplied containers.
3.5 DISPOSAL OF WASTE
A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged, recycled, or otherwise reused, remove waste
materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities
having jurisdiction.
1. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of accumulate
on-site.
2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas.
B. Burning: Do not burn waste materials.
C. Disposal: Remove waste materials from Owner's property and legally dispose of them.
END OF SECTION 017419
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419-4
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
SECTION 017700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not
limited to, the following:
1. Substantial Completion procedures.
2. Final completion procedures.
3. Warranties.
4. Final cleaning.
5. Repair of the Work.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 013233 "Photographic Documentation" for submitting final completion construction
photographic documentation.
2. Section 017300 "Execution" for progress cleaning of Project site.
3. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual
requirements.
4. Section 017839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings, record Specifications,
and record Product Data.
5. Section 017900 "Demonstration and Training" for requirements for instructing Owner's personnel.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For cleaning agents.
B. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial submittal at Substantial Completion.
C. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at Final Completion.
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Certificates of Release: From authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Certificate of Insurance: For continuing coverage.
C. Field Report: For pest control inspection.
1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: For maintenance material submittal items specified in other
Sections.
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700-1
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
1.6 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected
(Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is
incomplete.
B. Submittals Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior (except as
noted below) to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below
that are incomplete at time of request.
1. Certificates of Release: Obtain and submit releases from authorities having jurisdiction permitting
Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy
permits, operating certificates, and similar releases.
2. Submit closeout submittals specified in other Division 01 Sections, including project record
documents, final completion construction photographic documentation, damage or settlement
surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information.
3. Submit closeout submittals specified in individual Sections, including specific warranties,
workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents.
4. Submit maintenance material submittals specified in individual Sections, including tools, spare
parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to location designated by Architect. Label with
manufacturer's name and model number where applicable.
a. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: Prepare and submit schedule of maintenance
material submittal items, including name and quantity of each item and name and number of
related Specification Section. Obtain Architect's signature for receipt of submittals.
5. Submit test/adjust/balance records.
6. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance.
7. O and M manuals shall be submitted 30 days prior to reauesting Substantial Completion inspection.
8. Demonstration and Training shall be scheduled and the syllabus approved 30 days prior to
9. Record Drawings shall be submitted 10 days prior to requesting Substantial Completion inspection.
C. Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to
requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete
at time of request.
1. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements.
2. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel
of changeover in security provisions.
3. Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment.
4. Perform preventive maintenance on equipment used prior to Substantial Completion.
5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and
systems. Submit demonstration and training video recordings specified in Section 017900
"Demonstration and Training."
6. Advise Owner of changeover in heat and other utilities.
7. Participate with Owner in conducting inspection and walkthrough with local emergency responders.
8. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction
tools, and similar elements.
9. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting.
10. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects.
D. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion a minimum of 10
days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of
request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements.
Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of
items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or
corrected before certificate will be issued.
Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as
incomplete is completed or corrected.
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700-2
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final completion.
1.7 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES
1.8
1.9
A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting final inspection for determining final completion,
complete the following:
1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Section 012900 "Payment Procedures."
2. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion
inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect.
Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for
acceptance.
3. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with
insurance requirements.
4. Submit pest -control final inspection report.
B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance a minimum of 10 days
prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request,
Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will
prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be
completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.
Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as
incomplete is completed or corrected.
LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST)
A. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction
operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by
Contractor that are outside the limits of construction.
1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and proceeding from
lowest floor to highest floor.
2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, individual
walls, floors, equipment, and building systems.
3. Include the following information at the top of each page:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
C. Name of Architect.
d. Name of Contractor.
e. Page number.
4. Submit list of incomplete items in the following format:
a. PDF electronic file. Architect will return annotated file.
5. Punch list items shall be completed within 30 calender days and before final completion.
SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES
A. Time of Submittal: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of the Work
where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is indicated, or when delay
in submittal of warranties might limit Owner's rights under warranty.
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700-3
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
I
B. Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 15 days of completion of designated
portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by Owner during construction period by
separate agreement with Contractor. j
C. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of Project Manual.
1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl -covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as
necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8 -1/2 -by -11 -inch (215 -by -280 -mm)
paper.
2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic -covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to
identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation,
including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer.
3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project
name, and name of Contractor.
4. Warranty Electronic File: Scan warranties and bonds and assemble complete warranty and bond
submittal package into a single indexed electronic PDF file and be provided in the electronic O and i
M. See Section 017823. Provide bookmarked table of contents at beginning of document.
D. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the
surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or
that might damage finished surfaces.
1. Use cleaning products that comply with Green Seal's GS -37, or if GS -37 is not applicable, use
products that comply with the California Code of Regulations maximum allowable VOC levels.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FINAL CLEANING
A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste -removal operations to comply with local
laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations.
B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or
unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply
with manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of
Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a designated portion of Project:
a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including
landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign
substances.
b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign
deposits.
C. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even -textured surface.
d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site.
e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building.
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 1017700-4
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
3.2
Permit Set ! July 29, 2014
f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard -surfaced finishes to a dirt -free condition, free of
stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior
surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition.
g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums,
shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces.
h. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces.
I. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; clean according
to manufacturer's recommendations if visible soil or stains remain.
j. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove i
glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision -obscuring materials. Polish mirrors and
glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces.
k. Remove labels that are not permanent. j
I. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, elevator equipment, and similar
equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign
substances.
M. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from
water exposure. I
n. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of j
diffusers, registers, and grills.
o. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction or ;
that display contamination with particulate matter on inspection.
I
1) Clean HVAC system in compliance with NADCA Standard 1992-01. Provide written f
report on completion of cleaning.
P. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency.
q. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy. r
C. Pest Control: Comply with pest control requirements in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and
Controls" Prepare written report. --
D. Construction Waste Disposal: Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 017419 "Construction
Waste Management and Disposal."
REPAIR OF THE WORK
A. Complete repair and restoration operations before requesting inspection for determination of Substantial
Completion.
B. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Repairing includes replacing defective parts,
refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating
equipment. Where damaged or worn items cannot be repaired or restored, provide replacements.
Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. Restore damaged construction and
permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition.
1. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass, reflective surfaces, and other damaged
transparent materials.
2. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred or exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace
finishes and surfaces that that already show evidence of repair or restoration.
a. Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification, including mechanical and
electrical nameplates. Remove paint applied to required labels and identification.
3. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may impede operation or
reduce longevity.
4. Replace burned -out bulbs, bulbs noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy
starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures.
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700-5
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
END OF SECTION 017700
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 1017700-6
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
SECTION 017823 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The contractor shall provide Owner with manuals for the safe and effective Operation and Maintenance (0&M)
of the systems and equipment listed. O&M Manual requirements included in other Sections of this
Specification are in addition to, and do not replace, those required in this Section. Refer to the Commissioning
section, 019113, paragraph 1.3 for a list of equipment requiring 0 & M manuals.
1.2 FORMAT
A. Bind manuals in durable, locking, 3 -ring binders. Binders shall be white view -type binders with clear plastic
overlays to allow insertion of title pages for binder identification.
B. Use 8-1/2" x 11" sheets, except that larger sheets up to 11" x 17" may be used when double folded to this size
and used as a pull-out. Documents which are larger than 11" x 17" shall be reduced to 11" x 17" for inclusion in
the manuals except where this compromises legibility (for drawings that are to scale, add a graphic scale prior
to reduction). Documents that cannot be reduced will be folded and inserted in plastic envelopes inserted in
the binders so that the folded documents are securely bound into the binders. Loosely inserted documents or
documents inserted into pockets in the inside covers of the binders shall not be acceptable.
C. Each binder shall be labeled on both cover and spine to indicate project name and Owner's project number,
submitting contractor, date, general contents, volume number and total number of volumes in set.
D. At the front of each binder include the following information:
1 Master Table of Contents (TOC) identifying chapter headings and numbers for all O&M Manual volumes
provided by the submitting contractor.
Detailed TOC for the current volume listing, in order, the sections and subsections within each chapter of
that specific manual.
Contact sheet for the submitting contractor listing appropriate contact names, addresses, phone numbers,
and email addresses
Introduction including a brief description of project and purpose of the manual.
E. Manuals shall be divided into chapters based on specification sections. Chapters shall be identified using both
the specification section number and name (i.e. 232123 Hydronic Pumps). Manual chapters shall be further
subdivided into sections and sub -sections as appropriate for clarity of organization and to facilitate use by
Owner.
Chapters shall be separated by index tabs labeled with the covered specification name and number. Chapter
division tabs shall be identical to each other in style and appearance, but different than the section division
tabs.
Major sections within a chapter shall be separated by index tabs, which indicate the equipment or material
covered. Section division tabs shall be identical to each other in style and appearance, but different than the
chapter division tabs.
Provide a complete bill of materials in matrix format.
In addition to the hard copy O&M manuals, provide one full set of electronic O&M manuals for each set of hard
copies. The electronic format shall be of the owner's choice (i.e. DVD, CD).
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 017823-1
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
1.3 SUBMITTALS
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
A. Format Submittal. The Contractor shall submit four (4) copies of their proposed O&M Manual format including
a detailed outline of contents within ninety (90) days after approval of final submittals. Owner will require ninety
(90) days for format review.
B. Preliminary Submittal. Two (2) copies of the draft manuals shall be submitted to Owner for review no less than
3 months prior to the anticipated start of operator training. One copy will be returned to the Contractor within
sixty (60) days after submittal and, if required, shall be revised and resubmitted within thirty (30) days.
C. Final Submittal. Four (4) complete sets of manuals and electronic copies shall be furnished to Owner thirty (30)
days prior to the anticipated start of operator training.
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
2.1 PURPOSE
A. The Operation and Maintenance manuals are for the training of, and use by, Owner's employees in the
operation and maintenance of the systems and equipment as specified below. The manuals shall consist of
instruction on systems and equipment. A separate manual or set of manuals shall be prepared for each class
of components, equipment or systems as specified.
2.2 CONTENT
A. Each chapter shall contain the following, information in addition to the requirements specified elsewhere in
these specifications.
1 Contact list identifying vendors providing equipment and systems covered in the current chapter. This
information shall include vendor name, address, name of contact person(s), phone numbers (including 24
hour service numbers where appropriate), fax numbers, and email addresses.
2 Equipment/material schedule(s) for all covered equipment and systems showing equipment identification
(tag) number, manufacturer, model number, serial number, quantities, area/system served, equipment
location, etc.
3 Safety Precautions. This subsection shall comprise a listing of safety precautions and instructions to be
followed during operation and before, during, and after repairs or adjustments are made.
B. Each chapter shall describe the procedures necessary for Owners personnel to operate and maintain the
systems and equipment covered in that chapter.
C. References shall be made, as appropriate, to drawings, schematics, sequences of operation and other
information included as part of the construction contract drawings and specifications that show distribution
system layout, equipment arrangements and items of control.
D. All information included in the final 0&M Manuals, including equipment schedules, manufacturer's literature,
drawings, etc. shall represent the "as -built" condition.
E. Manufacturer's literature and other information provided in the O&M Manuals shall be for the actual equipment
installed under contract for the particular facility. Where literature (standard product catalogs, cut -sheets, etc.)
contains data pertaining to parts, equipment or options other than those specifically provided for this project,
the contractor shall clearly indicate the specific products, model numbers, and options provided. Mark-ups
made by the contractor for this purpose shall be made in a manner that will clearly photocopy (no highlighters).
F. A brief description of each type of required information follows:
Warranty information
a. Provide copies of all warranty certificates from equipment manufacturers
b. If not included on warranty certificate, provide the start/end dates of warranty period, descriptions of
what is and isn't covered and contact information for warranty claims (if different from contact list
described above).
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 017823-2
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
C. Provide information of an operations or maintenance nature covering warranty items that have not
been discussed elsewhere.
Product Information.
a. Provide manufacturers' standard, published product literature describing covered materials,
equipment and devices including illustrations, exploded views, dimensions, weights, application
data, etc.
b. Where manufacturer's product information (catalog cut -sheets, etc.) contain data pertaining to parts,
equipment or options other than those specifically provided for this project, the contractor shall
clearly indicate the specific products, model numbers, and options provided. Mark-ups made by the
contractor for this purpose shall be made in a manner that will clearly photocopy (no highlighters).
C. Provide manufacturer's standard, published Installation, Operation & Maintenance bulletins
pertaining to the specific equipment installed.
d. Provide performance curves and rating data, specific to the equipment installed on the project such
as fan and pump curves, chiller selection sheets, sound data, etc.
e. Provide a copy of all approved shop drawings covering approval of equipment for the project with the
product information. Include all data concerning changes made during construction.
Preventive Maintenance Procedures & Schedules
a. Provide written preventive maintenance procedures describing each required PM task. Procedures
shall include lists of tools and parts required and all safety precautions to be taken.
b. State, preferably in tabular form, the recommended frequency for each preventive maintenance task
(cleaning, inspection, lubrication, scheduled overhauls, etc.). Task schedules shall be grouped and
sorted by frequency (daily, weekly, quarterly, annually, etc.)
C. Procedures for lubrication of equipment shall indicate both the type and quantity of lubricant to be
used.
d. If periodic inspection of equipment is required for operation, cleaning, or other reasons, indicate the 1
items to be inspected and give the inspection criteria. Examples of equipment requiring inspections r
include, but are not limited to, the following:
1) Motors
2) Controls
3) Filters
4) Heat exchangers
5) Emergency Generator and associated fuel system
6) ATS and associated systems
7) TVSS and associated systems
e. Provide instruction for the proper handling, disposal and/or removal of hazardous or otherwise
special materials such as used filters, refrigerant, oils, chemicals, etc.
Provide instruction for minor repairs or adjustments required for preventive maintenance routines.
Minor repair and adjustment shall be limited to repairs and adjustments that may be performed
without special tools or test equipment and that require no special training or skills. Identify test
points and give values for each.
Corrective Maintenance Procedures
a. Corrective Maintenance. Corrective maintenance instructions shall be predicated upon a logical
effect -to -cause troubleshooting philosophy and a rapid replacement procedure to minimize
equipment downtime. Instructions and data shall appear in the normal sequence of corrective
maintenance, for example, troubleshooting first, repair and replacement of parts second, and then
the parts list.
b. Troubleshooting. This information shall describe the general procedure for locating malfunctions
and shall give, in detail, any specific remedial procedures or techniques. The data shown are
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 1017823-3
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
intended to isolate only the most common equipment deficiencies. Troubleshooting tables, charts,
or diagrams may be used to present specific procedures. A guide to this type shall be a three -
column chart. The columns shall be entitled Malfunction, Probable Cause, and Recommended
Action. The information shall be alphabetically arranged by component, and each component shall,
in turn, list deficiencies that may be expected. Each deficiency shall contain one or more problems
with a recommended correction.
C. Repair and Replacement. Indicate the repair and replacement procedures most likely to be required
in the maintenance of the systems and equipment. Information included here shall consist of step-
by-step instructions for repair and replacement of defective items. Include all information required to
accomplish repair or replacement, including information such as torque values. Identify all tools,
special equipment, and materials that may be required. Identify uses for maintenance equipment.
The paragraphs shall contain headings to identify the topics covered.
Spare Parts Lists.
a. Provide a list of all spare parts for the covered equipment. The parts list shall include a tabulation of
descriptive data for each part including part number and manufacturer. Where available, provide an
exploded diagram of the equipment identifying parts listed in the spare parts list.
b. Provide a list of recommended spare parts to be kept in inventory by the Owner's maintenance staff
for performance of preventive maintenance and typical corrective maintenance tasks.
System Descriptions
a. Provide a narrative, (both typewritten and electronic format), describing, in general terms, the F
covered equipment/ system. Topics to be covered in this narrative shall include theory of operation,
overall system layout, description of major components, interconnections with utilities and other
systems, description of control system layout and operation, identification of unusual features or )
functions, and major safety precautions. This information should correlate with information provided
in the manufacturers' standard published literature.
b. Provide the following data (if not already being provided under the other requirements in this
specification):
i
1) Detailed illustrations and schematic diagrams of each system showing major j
components, piping, valves, controls, utility connections, and other components, where
applicable.
2) Wiring and control diagrams with data to explain detailed operation and control of each
component.
3) Control sequences describing start-up, all modes of operation, and shut down.
4) Corrected shop drawings.
i
5) Copies of approved certifications and laboratory test reports (where applicable).
Operating Instructions:
a. Provide, (both typewritten and electronic format), condensed instructions for operation of the
covered system / equipment. Where more than one (1) common unit is installed, one set of
instructions is adequate. The instructions shall provide procedures for:
1) Starting up the equipmenttsystem.
2) Shutting down the equipment/system.
3) Normal operating procedures.
4) Procedures for operating the equipment / system in emergency or unusual conditions.
5) Safety precautions.
6) Procedures for both short-term and long-term equipment lay-up.
7) Other pertinent data applicable to the operation of particular systems or equipment.
8) The instructions shall be suitable for posting adjacent to the equipment concerned.
Factory Test Reports
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 017823-4
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
a. Provide copies of factory test reports specified in the covered section of the specifications.
b. Test reports should include a brief description of the test procedures used, test date, names of
personnel performing test, names of personnel witnessing test (if any), test results and comparison
of test results with specified acceptance criteria.
Field Test Reports
a. Provide copies of field test reports specified in the covered section of the specifications. Samples of
field testing include, but are not limited to, leak testing of piping and ductwork and megger testing of
electrical distribution systems.
b. Test reports shall clearly indicate the type of test performed, test procedures used, system being
tested, section or area of equipment being tested, date of test, signatures of personnel performing
and witnessing the test, test results and comparison of test results with specified acceptance criteria.
10 Posted Operating Instructions and Diagrams:
a. Operating Instructions: (Provide both, typewritten and electronic format)
1) Where specified, copies of operating instructions shall be posted in the near vicinity of
each piece of applicable equipment. The instructions shall be mounted neatly in frames
under Plexiglas, where they can be easily read by operating personnel. Instructions
mounted outdoors shall be suitably protected from weather.
2) Coordinate with owner regarding size and location of posted operating instructions.
b. Systems Diagrams: (Provide both, typewritten and electronic format)
1) Simplified one (1) line diagrams of HVAC heating, cooling, and airflow systems shall be
developed and posted neatly under Plexiglas in the main or most appropriate equipment
room for easy reference by operating and maintenance personnel.
2) These drawings shall be done in a professional manner, which is acceptable to the
Owner's Facility Management staff. The diagrams shall show each component including
all valves installed in the system, with name and identifying number. If space does not
permit valve numbers on the diagrams, valve charts shall be provided. Explanatory
notes, where needed, shall be provided.
3) Coordinate with owner regarding locations of posted operating instructions.
4) These diagrams shall be suitable for reduction in size and use in the operating manual
system descriptions previously covered.
END OF SECTION 017823
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 017823-5
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
SECTION 017839 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for project record documents, including the
following:
1. Record Drawings.
2. Record Specifications.
3. Record Product Data.
4. Miscellaneous record submittals.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 017300 "Execution" forfnal property survey.
2. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for general closeout procedures.
3. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual
requirements.
1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following:
1. Number of Copies: Submit one set of marked -up record prints.
B. Record Specifications: Submit one paper copy or annotated PDF electronic files of Project's
Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications.
C. Record Product Data: Submit one paper copy or annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each
submittal
1. Where record Product Data are required as part of operation and maintenance manuals, submit
duplicate marked -up Product Data as a component of manual.
D. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: See other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record-keeping
requirements and submittals in connection with various construction activities. Submit one paper copy or
annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each submittal.
E. Reports: Submit written report weekly indicating items incorporated into project record documents
concurrent with progress of the Work, including revisions, concealed conditions, field changes, product
selections, and other notations incorporated.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839-1
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked -up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings,
incorporating new and revised drawings as modifications are issued.
1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that
shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity
is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding
marked -up record prints.
a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to
identify or measure and record later.
b. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique.
C. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it.
d. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations.
e. Cross-reference record prints to corresponding archive photographic documentation.
Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following
a. Dimensional changes to Drawings.
b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings.
C. Depths of foundations below first floor.
d. Locations and depths of underground utilities.
e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits.
f. Revisions to electrical circuitry.
g. Actual equipment locations.
h. Duct size and routing.
I. Locations of concealed internal utilities.
j. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Work Change Directive.
k. Changes made following Architect's written orders.
I. Details not on the original Contract Drawings.
M. Field records for variable and concealed conditions.
n. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically.
3. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Use personnel
proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked -up record prints.
4. Mark record sets with erasable, red -colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between
changes for different categories of the Work at same location.
5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original
Drawings.
6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and
similar identification, where applicable.
B. Record Digital Data Files: Immediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial Completion, review
marked -up record prints with Architect. When authorized, prepare a full set of corrected digital data files of
the Contract Drawings, as follows:
1. Format: Same digital data software program, version, and operating system as the original
Contract Drawings.
2. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled.
3. Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on record prints. Delete,
redraw, and add details and notations where applicable.
4. Refer instances of uncertainty to Architect for resolution.
5. Architect will furnish Contractor one set of digital data files of the Contract Drawings for use in
recording information.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839-2
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
a. See Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" for requirements related to use of Architect's
digital data files.
b. Architect will provide data file layer information. Record markups in separate layers.
C. Format: Identify and date each record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING"
in a prominent location.
1. Record Prints: Organize record prints and newly prepared record Drawings into manageable sets.
Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets.
2. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled.
3. Record Digital Data Files: Organize digital data information into separate electronic files that
correspond to each sheet of the Contract Drawings. Name each file with the sheet identification.
Include identification in each digital data file.
4. Identification: As follows:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
C. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS."
d. Name of Architect.
e. Name of Contractor.
2.2 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS
A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from
that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications.
1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be
readily identified and recorded later.
2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment
furnished, including substitutions and product options selected.
3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to provide a
record of selections made.
4. For each principal product, indicate whether record Product Data has been submitted in operation
and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as record Product Data.
5. Note related Change Orders, record Product Data, and record Drawings where applicable.
B. Format: Submit record Specifications as annotated PDF electronic file, paper copy or scanned PDF
electronic file(s) of marked -up paper copy of Specifications.
2.3 RECORD PRODUCT DATA
A. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies
substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal.
1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be
readily identified and recorded later.
2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's
written instructions for installation.
3. Note related Change Orders, record Specifications, and record Drawings where applicable.
B. Format: Submit record Product Data as annotated PDF electronic file, paper copy or scanned PDF
electronic file(s) of marked -up paper copy of Product Data.
1. Include record Product Data directory organized by Specification Section number and title,
electronically linked to each item of record Product Data.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 1017839-3
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record
keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous
records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference.
B. Format: Submit miscellaneous record submittals as PDF electronic file, paper copy or scanned PDF
electronic file(s) of marked -up miscellaneous record submittals.
Include miscellaneous record submittals directory organized by Specification Section number and
title, electronically linked to each item of miscellaneous record submittals.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE
A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for project record
document purposes. Post changes and revisions to project record documents as they occur; do not wait
until end of Project.
B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store record documents and Samples in the Feld office F
apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use project record documents for
construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition,
protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to project record documents for Architects r
reference during normal working hours.
END OF SECTION 017839
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839-4
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
SECTION 017900 - OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE TRAINING
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. The Contractor shall train Owners personnel in the operation and maintenance of systems and equipment
listed in this Section and as mentioned in other sections. Where applicable, contractors shall coordinate
with the Commissioning Team for developing the hours of instruction and scope of material to be covered.
Training of Owner's personnel shall not begin until Owner has approved the final submittal copy of the
operation and maintenance manuals and training programs, and the building systems and equipment are
complete and operational.
B. Schedule Submittal. The proposed scope of training, training materials and instruction schedule shall be
submitted for review and approval approximately 30 days before the scheduled completion of the work for
which training is to occur. Mutually agreeable dates for training shall be arranged with Owner, but the
training shall be completed before the Final Operational Test. Training shall not begin until the
Contractor's proposed training plan and schedule have been approved by the owner.
C. The required training/demonstration indicated in the technical sections of the specifications is
supplemental or in addition to the training required in this Section (where not a duplication).
D. See Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for related Closeout Submittals and Electronic f
Document System with Operation Manuals; 1.4, B and 2.3. !
1.2 COORDINATED EFFORT
A. The Contractor or Contractor provided professional training firm shall work closely with Owners personnel 1
in the development and implementation of the training program. This includes preliminary meetings to
map out the direction the training will take and development, with Owner's approval, of the written training -
materials.
B. The Commissioning Team will provide sample training session guidelines and agendas for use by the -
Contractors in developing their training programs where applicable.
2.0 REQUIREMENTS
2.1 SCOPE OF TRAINING
A. Training must include both classroom and on-the-job (hands-on) instruction by qualified manufacturers
representatives, vendors, installation/service technicians and operation personnel having the necessary
knowledge, experience, and teaching skills.
B. The training shall provide comprehensive instruction on the operation and maintenance of building
components, equipment, controls, and systems including procedures for startup, shutdown, normal
operation, abnormal operation, preventive maintenance, troubleshooting, and corrective maintenance.
C. The classroom portion of each training session shall be based on the information contained in the
approved O&M Manuals and will use copies of these manuals for reference. This shall include the
following items as applicable:
• Content and organization of appropriate 0&M Manual materials
• Overall equipment / system layout and configuration
• Locations and tag numbers of major components
• Theory of Operation / Design Intent
• Startup and Shutdown Procedures
• Normal Operating Procedures
• Non -normal Operating Procedures (unoccupied, seasonal operation, etc.)
• Emergency procedures
• Health and Safety issues (both to O&M personnel and Building occupants)
OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE TRAINING 017900-1
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
• Energy Efficiency Issues
• Occupant Comfort and IAQ Issues
• Control System Sequence of Operation
• Preventive Maintenance Procedures
• Diagnostic & Troubleshooting Procedures
• Corrective Maintenance & Repair Procedures
D. The field portion of each training session shall at a minimum cover the following items as applicable:
• Walk -down of covered equipment and systems
• Demonstration of startup, shutdown and operating procedures
• Demonstration of diagnostic, service, maintenance and repair procedures
E. All training sessions will be videotaped by the Contractor per Section 017823.
Follow-up or post -occupancy training, where specified, shall be planned, scheduled and conducted per the
requirements of this specification. This training will focus on seasonal issues that could not be addressed
during the initial training and on addressing operational and maintenance issues identified by the Owner
since turnover.
2.2 RESPONSIBILITY OF TRAINING
A. The Contractor provided training will be directed at a group of Owners personnel who will act as a training
cadre.
B. The Contractor is responsible for providing training to this cadre in all systems and equipment needed to
operate and maintain the Facility.
C. This cadre will then be responsible for training other personnel assigned to the Facility.
2.3 LEVEL OF EXPERTISE OF INSTRUCTORS
A. Contractor may use professional training firms.
B. Credentials of training instructors are subject to review and approval by Owner.
1. Instructors must have knowledge and experience with the equipment on which they are providing
training
2. Instructors must be familiar with the organization and content of Operation and Maintenance
Manuals for the equipment on which they are providing training.
3. Instructors for controls must be knowledgeable and familiar with the specific controls equipment,
project applications, and specific sequences of operation for this project.
2.4 TRAINING PROGRAM AND MATERIALS
A. The training program, in its entirety, shall be furnished by the Contractor and shall become the property of
Owner. This includes but is not limited to:
All lesson plans, teachers' guides or training aids used to instruct the students. One complete set
shall be given to Owner.
2. All written materials. e.g. workbooks, manufacturers' instructions, brochures, student tests,
charts or other printed or photographed visual aids. Three (3) sets with one complete
reproducible master shall be given to Owner.
3. All audio visual materials e.g. video tapes, 35mm slides, film and audio cassettes, overhead
projector transparencies, software files of presentations, or other audio visual medium. Three
sets shall be given to Owner.
OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE TRAINING 017900-2
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
C. The Contractor shall provide all equipment related to the conveyance of the training program e.g. VHS
video cassette recorders, color TV monitors, slide projectors, movie projectors, cassettes players,
overhead projector, or other related equipment. Non -permanent mounted white boards, cork board and
projector screens. Equipment of this nature provided by the contractors for use during training sessions
does NOT become the property of Owner. Contractors shall promptly remove said equipment at the end
of the training session(s).
2.5 CLASSROOM TRAINING
A. Locations for classroom training sessions shall be coordinated with Owner. All training shall be conducted
on-site except by prior arrangement and approval by Owner.
B. Classroom space provided by the contractors for off-site training shall meet the following requirements:
1. The classroom shall be free of exterior visual and noise interference.
2. The classroom shall be lighted and climate controlled with ventilation, air conditioning and
heating.
3. The classroom shall be lockable with secure or patrolled parking adjacent to the building.
4. Restroom and drinking water facilities shall be on the premises and food services nearby or
provided on site.
5. The classroom shall facilitate the training of thirty (30) students. Tables, chairs and storage of
audio-visual equipment and class written materials shall be provided.
C. Any pre -approved off-site training shall include transportation, lodging and meals as appropriate.
3.1 TIME PERIOD OF TRAINING
A. The minimum specific hours of training time provided for each category of major equipment and systems
shall be in accordance with the specification sections pertaining to this equipment or systems.
B. OWNER retains the option of redistributing training time, subject to the total time specified. This may
include repetition of selected training sessions or provision for follow-up training sessions after occupancy.
C. Training must be presented on an 8 -hour per day, 5 -day per week schedule, with all reading assignments
and review to be within this period. (Note: eight (8) hour training days include 1/2 hour lunch and travel
time.)
D. Specific schedules for all training sessions must be coordinated in advance with Owner.
END OF SECTION 017900
OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE TRAINING 017900-3
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29 2014
SECTION 019113- GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
GENERAL....................................................................................................................................................................12
1.1
THE COMMISSIONING PROCESS......................................................................................................................12
1.2
DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS: ..................................................................................................................
23
1.3
SCOPE OF WORK..........................................................................................................................................23
1.4
CONTRACTOR PARTICIPATION.........................................................................................................................23
1.5
COORDINATION & SCHEDULING........................................................................................................................34
GENERAL
1.1 THE COMMISSIONING PROCESS
A. Definition
Commissioning (Cx) is a systematic quality assurance process which helps ensure that selected
equipment and systems are installed and operate per the contract documents and project's design
intent.
The commissioning process consists of a series of procedures which start as soon as
commissioned equipment and systems start being installed and continues thru the end of the
construction process.
B. Commissioning Agent:
The Cx process for systems covered by the Cx specifications will be led by independent
commissioning agent(s) (CxA).
C. Commissioning Team
1 The Cx process will be a team effort and will encompass and coordinate the traditionally separate
functions of system documentation, system installation, equipment start-up, control system
calibration, testing, balancing, verification, and performance checkouts.
2 The General Contractor (GC) and Sub -contractors installing and/or furnishing equipment and
systems listed in Section 1.3 - Scope of Work including their subcontractors, suppliers, vendors and
the TAB Contractors will be part of the Cx Team.
3 The Cx team is composed of the Owner and their designees, Design Team, CxA, GC and their
subs/vendors; The CxA leads the commissioning team and plans, schedules, coordinates, and
directs the Cx activities.
4 For a breakdown of the Commissioning Team member's duties by phase and activity, see the BYU
— Idaho Agrisciences Commissioning Plan - Appendix 6 — Roles and Responsibilities Matrix.
Impact on Contractor Responsibility:
1 The Cx Process does not reduce the responsibility of the installing contractors to provide a finished
and fully functioning product. The Cx Process also does not alter any obligation the Contractors
have for operation and maintenance manuals, training or any other contractual requirements.
2 The CxA does not have the authority to provide direction to the Contractors. Any issues arising
during the Commissioning Process which impact schedules, costs or contractual obligations should
be addressed to the CM/GC for resolution.
E. Commissioning Process Overview:
As part of the commissioning process, the contractors shall participate in the following Commissioning
Activities:
Pre -Functional Procedures (PFPs) consist of a series of field observations conducted during the
installation of commissioned equipment to verify that equipment is installed per the contract
documents and is ready for startup.
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113- 1
BYIJ Idahe AgrSci,nce Project Bid D9661ments 1Ale embera-4, 204-2
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29 2014
2 Contractor Pre -Startup Testing consists of normally specified contractor testing such as leak testing
of ductwork and piping and megger testing of electrical equipment. The commissioning process is
used to ensure that this testing is rigorously executed and documented in preparation for
equipment startup.
3 Equipment Startup Procedures ensure that startup is performed per the equipment manufacturer's
recommended procedures and startup activities and data are documented for future reference.
4 Contractor Post -Startup Testing consists of normally specified contractor testing activities occurring
after startup including, but not limited to, TAB of ventilation and hydronic systems, control system
point-to-point testing and testing of BAS sequences of operation, individual room thermostat
operation, emergency generator testing, etc. The commissioning process provides oversight
during the execution and documentation of these tests to ensure successful system operation.
5 Functional Performance Procedures (FPPs) determine if equipment, sub -systems and major
systems operate in accordance with the design intent and the contract documents. Specific issues,
which will be evaluated in these procedures, include equipment capacity & efficiency, operation of
safeties and interlocks, control system operation stability and tuning.
6 Fire Life Safety Procedures (FLSPs) evaluate interactive operation of building systems in response
to simulated fire conditions.
7 Emergency System Procedure (ESP) evaluates integrated operation of building systems in
response to a simulated electric utility power failure. The ESP checks the operation of both the
emergency power system(s) and all other building systems specified to operate under emergency
power conditions.
1.2 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS:
A. Abbreviations and definitions of common commissioning process terms are attached as Appendix 1 to
this specification.
1.3 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The following procedures and requirements apply to all contractors, sub -contractors, suppliers and
vendors furnishing and/or installing components, equipment and systems covered by the commissioning
scope as outlined below.
B. TK Covered Systems:
The commissioning scope will include all the equipment and systems listed in the spec divisions
below:
21 00 OO Fire Suppression
22 00 OO Plumbing
23 00 OOHVAC & DDC
26 00 OOElectrical
27 00 00 Audio/Vlsual
14 24 00 Hydraulic Elevators
A detailed list of equipment to be commissioned can be found in Appendix 3 of this Spec section.
1.4 CONTRACTOR PARTICIPATION
A. General
1 Contractors providing and/or installing equipment and systems included in Section 1.3 'Scope of
Work' above are required to participate fully in the Commissioning Process.
Participating Contractors shall include all costs to complete the Cx requirements in their contract
price including all costs for sub -contractors, vendors and suppliers.
Participating Contractors shall ensure acceptable representation, with the means and authority to
prepare, coordinate and execute the Commissioning Process as described in the contract
documents.
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 1019113-2
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29 2014
B. Contractor's Commissioning Representative (CCR)
1 Each contractor participating in the Cx Process will each designate a single -point contact person to
work with the CxA and the Commissioning Team to coordinate commissioning activities, ensure
timely execution of Cx Procedures and prompt resolution of commissioning issues.
2 The CCR shall be the contractor's Project Manager, Field Superintendent or similar with authority
to do the following:
a. Make decisions regarding commissioning activities and issues
b. Schedule technicians for participation in commissioning activities
C. Interface between the Commissioning Team and the contractor's sub -contractors, vendors
and suppliers.
d. Commit to commissioning schedules and completion dates.
The CCR will be responsible for coordinating the contractor's participation in the Cx Process. As
part of this role, the CCR shall
a. Attend all Commissioning Meetings
b. Keep the CM/GC and CxA apprised of the contractor's progress, schedules and other
matters impacting execution of the Commissioning Procedures.
C. Coordinate the contractor's work schedules and staffing to ensure that the qualified
technician(s) are available and present during the agreed upon schedules and for sufficient
duration to complete procedures, tests, adjustments, and/or problem resolutions.
d. Ensure that the contractor's CxA provided, Commissioning Notebook(s) containing the CxA
generated Pre -functional forms (or Contractor supplied forms approved by the CxA) and
Contractor Commissioning Documents such as the Status Tracking forms, pressure testing
forms, start-up forms, etc., are being maintained on-site, well organized and current as
required in item 1.6 'Commissioning Documentation' of this specification.
C. Field Technicians
1 The Contractor shall provide qualified Feld technicians who are trained and familiar with installation,
operation and troubleshooting of systems and equipment being commissioned for participation in
the commissioning activities outlined in this document.
2 These same technicians shall be made available to assist the CxA in resolving commissioning Field
Observation Notes (FONs®) issues and for repeat and follow-up commissioning tasks as required.
3 Contractors shall arrange for and provide technicians from their sub -contractors, vendors and
suppliers where specified and where contractor's own personnel lack the required training or
experience necessary to ensure that all commissioned equipment and systems are correctly
installed and fully functional.
4 System performance problems and discrepancies may require additional technician time, CxA time,
reconstruction of systems, and/or replacement of system components. The additional technician
time will be made available for subsequent Cx periods at no cost to the Owner until the required
system performance is obtained.
1.5 COORDINATION & SCHEDULING
A. The CxA shall prepare a Commissioning Plan that includes the following:
1 Identification of all commissioned systems and equipment
2 Commissioning Process Scope
3 Commissioning Roles & Responsibilities Matrix (see Appendix — 6)
4 Commissioning Schedule
5 Develop Project -Specific Test
6 Develop Pre -Functional and Functional checklist
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113-3
dahG Agriscience Project @id^�^ menf • 14, 2912
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
B. Commissioning Meetings
1 Commissioning Orientation Meeting
a. The CxA will conduct an initial Commissioning Orientation Meeting for the Contractors and
selected Sub -contractors to familiarize all parties with the Cx process, and to ensure that the
roles and responsibilities of each party are clearly understood.
b. This meeting will be scheduled by the CM/GC and CxA after awarding of contracts but prior
to the start of materials installation.
On-going Commissioning Progress Meetings
a. The CxA will conduct regularly scheduled Commissioning Progress Meetings for the duration
of the project construction phase.
b. The purpose of these meetings will be to coordinate and schedule Cx activities, review Cx
activity status, and discuss status and resolution of Cx issues (i.e. Field Observation
Notes@).
C. Cx Progress Meetings will start soon after installation of commissioned systems begins and
will occur as appropriate.
d. Cx Progress Meetings will be coordinated between the CxA and the CM/GC. The CM/GC
will notify their subs/vendors of the dates and locations of such meetings.
e. The CxA shall prepare an agenda, record attendance, record meeting minutes, and
distribute minutes to the rest of the Cx team.
Temperature Controls and TAB contractors coordination meetings
a. Prior to these contractors beginning their Scopes of Work, the CxA shall convene a
coordination meeting. Details of the Coordination Meeting will be the material covered in
section 3.4-D & E.
Emergency System Procedure Planning Meetings
a. In addition to the on-going meetings described above, the CxA will conduct a series of
meetings attended by the full Commissioning Team to coordinate and plan the Emergency
System Procedures (ESP).
b. It is anticipated that this activity will require approximately 4 meetings lasting 1-2 hours each.
Additional meetings will be added to this schedule if necessary to ensure fully developed and
coordinated procedures prior to ESP execution.
C. Scheduling of Cx Activities
1 The Contractors will work with the GC and CxA to schedule the Cx activities using established
protocols. Most of this work will be conducted as part of the On -Going Commissioning Meetings.
Once scheduled, the commissioning activities will be integrated into the master schedule by the
GC.
2 The GC and their sub -contractors and vendors shall coordinate an Equipment Startup schedule
(See section 3.3). This schedule helps ensure that all the necessary contractors are focused on
starting equipment at the agreed -to time. This also helps ensure that all task required to start up a
piece of equipment have been completed, such as: proper utility connections, safeties in place,
necessary controls functional, vendor reps available, Owners reps notified, Pre -functional forms
and pre -start-up forms completed, etc... The CxA will then schedule site visits to correspond with
the startups of the major equipment. The CxA will assist the GC and their subs in this effort.
3 Coordination, scheduling and completion of Contractor commissioning activities described in this
specification are the responsibility of the Contractor(s) and the GC. Note that the Cx schedule
relies on the progress of the construction schedule, for which the GC and Contractor(s) are also
responsible.
4 Scheduling problems will be brought to the attention of the CxA and GC in a timely manner in order
to expedite the Cx Process and to minimize interruption to both the construction and
commissioning schedules.
5 Commissioning of systems will proceed per the criteria established in the specific sections that
follow, with activities to be performed on a timely basis.
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113-4
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29 2014
6 In general, Pre -functional Procedures and Contractor Pre -startup Testing will be completed and
documented prior to equipment startup. Exceptions to this requirement may be allowed, with prior
agreement by the Commissioning Team and GC, if needed to expedite progress.
7 Equipment Startup Procedures and Contractor Post -startup Testing (including TAB, Control
Contractor Point -to -Point Testing and Control Contractor Sequence Checkouts) will be successfully
completed, and fully documented by the appropriate contractor, prior to initiation of Functional
Performance Procedures and Integrated System Procedures.
8 Issues identified during execution of the Commissioning Process and documented by the CxA on
the Field Observation Notes® (section 3.8) will be addressed promptly to minimize the potential for
schedule disruptions and to prevent the accumulation of large numbers of outstanding issues as
the job progresses.
D. Notification of Field Activities
1 Many of the Commissioning Procedures which will be performed by the Contractors need to be
witnessed and signed -off by either the GC and/or Commissioning Team. Selected Commissioning
Procedures may also be witnessed by the Owner.
2 To facilitate witnessing of these procedures, the Contractor(s) must provide advance notice to the
CM/GC and Commissioning Team prior to procedure execution. The amount of advance notice
required will be jointly agreed to by the GC, Cx Team and Contractor. Typical intervals are 48 — 72
hours, but in no case will notification be less than 24 hours prior to procedure execution.
3 Any procedures may be witnessed by the GC, CxA or other appropriate member of the Cx Team.
It is the contractor's responsibility to coordinate with the GC in advance of each procedure to
ensure that the appropriate personnel will be available to witness as desired. Procedures which
have been conducted without adequate notice will be deemed incomplete and will be re -tested by
the contractors (with witnesses present) at no cost to the Owner and without delay to either the
construction or commissioning schedules.
1.6 COMMISSIONING DOCUMENTATION COMPLETION AND MAINTENANCE
A. General
1 Timely and accurate documentation of commissioning activities is essential for the commissioning
process to be effective. To this end, all commissioning activities conducted by the contractors shall
be documented as outlined below and in Part 3 Execution of this specification.
2 Contractor Commissioning Documents which will be completed by the contractors include the
following:
a. Prefunctional Checklists (blank forms provided by the CxA)
b. Pre -startup Contractor Test Forms (generally provided by the contractor)
C. Equipment Startup Plans and Forms (generally provided by the manufacturer)
d. Post -startup Contractor Test Forms & Reports (generally provided by the TAB and Controls
contractors)
3 All Contractor Commissioning Documents prepared by the contractors will be fully completed in a
neat and workmanlike manner so as to be fully legible. Documentation which, at the
Commissioning Team's discretion, is incomplete, inaccurate or less than fully legible shall be
deemed unacceptable.
4 Commissioning procedures and tests, which are rejected by the Commissioning Team due to
incomplete, inaccurate or illegible contractor documentation, shall be repeated by the contractor
and new Contractor Commissioning Documents shall be prepared to the Commissioning Team's
satisfaction at no additional cost to the Owner.
5 Procedures deemed unacceptable by the Commissioning Team after being repeated due to
inadequate documentation may be subject to completion by the CxA, as outlined in item 3.8'Cost
of Re -Evaluation' below.
6 All Contractor Commissioning Documents will be completed on the job -site, concurrent with the
activities being documented. Remedial documentation of commissioning activities either off-site or
after the procedures have been completed is unacceptable.
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 1019113-5
BYW Idaho -A G Project ❑•d -DPG M pnts i IS!Gye.. bw 44 2012
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
All Contractor Commissioning Documents will be submitted to the Commissioning Team for review
and acceptance upon completion.
B. Contractor Commissioning Process Status Tracking System
1 Contractors shall be responsible for maintaining a tracking system to monitor the progress of their
commissioning activities. This tracking system will include spreadsheet -based tracking forms
and/or sets of drawings which will be marked -up by the contractor to indicate status of specified
commissioning activities The CxA will generate a Status Tracking spreadsheet for the contractors
to use, and track, their commissioning activities throughout the duration of the project. (Example
shown in Appendix 2)
2 The CxA will assist the contractor in maintaining their tracking system.
3 The contractors shall regularly update their tracking system forms and/or drawings as
commissioning activities are completed so as to provide a readily available summary of the current
status of the contractor's commissioning activities.
4 Tracking forms and marked -up drawings shall be kept in the Contractor's Commissioning
Notebook(s) as outlined below and made available to the CM/GC and Cx Team on request for
review.
5 Sample tracking system forms are included as Appendix 2 to this specification. These sample
forms are provided for reference only to assist contractors in preparing their bids for this project.
The actual forms used on this project will be similar in scope and format to the sample forms, but
the specific content will differ somewhat from the sample forms to specifically reference the
requirements of this project.
C. Commissioning Notebook(s)
1 All Contractor Commissioning Documents (including both in -progress and completed
documentation) and Contractor Commissioning Process Status Tracking System forms shall be
kept on-site in the contractor's field office, neatly organized, in 3 -ring notebooks known as
Commissioning Notebooks. The Contractor will keep the material in the Notebooks up-to-date on a
daily basis as commissioning tasks occur.
2 Commissioning Notebooks shall be labeled on both cover and spine to indicate the contractor's
name, the project name and the notebook's contents.
3 The CxA will provide one master Commissioning Notebook. The master copy containing all Pre -
functional forms will be given to the GC to copy and distribute to their sub -contractors.
4 The CxA will assist the contractors in maintaining their Commissioning Notebooks.
5 Commissioning Notebooks shall be kept available to the Cx Team and GC for their review.
D. Record Drawings
1 Contractors shall regularly update a'redlined' set of record drawings showing commissioned
systems as work is being installed so that the drawings remain current with the field work, and as
required in Division 01 of the project specifications.
Redlining record drawings at the end of construction shall not be acceptable
The Contractors up-to-date, in -progress redlines shall be kept on-site in the Contractor's field office
and available for review by the Cx Team.
E. Access to Contractor Documentation
Contractors shall provide the CxA with access to shop drawings, coordination drawings, equipment
cut -sheets, schematics, in -progress record drawings, etc. to assist the CxA in execution of the Cx
process.
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113-6
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29 2014
2.0 PRODUCTS
2.1 TEST EQUIPMENT
A. General
1 The party responsible for each Commissioning Procedure shall furnish all tools, equipment and
instrumentation required for execution of that Procedure.
2 Testing equipment and instrumentation used for execution of Commissioning Procedures will be of
sufficient quality and accuracy to test and/or measure system performance with the tolerances
specified in the specifications. If not otherwise noted, the following minimum requirements apply:
a. Temperature sensors and digital thermometers: certified calibration within the past year to an
accuracy of 1.0 OF and a resolution of + or - 0.1 OF.
b. Pressure sensors: accuracy of + or - 2.0% of the value range being measured (not full range
of meter) and calibrated within the last year.
C. Electrical meters (voltage, current, etc.) shall be true RMS and shall have been calibrated
within the last year.
d. Specialty meters (db, RF, etc.) shall be calibrated with the last year.
e. Other sensors used for testing, (RH, CO, CO2, etc.) shall have been calibrated within the last
6 months.
3 All test equipment and instrumentation used for Commissioning Procedures will be calibrated
according to the manufacturer's recommended intervals and when dropped or damaged.
4 Calibration tags will be affixed or certificates readily available. j
B. Proprietary Test Equipment F
1 Proprietary test equipment, interface devices and software required by any contractor, vendor or
equipment manufacturer for programming, start-up, or other commissioning activity whether
specified or not, shall be provided by the manufacturer of the equipment for use during
commissioning.
The Contractor or Manufacturer providing such equipment will demonstrate its use, and assist in
the Cx process as needed.
Special equipment, tools and instruments (only available from vendor, specific to a piece of
equipment) required for testing equipment, according to these Contract Documents will be included
in the base bid price to the Contractor and left on site, except for stand-alone data logging
equipment that may be used by the CxA.
2.2 BAS HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE SUPPORT
A. Field Panel Software and Hardware
The BAS Contractor shall furnish the CxA with one (1) copy of all hardware and software needed to
connect to, communicate with and command the BAS field panels and controllers at no additional
charge to the CxA. This hardware and software will be used by the CxA for execution of the
commissioning process. Software and hardware provided to the CxA for this purpose, does not
include any provisions for use by the Project Test & Balance Contractor (PTB).
Hardware and software covered under this requirement includes, but is not limited to:
a. Latest versions of proprietary software necessary to access the BAS system.
b. Communication modules, software keys, and similar hardware needed for communication
from a laptop computer, PDA or similar device to field panels or controllers
C. Proprietary cables required for communication between laptop computers or PDAs to field
panels or controllers
d. Passwords, access levels and similar software permissions necessary for execution of the
Cx Process.
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113-7
Q`or�ahG A^''^ Agriseienee$roject nu Doom encs 1 November 14 2642
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29. 2014
e. Software and hardware manuals for all control system hardware and software provided to
the CxA.
This requirement is not meant to include provision of standard hardware such as laptop computers
and PDAs nor provision of standard software such as Windows or MS Explorer.
At the conclusion of the Commissioning Process, this hardware and software will be turned over to
the Owner's Facility Management personnel for their use in operating and maintaining the building.
B. Front -End Software & Hardware
The BAS Contractor shall furnish the CxA with one (1) copy of their front-end software and
associated hardware as needed to connect to, communicate with and command the BAS at no
additional charge to the CxA or the project. Any Contractor -furnished software and/or hardware
provided to the CxA, will be part of the total BAS package provided to the owner and is not to be
considered as an additional set of equipment for the CxA. Use of this equipment by the CxA will not
be deemed by the BAS contractor as reason for any delay in the completion of the project. Any
Contractor -furnished software and/or hardware provided to the CxA, will be turned over to the
Owner at the completion of all Commissioning activities.
Hardware and software covered under this requirement includes, but is not limited to:
a. Proprietary software needed to communicate to field panels or controllers of Andover
Continuum equipment. Revision levels for all software shall be identical with the revision
level being provided to the project for the front-end operator workstation(s).
b. Communication modules, software keys, and similar hardware needed for operation of the
software or to communicate with the BAS.
C. Proprietary cables required for communication between laptop computers and the BAS.
d. Passwords, access levels and similar software permissions necessary for execution of the
Cx Process.
e. Software and hardware manuals for all control system hardware and software provided to
the CxA.
This requirement is not meant to include provision of standard hardware such as laptop computers
nor provision of standard software such as Windows or MS Explorer.
C. Operator Workstation Access
The BAS Contractor shall provide the CxA with software and hardware needed for accessing the
BAS' front-end operator workstation(s). At a minimum, this shall include appropriate level user
identification names and passwords. Access level shall allow the CxA to fully execute all
commissioning procedures and will include the ability to:
a. View system operation
b. Override set -points
C. Command digital and analog output points
d. View BAS programming source code (read-only)
e. View and print graphics
f. Create, view, modify, print and download trend logs, histories and reports
D. Technical Support
The BAS Contractor shall also provide technical support to the CxA as reasonably requested by the
CxA regarding setting up and operating BAS hardware and software to support successful
execution of the Cx Process.
E. Duration of Support
1 Use of hardware and software provided under this section may be limited to the duration of the Cx
Process at the BAS Contractors discretion, but shall not be terminated until final completion of the
Cx Process including resolution of all outstanding construction phase FONs® issues and
successful execution of Post -Occupancy phase commissioning activities.
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113-8
EIYU Mahe AgrdsGienGe Project Rod DenumAnts I November 4 4, 201-1
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I Julv 29 2014
2.3 ELECTRICAL MONITORING SYSTEM HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE SUPPORT
A. The contractor providing the Electrical Monitoring System shall provide the CxA with software and
hardware as outlined in section 2.2 above, where applicable, to support commissioning of the electrical
monitoring and distribution systems.
3.0 EXECUTION
3.1 PRE -FUNCTIONAL PROCEDURES
A. Scope
1 The Pre -functional Procedures (PFP) consists of a series of field observations and documentation
conducted during the installation of commissioned equipment to verify the following:
a. Installed equipment matches the specifications and approved submittals
b. Equipment is installed per the specifications, drawings, manufacturers recommendations,
and good current practice
C. Utility connections to equipment, such as electrical, steam, chilled water, etc. have been j
successfully completed f
d. Equipment is ready for start-up
2 Contractors should expect to complete one (1) Pre -functional Checklist (CxA provided) for each
major piece of equipment covered by the commissioning process such as pumps, fans, air handling
units, control panels, switchgear, substations, and electrical distribution panels.
3 Additional checklists will be required to verify installation of distribution systems such as piping,
ductwork, electrical wire and conduit, etc. The number of required Pre -functional Checklists will
vary from system to system, and may be limited to one form per system per zone (or possibly per
floor) for repetitive items.
4 See Appendix 3 for a list of Pre -functional Checklists that will be completed by the contractors as
part of this project. The CxA will provide the Pre -functional Checklist for the Contractor to
complete, and shall provide instruction on the method of completing those forms.
B. Pre -functional Checklists
A selection of sample Pre -functional Checklists are included at the end of this specification as
Appendix 4. These sample forms are provided for reference only to assist contractors in preparing
their bids for this project. The actual forms used on this project will be similar in scope and format
to the sample forms, but the specific content will differ somewhat from the sample forms to
specifically reference the requirements of this project.
The Pre -functional Checklists used for this project will be finalized by the CxA after receipt of
equipment Submittals and Installation, Operation & Maintenance (IOM) Manuals from the
Contractors (see item C1 below)
Pre -functional Checklists shall be completed and maintained on-site per the requirements of this
specification, Section 1.6 'Commissioning Documentation'.
C. Contractor Requirements
The Contractors shall provide the CxA with one (1) copy of the equipment manufacturer's standard
Installation, Operation and Maintenance (IOM) Manuals within 60 days after approval of submittals.
The CxA will use the installation recommendations included in these documents to finalize the Pre -
functional Checklists.
The contractors furnishing and/or installing the equipment being commissioned will be responsible
for the execution of the Pre -functional Procedures and accurate completion of the Pre -functional
Checklists for that equipment.
The CxA will provide oversight and assistance to the contractors during the execution of the Pre -
functional Procedures and will periodically review the contractors in -progress Pre -functional
Checklists for accuracy, completeness and to verify that checklists are being kept up-to-date.
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113-9
IBYU Idaho Agriscience Project Q a Do rnents i November 14 2042
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
4 Contractors shall begin execution of the Pre -functional Procedures as soon as the affected
equipment arrives on the job site, by verifying nameplate information matches the specifications
and approved submittals.
5 During installation, the contractors shall regularly review and update the appropriate Pre -functional
Checklists so that potential installation issues are identified as early in the construction process as
possible.
6 Issues observed during the PFPs will be immediately reported to the CM/GC and CxA in
accordance with the procedures outlined in this specification, Section 3.8 'Issue Resolution'.
7 PFP's will be substantially complete, reviewed and accepted by the CxA prior to equipment start-
up. Exceptions to this requirement will be allowed at the CxA's discretion, but will be limited to
minor items, such as labeling of equipment, which will not impact start-up or subsequent equipment
operation.
8 Contractors shall regularly update their Contractor Commissioning Process Status Tracking System
to indicate current PFP status.
9 The Contractor shall furnish all tools, test equipment and instrumentation required for completion of
the PFPs. All instruments shall meet the requirements of Part 2 of this specification.
D. CxA Activities
During the Pre -functional phase of the project, the CxA shall observe and inspect the installations
to verify compliance with the contract documents.
The CxA will periodically verify the contractors in -progress Pre -functional Checklist for accuracy
and they are being completed up the level of installation.
The CxA will be available to discuss installation procedures either on-site or by phone.
3.2 CONTRACTOR PRE -STARTUP TESTING
A. Scope
1 Commissioning activities and requirements related to contractor/vendor pre -startup testing for
commissioned equipment and systems will follow the process described in this section. This
process does not reduce the contractor's responsibility for successfully completing and
documenting all testing requirements outlined in other sections of the specifications.
The goals of these activities are to help ensure that the specified testing is rigorously executed
using sound test procedures and that all tests are thoroughly documented.
B. Contractor Pre -startup Test Forms
The Contractor Pre -startup Testing shall be documented using test forms which, at a minimum, will
record the following information:
a. Type of test being performed (hydrostatic leak test, pneumatic leak test, megger test, db, RF,
flows, etc.)
b. System or equipment being tested
C. Technician(s) performing the test
d. Test date and time
e. Detailed description of section of system being tested (if applicable)
f. All data collected during the test to quantify test performance (static and differential
pressures, test duration, radio frequency, electrical resistance, etc.)
g. Signature of technician(s) performing test
h. Signature of GC or Cx Team member witnessing the test
Contractors and vendors may use their standard testing forms; providing these forms meet the
requirements outlined above and have been previously reviewed and approved by the Cx Team.
If standard test forms are not available, the CxA will assist the Contractors and Vendors in
developing test forms for the Contractors and Vendors use.
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113-10
BYU Idaho AgFiSG eRG8 Project Bid DOGUMeAtS 1 November 4 4, 2012
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29 2014
4 All test forms will be fully completed and maintained by the contractor per the requirements of this
specification, Section 1.6 'Commissioning Documentation'.
5 All test forms will be submitted to the GC for review and acceptance by the Cx Team upon
completion.
C. Contractor Requirements
1 Prior to initiating any of the Pre -startup Testing covered by this specification the contractor will meet
with the CxA to review the contractor's proposed test procedures and test forms.
2 The contractor shall be responsible for successful completion and documentation of all specified
pre -startup testing.
3 The GC and/or the Cx Team will witness selected Pre -startup Tests to ensure that approved
procedures are being followed and that tests are being properly documented.
4 Any Pre -startup Tests may be witnessed. The GC, CxA or other appropriate member of the Cx
Team may witness these test. It is the contractor's responsibility to coordinate with the GC in -
advance of each test to ensure that the appropriate personnel will be available to witness the test
as desired. Tests which have been conducted without adequate notice will be deemed incomplete
and will be re -tested by the contractors.
5 Issues observed during the Contractor Pre -startup Testing will be immediately reported to the GC
and CxA in accordance with procedures outlined in this specification, Section 3.8'lssue
Resolution'.
6 All Contractor Pre -startup Testing shall be substantially complete, reviewed and accepted by the
CxA prior to equipment start-up. Exceptions to this requirement will be allowed at the CxA's
discretion, but will be limited to minor items, which will not impact start-up or subsequent equipment
operation.
7 The Contractor shall furnish all tools, test equipment and instrumentation required for completion of
the Pre -startup Testing. All instruments shall meet the requirements of Part 2 of this specification.
D. CxA Activities
1 During the Pre -Startup phase of the project, the CxA shall observe selected Pre -Startup
procedures to verify compliance with the contract documents.
2 The CxA will continue to periodically verify the contractors in -progress Pre -functional Checklist for
accuracy and they are being completed up the level of installation.
3 The CxA will be available to discuss Pre -Startup procedures either on-site or by phone.
3.3 CONTRACTOR START-UP PROCEDURES
A. Scope
1 Commissioning activities and requirements related to Equipment Startup are meant to help ensure
the following:
a. Equipment installation and Pre -startup Testing has been fully completed and documented
prior to startup
b. Startup procedures meet the equipment manufacturer's recommendations
C. Startup activities are fully documented
Equipment Startup requirements covered by this section of the commissioning specification include
the following:
a. All commissioned equipment requiring startup by the equipment manufacturer, vendor or
representative
b. All rotating equipment including, but not limited to, pumps, fans, compressors, and
generators with a motor or engine size of 5 hp or greater or serving critical equipment.
C. All electrical equipment including, but not limited to switchgear, substations, transformers
and distribution panels operating at 460V or greater
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113-11
BYW Idaho A 6 o.,: eGt Rid Pa . ,mencs 1 November 14, 2012
moi.
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29. 2014
d. Where required in the specifications regardless of size or voltage.
B. Equipment Startup Plan
1 At least 30 days prior to scheduled Equipment Startup, the responsible contractor shall prepare and
submit a written Startup Plan which, at a minimum, will include the following:
a. Personnel required for startup including vendors, other trades, etc.
b. Prerequisites required for startup (utility connections, PFP's, Pre -startup Testing, and other
as applicable)
c. Proposed startup procedures
d. Proposed forms to be used for documenting startup procedures. These forms are usually
provided by the manufacturer. (If not provided by the manufacturer, the CxA will assist the
contractor in developing startup forms)
e. Proposed preventive maintenance forms and procedures (if equipment to be kept in service
after startup)
2 Where available, the equipment manufacturer's standard startup procedures and forms should be
used as the basis of the contractor's Startup Plan. Where equipment manufacturer's standard
startup procedures and/or forms are not available, the Cx Team will assist the contractors in
developing the necessary procedures and forms.
3 The Cx Team will review the contractor's proposed Startup Plan(s) and will recommend revisions
as appropriate prior to scheduling of startup activities.
4 Startup of covered equipment shall be documented using Startup Forms which have been
previously reviewed and approved as part of the contractor's Startup Plan.
5 All Startup Forms will be fully completed and maintained by the contractor per the requirements of
this specification, Section 1.6 'Commissioning Documentation'.
6 All Startup Forms will be submitted to the CM/GC for review, and acceptance by the Cx Team upon
completion.
C. Contractor Requirements
1 The Contractor(s), with the assistance of the CxA, will coordinate with the CM/GC to schedule
startup activities. This will include the following:
a. Ensuring that all PFP's and contractor Pre -startup Testing are completed and documented
prior to startup
b. Ensuring that all required utilities are available prior to startup
C. Ensuring that appropriate personnel have been identified and scheduled to participate
including vendors, manufacturer's representatives, other trades, etc.
d. Tools, test equipment and/or instrumentation required for startup will be available
2 No unscheduled and/or inappropriate startups shall be allowed.
3 The use of startup forms, procedures, or documents that have not been previously approved by the
Cx Team, as part of the Equipment Startup Plan, will not be accepted as startup documentation.
4 The Cx Team and/or CM/GC will witness selected startups to ensure that approved procedures are
being followed and that activities are being properly documented.
5 Any Startup procedures may be witnessed by the CM/GC, CxA or other appropriate member of the
Cx Team. It is the contractor's responsibility to coordinate with the CM/GC in advance of each
procedure to ensure that the appropriate personnel will be available to witness the test as desired.
Procedures which have been conducted without adequate notice will be deemed incomplete and
will be re -tested.
6 Issues observed during execution of the Startup Procedures will be immediately reported to the
CM/GC and CxA in accordance with procedures outlined in this specification, Section 3.8 'Issue
Resolution'.
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113-12
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I I.. 29 2014
7 Contractors shall regularly update their Contractor Commissioning Process Status Tracking System
to indicate current status of their Startup Procedures. The CxA will periodically review the
contractor's Startup Forms and tracking system for accuracy, completeness and to verify that
documentation is being kept up-to-date.
8 The Contractor shall furnish all tools, test equipment and instrumentation required for completion of
the Startup Procedures. All instruments shall meet the requirements of Part 2 of this specification.
9 Equipment which will not be left in operation after startup shall be laid -up by the contractor per the
manufacturer's recommended procedures.
10 Equipment kept in use after startup, shall be operated and maintained by the responsible
Contractor per the equipment manufacturer's published O&M procedures.
11 All maintenance activities performed by the Contractor(s) will be documented on pre -approved
maintenance work order forms. These forms may be furnished by the Owner's Facilities
Management Department; otherwise the contractors will develop appropriate forms and submit
them for review and approval as part of their startup plan.
12 Completed maintenance work order forms shall be submitted to the CM/GC for review and
acceptance by the Cx Team upon completion.
D. CxA Activities i
1
1 During the Startup phase of the project, the CxA shall observe startups of major equipment to verify
compliance with the manufacturer's startup documents. The Startup Documents shall be completed
by the contractor/vendor that performs the activity and will be verified for completeness by the CxA.
The CxA will verify the contractors Pre -functional Checklist and pre -startup test have been
completed prior to the actual startup being preformed. L
The CxA will be available to discuss Startup procedures either on-site or by phone. f
3.4 CONTRACTOR POST -STARTUP TESTING
A. Scope
1 Commissioning activities and requirements related to Contractor Post -startup Testing for
commissioned equipment and systems will follow the process described in this section. This
process does not reduce the contractor's responsibility for successfully completing and
documenting all testing requirements outlined in other sections of the specifications.
The goal of these activities are to augment the testing requirements listed elsewhere in the
specifications and to help ensure that the specified testing is rigorously executed using sound test
procedures and that all tests are thoroughly documented.
B. Contractor Post -startup Test Reports
1 The Contractor Post -startup Testing shall be documented using test forms which, at a minimum,
will record the following information:
a. Type of test being performed (duct traverse, point-to-point checkout, etc.)
b. System or equipment being tested
c. Technician(s) performing the test
d. Test date and time
e. Detailed description of system or section of system being tested
f. All data collected during the test to quantify test performance (pressures, flow rates, rpm,
volts, amps, temperatures, etc.)
g. Signature of technician(s) performing test
h. Signature of CM/GC or Cx Team member witnessing the test (where applicable)
Contractors may use their standard testing forms; providing these forms meet the requirements
outlined above and have been previously reviewed and approved by the Cx Team.
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113-13
BYW Idaho AgF1aG;once Project Rid DeAu nAnti; 1 November 14, 2012
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
The use of Post -startup testing forms, procedures, or documents that have not been previously
approved by the Cx team, will not be accepted as Post -startup testing documentation.
All test forms will be fully completed and maintained by the contractor per the requirements of this
specification, Section 1.6 'Commissioning Documentation'.
All test forms will be submitted to the CM/GC for review and acceptance by the Cx Team upon
completion.
C. General Requirements
1 Prior to initiating any of the Post -startup Testing covered by this specification, the contractor shall
meet with the CxA to review the contractor's proposed test procedures and test forms.
2 The contractor shall be responsible for successful completion and documentation of all specified
Post -startup Testing.
3 The CxA will provide oversight and assistance to the contractors in developing their test procedures
and test forms.
4 The CM/GC and/or Cx Team will witness selected Post -startup Tests to ensure that approved
procedures are being followed and that tests are being properly documented.
5 Issues observed during the Contractor Post -startup Testing will be immediately reported to the
CM/GC and CxA in accordance with procedures outlined in this specification, Section 3.8 'Issue
Resolution'.
6 Contractors shall regularly update their Contractor Commissioning Process Status Tracking System
to indicate current status of their Post -startup Testing. The CxA will periodically review the
contractor's in -progress test forms and tracking system for accuracy, completeness and to verify
that checklists are being kept up-to-date.
7 The Contractor shall furnish all tools, test equipment and instrumentation required for completion of
the Post -startup Testing. All instruments shall meet the requirements of Part 2 of this specification.
8 The Contractor shall provide a written list of instrumentation which will be used for Post -startup
Testing indicating instrument make, model number, serial number, range, accuracy and calibration
date to the CxA prior to the start of testing.
D. HVAC Test and Balance
Project Test and Balance Contractor (PTB) Requirements:
a. The PTB shall be responsible for successful completion and documentation of all TAB
activities specified in Div 23 and elsewhere in these specifications as appropriate.
b. Prior to the start of TAB activities, the PTB shall submit proposed TAB procedures and
documentation to the CxA for review.
c. After this review, and prior to start of field work, the PTB will attend one or more planning
meetings as required with the Commissioning Team to review and discuss outstanding
issues relating to TAB procedures and forms, discuss resolution of issues identified during
the PTB's plan review and Feld inspections, and to coordinate field work.
d. Prior to the start of field work, the PTB shall issue a final set of TAB procedures and TAB
forms incorporating comments received from the Commissioning Team review
e. The PTB will notify the Commissioning Team a minimum of two (2) weeks in advance of the
time for start of TAB work to allow the CxA time to assess system readiness.
f. The PTB will work cooperatively with the CxA
g. The PTB shall coordinate with the controls contractor to ensure that changes made to the
control system during TAB (flow coefficients, duct areas, etc.) are archived and become the
default or initial values for these parameters.
h. The PTB shall ensure that all areas of the project are balanced to the appropriate air
pressure relationships for those areas (negative or positive pressure).
i. The PTB shall provide daily lists of issues and/or problems identified during TAB work to the
CM/GC and CxA for follow-up & resolution with the appropriate contractors.
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113-14
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29 2014
j. Participate in verification of the TAB report, which will consist of repeating any selected
measurement contained in the TAB report where required by the CxA for verification or
diagnostic purposes.
k. The TAB Final Acceptance Inspection specified in Div 23 shall be conducted by the CxA and
will include a field verification of up to 10% of the PTB's field readings.
I. The PTB will provide technicians and instrumentation to support the Feld verification.
m. Instruments used for the field verification shall be the same instruments (by model and serial
number) that were used for the original TAB work.
n. Failure of an item during the TAB field verification is defined as:
1) For all readings other than sound, a deviation of more than 10 percent from the reported
value.
2) For sound pressure readings, a deviation of 3 decibels. (Note: variations in background
noise must be considered).
o. A failure of more than 10 percent of the readings tested during the field verification shall
result in the rejection of the final TAB report and require re -balancing of the system(s) in
question.
E. Controls & Instrumentation Testing
1 Prior to start of control system Functional Performance Procedures, the Building Automation
System (BAS) Contractor shall verify and document that all control systems are installed and �—
operating properly including the following:
a. Control Panels & Hardware Installation shall be fully verified and the appropriate Pre -
Functional checklists completed prior to proceeding to subsequent installation/checkout
steps.
b. Point -to -Point Checkout shall be completed and documented per the requirements specified
in Div 23 and elsewhere in these specifications as appropriate, and item 3 below. L
c. Control Sequence Checkout. Contractor shall verify that operation of control system _
programming matches all specified sequences of operation. For these checkouts, the j
Contractor shall, as much as possible, simulate actual operating conditions for the various
operating modes being tested (heating, cooling, emergency power, etc) by false -loading
systems, adjusting setpoints and similar techniques. The CxA will make the control
sequence FP Checklists available to the BAS Contractor for use in these checkouts. t
d. Tune all Control Loops to obtain the fastest stable response without unreasonable hunting,
offset or overshoot. Record tuning parameters and response test results for each control
loop and provide trend reports to document results. Trend logs shall show both steady-state
operation and response to setpoint changes as specified in Div 23 and elsewhere in these
specifications as appropriate.
e. Test All Alarms and Safeties. Record all alarm parameters and alarm messages. Document
all alarms and safeties have been tested and are functioning properly.
The BAS Contractor shall work with the TAB Contractor(s) to make sure that changes to the BAS
made during TAB, such as flow coefficients, flow setpoints and duct areas are permanently
archived in the BAS and become the initial or default values for their respective controllers. If BAS
adjustments made by the TAB Contractor(s) get lost or overwritten prior to archiving, it shall be the
BAS Contractor's responsibility to re-enter this data at no additional cost to the Owner.
Point -to -Point Checkout Requirements
Items described in this section apply to and augment the Field Points Testing requirements
as specified in Div 23 and elsewhere in these specifications as appropriate.
1) These procedures will verify the following for each physical control point:
2) Field device is installed per the manufacturer's recommendations and the project
drawings and specifications
3) Field verify calibration of all analog inputs and outputs
4) Verify labeling of controllers, field devices, and wiring
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113-15
YW Idaho Agrissie..,.e PFajeGt QIa n,.,., ...,e.,... i ni........ ber 14, 2042
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
5) Physical points are correctly addressed and communicating properly between its
controller and the field device.
b. Detailed written procedures for execution of Point -to -Point Checkouts shall be submitted to
the CxA and Engineer by the Contractor for review and approval prior to the start of testing.
Proposed procedures shall be based on the manufacturer's recommendations and good
current practice. Include proposed test forms as part of this submittal.
C. The Contractor shall provide all tools and instrumentation necessary for execution of this
testing. All instrumentation must be in calibration and meet the requirements of Part 2 of this
specification.
d. The CxA reserves the right to field verify up to 10% of the Contractor's Point -to -Point
Checkout testing. The Contractor shall provide the technicians and instrumentation used for
the original testing to assist the CxA with this field verification.
3.5 FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE PROCEDURES
A. Scope
1 Functional Performance Procedures (FPP) are executed after commissioned equipment and
systems have been installed, started -up and balanced. The goal of these procedures is to verify
that commissioned equipment, sub -systems and major systems operate and perform per the
design intent and the project specifications.
Equipment -level FPPs will be used to verify operation and capacity of selected equipment such as
boilers, chillers cooling towers, pumps, exhaust fans, air handling units, etc.
System -level FPPs will verify the following aspects of system operation
a. System operation under both normal and alternate operating conditions and modes
b. Interactions between equipment and sub -systems
C. Operation of safeties and interlocks
d. Control system operation, response time, stability and tuning
e. System response to abnormal and/or emergency conditions such as equipment failure and
power outages
f. Prepare for execution of Integrated System Procedures
See Appendix 3 for a list of Functional Performance Procedures that will be completed for this
project.
B. Functional Performance Checklists
A selection of sample Functional Performance Checklists are included at the end of this
specification as Appendix 5. These sample forms are provided for reference only to assist
contractors in preparing their bids for this project. The actual procedures and forms used for this
project will be similar in scope and format to the samples, but the specific content will differ
somewhat to specifically address the requirements of this project.
The Functional Performance Procedures and Checklists used for this project will be developed and
finalized by the CxA after receipt of approved contractor submittals, including equipment Installation
— Operations & Maintenance bulletins.
C. Contractor Requirements
1 The CM/GC will coordinate and schedule FPP activities in conjunction with the contractors and
other members of the Cx Team.
Scheduling of FPPs will be contingent on notification from the affected contractor(s) to the CM/GC
and CxA that equipment and systems are ready for checkout.
Other prerequisites for execution of FPPs shall include the following
a. All PFP's, Contractor Pre -startup Testing and Startup Procedures have been completed and
documented
b. TAB has been completed
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 1019113-16
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set 1 July 29 2014
C. Field Observation Notes® affecting equipment or system performance or operation have
been resolved
Prior to claiming readiness for FPP, the controls contractor shall ensure that the following items are
completed and documented:
a. Point-to-point checkouts
b. Verify that network communication between all devices and systems is established
C. Sequence of Operation checkouts
d. Printed and annotated trend logs and histories establishing acceptable operation including
1) Stable control I
2) Recovery from upset/changes (e.g., from setback)
3) Special and/or seasonal modes
4) Emergency and alarm modes including loss/restoration of power — -
5 Execution of the FPPs will be led by the CxA with assistance from the contractors providing and
installing the equipment and systems being commissioned.
6. Typical contractor activities during FPP execution may include the following
a. Starting/stopping equipment
b. Energizing/de-energizing electrical distribution gear
C. Opening/closing valves and dampers
d. Manipulating BAS inputs, outputs and setpoints
e. Setup, collection and downloading of BAS trend data
Alternately, these activities may be performed directly by the CxA with prior permission from the
appropriate contractor(s). In either case, the Contractor(s) shall maintain full responsibility for the
facility, equipment and systems operated during the FPPs, maintain all guarantees and warranties,
and shall repair any damage to the facility caused during the FPPs.
7. Contractors shall provide the services of vendor's technicians at the CxA's request to assist in
commissioning of major equipment such as chillers, boilers and emergency generators.
8. Tools, test equipment and instrumentation required for completion of the FPPs shall be provided by
the CxA except for special-purpose or proprietary tools, test equipment and instrumentation which
will be provided by the contractors. All instruments provided by the contractor shall meet the
requirements of Part 2 of this specification. -
3.6 FIRE LIFE SAFETY PROCEDURES
A. Scope
1 The Fire / Life Safety Procedures (FLSPs) will verify and document operation of commissioned
systems in response to simulated fire conditions.
2 Operation of various systems and sub -systems that are part of the response to fire will, in many
cases, be functionally verified during the FPP process prior to these interactive tests.
3 The object of these procedures is to check that all systems affected by a fire operate interactively
as specified in the contract documents and as required to meet the needs of the Owner.
4 A typical FLSP will consist of the following steps:
a. Simulate a fire condition by tripping one or more Fire Alarm System (FAS) initiating devices
(smoke/heat detectors, flow switches, pull stations, etc.)
b. Verify FAS operation including, but not limited to:
1) Operation of visual and audible notification devices including speakers, horns, bells,
strobes, beacons, etc.
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113-17
BYU Idaho A,g;isc;enee Prejeet Bid Documents } NeveFheF 14, 2012
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
2) Receipt of alarms at all FAS control panel(s), annunciator panel(s), alarm printers, etc.
3) Operation of FAS controlled hardware such as magnetic hold -opens, overhead fire
doors, WON doors, etc.
4) Operation of interfaces between FAS and other building systems such as BAS, security,
architectural dimming controls, conference center audio systems, overhead paging,
emergency response staff communication, etc.
c. Verify operation of HVAC smoke management system(s) including, but not limited to the
following:
1) Operation of air handling units
2) Return / exhaust fan operation
3) Operation of fire/smoke dampers, including proper indication of damper position to BAS.
4) Verify differential static pressures between smoke zone(s) and adjacent zones
5) Verify containment and evacuation of smoke from selected areas
d. Verify operation of fire door hardware (measurement of door opening forces, latching of
doors while smoke management systems are operational, etc.)
e. Verify Security System operation (release of electric door locks, interaction with infant
abduction protection system, etc.)
f. Verify operation of vertical transport system (elevator recall, alternate floor recall, etc)
g. Verify operation of other building systems connected to the FAS (architectural dimming and
audio systems, etc).
h. Reset FAS and verify return of all affected systems (FAS, BAS, HVAC, Security, Vertical
transport, etc.) to normal operation.
Specific requirements for some FLSPs may vary somewhat from the'typical' list outlined above to
match the specified system operation in each area of the project (i.e. requirements for lab areas will
differ somewhat from requirements for the lobby).
B. General Requirements
The CxA shall develop, with the assistance of the appropriate contractors and the rest of the Cx
Team, a script that shall test the response of the Fire/Life Safety system.
Scheduling and execution of the FLSPs will be contingent on notification from all affected
Contractors that their equipment and systems are complete, fully operational, and ready for
checkout
Other prerequisites for execution of FLSPs shall include the following:
a. Affected building systems shall be fully operational and running under normal automatic
control.
b. All specified contractor testing and FPPs have been successfully completed and
documented
C. Field Observation Notes@ affecting equipment or system performance and operation have
been resolved
FLSPs shall be completed prior to Owner Training and the Final Operation Orientation /
Demonstration phases of the project.
Where possible, FLSPs will be scheduled during normal working hours. However, due to the
disruptive nature of some FLSPs the contractors should be prepared to execute some of these
procedures either at night or on weekends.
C. Contractor Requirements
1 The Commissioning Team will, as a joint effort, refine, coordinate, schedule and direct the
execution of the FLSPs.
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 1019113-18
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29 2014
2 The CxA will develop checklists and other documentation requirements for the FLSPs.
3 Typical contractor activities during FLSP execution may include the following
a. Tripping of FAS initiating devices
b. Observing and documenting equipment and system operation
C. Resetting of fire alarm devices, fire doors, etc.
d. Setup, collection and downloading of BAS trend data
4 Contractors supplying and/or installing the following equipment & systems shall participate in all
FLSPs:
a. Fire Alarm System
b. Building Automation System
C. Magnetic door hold -opens
d. Door hardware
e. Security
f. Test and Balance (TAB) contractor
5 Contractors supplying and/or installing the following equipment & systems shall participate in
selected FLSPs designed to verify operation of their equipment and systems.
a. Vertical Transportation
b. Other Systems (dimming systems, etc.)
6 A detailed list of FLSPs will be developed by the Cx Team during construction. For budgeting
purposes, contractors involved in all FLSPs, as listed above, should plan on participating in one
FLSP per smoke zone. Contractors participating in selected FLSPs should plan on participating in
six (6) FLSPs each.
7 Tools, test equipment and instrumentation required for completion of the FLSPs will be provided by
the CxA except for special-purpose or proprietary tools, test equipment and instrumentation which
will be provided by the contractors. All instruments will meet the requirements of Part 2 of this
specification.
3.7 EMERGENCY SYSTEM PROCEDURE
A. Scope
1 The Emergency System Procedure (ESP) will verify and document operation of commissioned
systems in response to simulated electrical utility power failures.
2 Operation of various systems and sub -systems that are part of the response to power loss will, in
many cases, be functionally verified during the FPP process prior to these interactive tests.
3 Objectives of the ESP include verifying operation of the emergency power system and interactive
operation of all commissioned systems and equipment fed by the emergency power system.
4 Systems which will be evaluated during the ESP include:
a. Electrical Systems including normal, emergency and critical power
b. Fire/Life Safety Systems
c. Mechanical Systems
d. Lab & Medical Systems
e. Building Automation System
f. Plumbing Systems
g. Telecommunications
h. Security Systems
i. All other systems specified to operate on emergency power
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113-19
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
Aspects of system operation which will be verified as part of the ESP include the following:
a. System interactions will be observed for potential conflicts or operating problems.
b. Communication between systems will be verified to be properly sent, received, and result in
the intended action. This will include routing and printing of alarm messages and operation
of remote monitoring and notification systems. I
c. Transition between operating modes will be verified to be smooth and free of anomalous
behavior which might negatively impact occupants, jeopardize building operation or result in
unnecessary wear and tear on building systems.
i
A typical ESP will consist of the following steps:
a. Simulate a utility power failure by disconnecting incoming electrical power from the local
utility.
b. Verify / demonstrate operation of emergency power systems including, but not limited to:
1) Emergency generators
2) Paralleling switchgear
3) Automatic transfer switches
4) Double -ended switchboards '
5) Generator shedding
I
6) Load shedding and prioritization
7) Remote alarming & monitoring systems
C. Verify and document operation of building systems on emergency power: `
1) Check equipment/system status on normal power prior to simulated power failure F
I
2) Observe transition from normal to emergency power, document any anomalous or
unexpected operational issues
3) Verify equipment/system operation on emergency power.
4) Simulate selected equipment failures and fire alarm conditions; evaluate equipment &
system response to these conditions while operating on emergency power.
d. Restore normal utility power. Observe and document operation of all affected building
systems during transition from emergency back to normal power.
A detailed ESP plan will be developed by the CxA and refined by the Cx Team during construction
to meet the specified requirements of this project.
B. General Requirements
The CxA shall develop, with the assistance of the appropriate contractors and the rest of the Cx
Team, a script that shall test the response of the Emergency Power system.
Scheduling and execution of the ESP will be contingent on notification from all affected Contractors
that their equipment and systems are complete, fully operational, and ready for checkout
Other prerequisites for execution of the ESP shall include the following
a. Affected building systems shall be fully operational and running under normal automatic
control.
b. All specified contractor testing, FPPs and FLSPs have been successfully completed and
documented
C. Field Observation Notes@ affecting equipment or system performance and operation have
been resolved
The ESP shall be completed prior to Owner Training and the Final Operation Orientation /
Demonstration phases of the project.
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113-20
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29 2014
Due to the disruptive nature of the ESP, contractors should be prepared to execute these
procedures either at night or on weekends.
C. Contractor Requirements
1 The Commissioning Team will, as a joint effort, refine, coordinate, schedule and direct the
execution of the ESP. The contractors are expected to participate in this effort as outlined above.
2 Typical contractor activities during ESP execution may include the following
a. Observing and documenting equipment and system operation for their records.
b. Manipulation of equipment and systems to simulate various operating modes. This will
include starting/stopping equipment, tripping FAS devices, etc.
C. Resetting of fire alarm devices, fire doors, etc.
d. Setup, collection and downloading of BAS trend data
3 It is anticipated that the ESP shall be executed on 2 consecutive evenings, or over a single
weekend. Duration of testing on each of the 2 days is expected to be approximately 12-14 hours
per day.
4 The Electrical Contractor(s) shall work with the CM/GC and the Electric Utility Provider to plan and
coordinate electrical service interruptions to the building as required for execution of the ESP.
5 Contractors shall include the cost for 2 attempts at completion of the ESP in their proposals to allow
for potential repeats of procedures which are unsuccessful on the first attempt.
6 Tools, test equipment and instrumentation required for completion of the ESP will be provided by
the CxA except for special-purpose or proprietary tools, test equipment and instrumentation which
will be provided by the contractors. All instruments provided by the contractors will meet the
requirements of Part 2 of this specification.
3.8 ISSUE RESOLUTION
A. Scope
1 The CxA will maintain and periodically publish a Field Observation Notes (FONs®) Report, which
will be used to document issues identified during the commissioning process.
The contractor(s) shall promptly respond to the FONs® Reports in writing concerning the status of
each open issue identified as their responsibility during execution of the commissioning process.
Contractor responses shall include the following information as appropriate:
a. Explanations of any questions or disagreements (issue responsibility incorrectly assigned,
issue outside of contractor's scope, etc.)
b. Actions taken to resolve issue
C. Proposed actions including completion dates
The Contractors, including their sub -contractors, vendors and suppliers are responsible for
resolution of all issues identified during execution of the commissioning process. The CxA will be
available to work with the contractors and facilitate issue resolution.
Contractors shall responded to the FONs® issues in a timely manner, typically within 72 hours of
notification, to avoid impact to the construction schedule including the commissioning process.
The information reported in the FONs® shall not be construed to authorize any changes in
contractual requirements, schedules or project costs. Any such questions will be promptly directed
to the CM/GC or other parties as designated in the contract documents.
B. Contractor Requirements
During Pre -functional Procedures, Pre -startup Testing, Startup Procedures and Post -startup
Testing:
a. Issues identified by the contractors during execution of Pre -functional Procedures, Pre -
Startup Testing, Startup Procedures or Post Startup Procedures shall be clearly noted on the
appropriate Pre -functional Checklist, Startup Form, Test Form, or noted on a separate sheet
and attached to the appropriate Checklist or Form.
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113-21
cYIJ Ia.,ho Agriscience Project Bid Documents 1 November 14, 2010
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29. 2014
b. Outstanding items of the PFP, Pre -startup Testing, Startup Procedures or Post -startup
Testing that were not completed successfully shall also be noted at the bottom of the
appropriate Checklist, Form or on an attached sheet.
c. Contractors shall notify the CM/GC, with a copy to the CxA, of any outstanding issues or
deficiencies in writing within (2) two days of issue identification.
d. The CxA will review the issue notification reports and submit any comments and questions to
the CM/GC, contractor or A/E as appropriate.
e. The contractor(s), including appropriate sub -contractors, vendors and suppliers will work with
the CxA to correct and re-evaluate issues or uncompleted items.
f. As soon as outstanding items have been corrected, the contractor(s) shall:
1) Notify the CM/GC and CxA that the issue has been resolved by updating and
resubmitting their issue notification report.
2) Resubmit updated Checklists, Startup Forms and/or Test Forms as applicable
g. Issues identified during Prefunctional Procedures and Pre -startup Testing shall be resolved
prior to Startup of the affected equipment or system.
h. Items left incomplete, which later cause deficiencies or delays during execution of FPPs,
FLSPs or ESP may result in back -charges to the responsible party. Also see "Failure Due to
Manufacturer Defect" procedures in this section.
During Functional Performance Procedures, Fire Life Safety Procedures and Emergency Systems F
Procedures
a. Issues noted during execution of FPPs, FLSPs or ESP will be noted on the test forms by the
CxA.
b. Minor issues may be corrected immediately on identification and prior to proceeding with the
procedure being executed at the discretion of the CxA. The CxA's decision will be based on
what impact the issue has on the procedure being executed, and the expected time required
to resolve the new issue. Issues resolved in this manner, will be documented on the L
appropriate form or checklist.
c. CxA will endeavor to expedite the checkout process and minimize unnecessary delays, while
not compromising the integrity of the procedures.
d. Once any questions are resolved on an issue and the contractor(s) accepts responsibility to
correct it:
1) The CxA will document the issue on the FONs® Report and the contractor response and
intentions and then go on to another procedure or sequence.
2) The contractor(s) will correct the issue, and submit a written statement of correction
certifying that the equipment is ready to be re-evaluated to the CxA.
3) The contractor reschedules the re-evaluation with the CM/GC and CxA and the checkout
is repeated once. If satisfactory performance is not achieved during the second
procedure, the cost of additional procedures will be billed in accordance with the
paragraphs below "Cost of Re -Evaluation".
e. If there are questions about an issue, regarding whether it is an issue, who is responsible, or
how to resolve it:
1) The CxA will document the issue on the FONs® Report with the contractor's response
and a copy will given to the CM/GC and contractor representative(s) assumed to be
responsible.
2) The CxA will document the resolution process on the FONs® Report.
3) Once the interpretation and resolution have been decided, the appropriate party will
correct the issue, sign a statement of correction and submit it to the CxA.
4) The contractor reschedules the checkout with the CxA and the checkout is repeated
once. If satisfactory performance is not achieved during the second procedure, the cost
of additional procedures will be billed in accordance with the paragraphs below "Cost of
Re -Evaluation'.
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113-22
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29 2014
If issues are identified by the CxA during spot-checks of completed contractor Cx Procedures (Pre -
functional Procedures, Pre -Startup Testing, Startup Procedures or Post Startup Procedures); it
shall be the contractors responsibility to demonstrate that the identified issues are not widespread
and pervasive for all similar systems and equipment installed for this project. This may require re-
execution of all affected Cx Procedures as determined by the Commissioning Team.
C. Cost of Re -Evaluation
The cost for Contractors to re -execute any Commissioning Procedure due to open issues shall be
borne by the contractors.
The CxA will be available for two attempts of any Commissioning Procedure (one initial and one re-
try) with minimal follow-up where necessary (due to deficiencies, systems not ready, etc.) to try to
accomplish each checkout as part of the contract. When additional work is required because
systems are not ready or because they do not successfully pass Commissioning Procedures after
they have been indicated as ready, the contractor will be charged for the additional costs.
Additional fees will be paid to the CxA by the Owner/CM/GC and shall be reimbursed by the — --
Contractor.
Any required re -testing by any contractor shall not be allowed as a justified reason for a claim of
delay or for a time extension by the contractor.
D. Failure Due to Manufacturer Defect
1 If 2%, or ten, whichever is greater, of similar types (size alone does not constitute a difference) of
equipment from one manufacturer or supplier fail to perform to the Contract Documents
(mechanically or substantively) due to manufacturing, handling, or similar defect, not allowing it to
meet its submitted performance spec, all similar units may be considered unacceptable by the A/E
or CM/GC. In such case, the contractor(s) shall provide the Owner with the following:
a. Within one week of notification from the A/E or CM/GC, the contractor shall cause the
manufacturer's representative to examine 10% of other identical units making a record of the
findings. The findings shall be provided to the A/E and CM/GC within two weeks of the
original notice.
b. Within two weeks of the original notification, the manufacturer, through the contractor, shall
provide a signed and dated, written explanation of the issue, cause of failures, etc. and all
proposed solutions, which shall include full equipment submittals. The proposed solutions
shall not significantly exceed the specification requirements of the original installation.
2 The A/E and CM/GC will determine whether a replacement of all identical units or a repair is
acceptable.
3 Sufficient examples to allow adequate evaluation of the proposed solution will be installed by the
contractor, and the CxA and A/E will be allowed to perform PFPs and FPPs on the installations for
sufficient time to determine the performance, upon which the A/E and CM/GC will, with
recommendations by the CxA, decide whether to accept the solution.
4 After such procedures are performed and the results have been accepted as noted above, the
contractor and/or manufacturer shall replace or repair all identical items, at their expense and
extend the warranty accordingly, if the original equipment warranty had begun.
5 The replacement1repair work shall proceed with reasonable speed beginning within one week from
when units or parts can be obtained.
3.9 ACCEPTANCE
Only after the satisfactory completion of the Pre -Functional Installation, Start-Up/Testing, Functional Performance
and System Performance Checkouts will the system be ready for acceptance. At no time will acceptance be made
for individual pieces of equipment. Final acceptance will only be for systems that will operate as intended in the basis
of design and the design intent.
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113-23
BvOorydaho-'..h.. A�g{SGdeGjBGt Bid DecumentS 1 November 142042
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
3.10 APPENDICES
APPENDIX 1 — ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS
APPENDIX 2 — SAMPLE COMMISSIONING TRACKING FORMS
APPENDIX 3 — LIST OF REQUIRED PRE -FUNCTIONAL AND FUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS
APPENDIX 4 — SAMPLE PRE -FUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS
APPENDIX 5 — SAMPLE FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE CHECKLISTS
- END OF SECTION -
C:\PROJECT\716.1 (BYU-Idaho)\Cx Planning\Cx Specs\716_019113_CxSpec_vl-071217.doc
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113-24
BYLJ Idaho Agr'669AG6 Project Rid Documents 1 November 14, 2042
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29 2014
APPENDIX 1 — COMMISSIONING ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS
The following are common abbreviations used in the Commissioning Specifications
Abbrev.
Description
Abbrev.
Description
A/E
Architect/Engineer
IOM
Installation, Operation &
Maintenance Manual
BAS
Building Automation System
ISP
Integrated Systems Procedure
CxA
Commissioning Authority
IT
Information Technology
CC
Prime Controls Contractor
ME
Mechanical Engineer
CCR
Contractor's Commissioning
Representative
MC
Prime Mechanical Contractor
Cx
Commissioning
O&M
Operation and Maintenance
EC
Prime Electrical Contractor
PF
Pre -Functional
EE
Electrical Engineer
PFP
Pre -Functional Procedure
ESP
Emergency Systems Procedure
PM
Owner's Project Manager
FLSP
Fire Life Safety Procedure
PTB
Project Test & Balance Contractor
FM
Owner's Facilities Management
Subs
Subcontractors
FMP
Failure Mode Procedure
TAB
Test, Adjust and Balance
FONs®
Field Observation Notes®
FP
Functional Performance
FPP
Functional Performance Procedure
CM/GC
General Contractor/Construction
Manager
Note that the terms Contractor, MC, EC, CC, or PTB as used in the Commissioning Specification should be
understood to include both the associated Contractor and any sub -contractors, vendors and suppliers providing
services or equipment to the General Contractor.
Definitions
Acceptance Phase: Final phase of the construction occurring after successful execution of all required Cx
Procedures and Final Operational Testing during which system installation and operation is demonstrated to the
Owner and Authority Having Jurisdiction for the purposes of achieving occupancy and accreditation.
Approval: acceptance that a document, piece of equipment or system has been reviewed and found to be
properly installed and is functioning in the tested modes according to the contract documents.
Architect Engineer WE): the prime consultant (architect) and sub -consultants who comprise the design team,
generally the mechanical designer/engineer and the electrical designer/engineer.
Building Automation System (BAS) central DDC control system used to control and monitor operation of the
buildings mechanical systems.
Commissioning Authority (CxA): an independent person, company or agent retained by the owner and not
otherwise associated with the A/E team members or contracting team members. The CxA implements the
overall commissioning process and carries out or observes the tasks necessary to complete the commissioning
process. The CxA does not take an oversight role like the owner's representative or construction manager.
Commissioning Report: the document that records the results of the commissioning process, including the as -
built performance of the MEP system and documents all sign -offs.
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 1019113-25
9YIJ Idaho /,gFisdenGe o... ..t Rid BesumentS 1 November 14, 2042
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
Commissioning Specifications: the contract document that details the contractor's role and responsibilities for
execution of the Cx process.
Commissioning Team: those people responsible for working together in carrying out the commissioning
process.
Contract Documents: the documents binding on parties involved in the construction of this project (drawings,
specifications, change orders, amendments, contracts, etc.)
Contractor: refers to all contractors or authorized representatives and all applicable subs, vendors, and
suppliers contracted through that (those) contractors as well as any vendors or suppliers contracted directly to
the Owner. This defines any and all General Contractor, Prime or Trade Labor Contractor as "Contractor(s)
whether or not self -performing work.
Control system: systems which provide control and monitoring functions for associated mechanical, electrical,
plumbing and specialty systems.
Datalogging: monitoring flows, currents, status, pressures, etc. of equipment using stand-alone dataloggers
separate from the control or BAS systems.
Design Narrative or Design Documentation: sections of either the Design Intent or Basis of Design, generally
included in early A/E submittals to describe proposed systems.
Emergency Systems Procedures (ESPs): A scripted test of facility electrical, mechanical , and other building
systems designed for the facility and performed under simulated failure of utility power. Procedures include,
failure of utility power while monitoring critical back-up systems and the systems that they power, verification of
automatic re -start procedures and performance after restoration of power, and documentation of equipment
operating status and parameters during all phases of the test.
Factory Testing: testing of equipment by the equipment manufacturer's personnel usually conducted at the
manufacturer's factory or assembly plant. Factory testing is often witnessed by an Owner's representative
and/or other members of the Cx Team prior to releasing the equipment for delivery to the job site.
Field Observation Notes® (FONs®): Electronic database or spreadsheet tracking method used by the CxA for
monitoring the status of issues raised during execution of the Cx Process.
Fire Life Safety Procedures: Part of the ISPs used to evaluate interactive operation of building systems under
simulated fire conditions. Typical procedures include tripping selected smoke detectors and verify operation of
HVAC systems, elevator systems, fire doors, security systems, etc. May also include evaluation of smoke
evacuation from selected spaces using smoke bombs, theatrical fog generators or similar smoke substitutes.
Functional Performance Checklist: the document containing a list of items developed by the CxA to record the
performance of the equipment or system in question during Functional Performance Procedures.
Functional Performance Procedures (FPPs): A series of evaluations developed by the CxA to verify operation
of equipment and systems using manual (direct observation) or monitoring methods. FPPs are performed after
completion of the Prefunctional Procedures, Startup Procedures, Contractor Pre -startup and Post -startup
Testing and serve as a prerequisite for the ISPs.
Equipment level FPPs verify the capacity, performance and efficiency of commissioned equipment relative to
the manufacturer's published (submitted) equipment data and the contract documents. System -level FPPs
evaluate dynamic operation of systems and sub -systems under various operating conditions (heating, cooling,
etc.) as outlined in the Sequence of Operations. Emphasis in the system -level FPPs is on programming and
operation of the BAS.
General Contractor/Construction Manager _the contractor responsible for overall day-to-day management and
coordination of the project. The CM/GC serves as the bridge between the Owner and the Prime Trade
Contractors.
Integrated Systems Procedures: A series of procedures including Fire Life Safety Procedures and Emergency
System Procedures used to evaluate building -wide operation of commissioned systems under simulated fres
and power failure conditions. During the ISP's emphasis is placed on evaluating interactions between building
systems and transition of building systems between different operating modes.
Issue: (or Open Issue) a condition in the installation or function of a component, piece of equipment or system
that is not in compliance with the contract documents (that is, does not perform properly or is not complying with
the design intent).
Manual Procedures: Cx Procedures which use hand-held instruments, immediate control system readouts or
direct observation to verify performance (contrasted to analyzing monitored data taken over time to make the
'.observation').
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113-26
RYU Idaho Agriesience Project Bid BesumentS 1 NevembeF 14, 2012
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29 2014
Monitoring: the recording of parameters (flow, current, status, pressure, etc.) of equipment operation using
dataloggers or the trending capabilities of control systems.
Non -Compliance: see Issue.
Non -Conformance: see Issue.
Over -written Value: writing over a sensor value in the control system to see the response of a system (e.g.,
changing the outside air temperature value from 50F to 75F to verify economizer operation). See also
"Simulated Signal."
Owner -Contracted Tests: tests paid for by the Owner outside the Contractor's contract and for which the CxA
does not oversee. These tests will not be repeated during functional tests if properly documented.
Pre -Functional Checklist: An inspection list that is used to document that equipment is installed correctly and is
ready for startup. These checklists are developed by the CxA and are completed by the Contractors with
oversight and assistance from the CxA.
Pre -Functional Procedures (PFPs): A series of static inspections used to verify equipment installation and to
prepare the equipment or system for initial operation (e.g., belt tension, oil levels, etc.). The word "Pre -
Functional" refers to before Startup. Even without a commissioning process, contractors typically perform
some, if not many, of the PFP items a CxA will recommend. However, few contractors document in writing the
execution of these items. Therefore, for most equipment, the contractors execute the PFP on their own. The
CxA only requires that the procedures be documented in writing, and does not witness much of the PFP, except
for larger or more critical pieces of equipment.
Project Manager (PM): the contracting and managing authority for the owner over the design and/or
construction of the project.
Project Test and Balancing Contractor: the contractor(s) who is responsible for Testing, Adjusting and
Balancing the facilities HVAC systems.
Sampling: functionally testing only a fraction of the total number of identical or near identical pieces of
f
equipment. Typically used for devices such as VAV boxes
Seasonal Performance Checkouts: functional checkouts that are deferred until the system(s) will experience
conditions closer to their design conditions.
Simulated Condition: condition that is created for the purpose of testing the response of a system (e.g.,
applying a hair drier to a room temperature sensor to see the response in a VAV box).
Simulated Signal: disconnecting a sensor and using a signal generator to send an amperage, resistance or
pressure to the transducer and DDC system to simulate a sensor value.
Specifications: the construction specifications of the Contract Documents, may be abbreviated as spec or
specs.
Startup Procedures: Procedures followed for the initial energizing or starting of equipment, following a pre -
approved Startup Plan. Startup Procedures occur after successful execution of Prefunctional Procedures and
Contractor Pre -startup Testing.
Startup Plan. A set of written procedures used to prepare for and startup of a piece of equipment. Startup
Plans are typically based on standard procedures and documentation provided by the equipment manufacturer.
Subs: the subcontractors to the contractor(s) or vendors who provide and/or install building components and
systems.
Testing Contractors: a Sub, responsible for various contractor -required system testing (e.g., generator load
tests, ATS testing, telecom loop testing, etc.).
Test Procedures: the step-by-step process which must be executed to fulfill the test requirements. Test
procedures typically include documentation requirements which also must be completed to constitute a
completed procedure.
Test Requirements: requirements specifying what modes and functions, etc. shall be tested. The test
requirements are not the detailed test procedures. The test requirements are specified in the Contract
Documents (Sections 15997; 16997, etc.). Examples include duct leakage, hydro, megger testing and other
similar tests.
Trending: monitoring of equipment and system operation using the Building Automation System.
Vendor: supplier of equipment.
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113-27
RVI I Idahe AgFFSGIeRG8 PFajest Bid Benument6 1 November 14-2042
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29 2014
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113-28
APPENDIX 2 - SAMPLE COMMISSIONING TRACKING FORMS
Commissioning Status Tracking Report Updated on' 1711301 Updated 6y MVS
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113-29
BYE -CUBE
BY CONMCTOR Insed Date Cowaete
BYE - CUBE
2—
g
_
Equip.
r u
e g,
c c
`
Tag
Description
Location
n
%PF Cx Completed
H o
w
y
�'
m
u o
%FF Cx Complete Notes
Air -Handling Units
AHU-1 1st RrAHU 12M
Flr Mach (2-21)
Awaiting completion ofmnWls
AHU-2 2M 83rd Fir AHU
2M Flr Mech(2-39)
-
Av2iGng axnpleticn of amlyds
AHU-3 VitCher0ining Rm AHU 2M Flr
AHUd Gymnasium AHU
2M Ar Mech(2-21)
Awe fingcompletion of controls
MAU-1 Kitchen Hood Unit IRODfAir
Conditioning Unit
®
AC -1 MDF Roan Unit
�
e
ACC -1 AC -1 Condendrg Unit 1111111IRoDi
T
Fans
TE -1 lTdiet Edwast lPin
2-21
TE -2 Talet Exhuast
Roof
ER -1 AHU-1 Edi
ER -2 AHU-2 Exh
Mach Room 2-21
Medi Room 239
®
Need to d*& fan pressures
ER -3 AHU-3 Exh
Mach Rain
DE -1 Dishwasher Exh
Roof
,
KE -1 IGtohen Exh Roof
Need to areas fan pressures
Terminal Units
FPBs Fan Powered luenenal
Awaidrg axnple0on of Controls
VAVs Vadaae Air Volume General
Awaiting ampledon of Controls
CVBs Constant Vaume General
Air Cooled Chillers
CH -1 Air Cooled Chiller Roof
To he m -tested in Siang 2002
CH -2 Air Cooled Chiller Roof
To be re -tested in Spdrg 2002
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113-29
BYE' -Idaho Agrisciense Pr9}est Qka Dom mAnts 1 N,.,,embe.,n 201
-2
Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
APPENDIX 3 — LIST OF REQUIRED PRE -FUNCTIONAL & FUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS
(To be developed)
APPENDIX 4 — SAMPLE PRE -FUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113-30
BYW Idaho Agir scienGe PR�eGt 9 d Don, iments I November 14, 2012
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29 2014
PROJECT NAME
Pump - Prefunctional Checklist
System(s):
Unit ID:
Location:
Ref Dwgs:
Name / Company / Date(s):
Instructions: Check off items as completed. Work in progress should be left blank until done.
Note comments, problems, etc. in spaces provided. Installing contractor to sign -off form when complete.
Nameplate Data:
Pump: Manuf: Model #:
Serial #:
GPM: HD:
HP:
Imp Size: Pump Type:
RPM:
Motor: Manuf: Model #:
Serial #:
HP: Volts/Amps:
RPM:
SF: PF:
EFF:
Frame: Encl:
Insul Class:
Starter: Manuf: Type:
Size:
Htr Manuf: Size:
Manual Reset:
ITEM OK
COMMENTS
Storage / Handling
Protected against dirt / debris during storage
Motor protected from water/moisture
Pump openings covered until pipe connected
Labeling and Identification
Unit labeled w/ engraved plastic nameplate
Pump and motor mfg. nameplate installed, readable
General Installation
Located per plans
Pump/motor nameplate data matches equipment schedule
p
Q
Pump installed on 4" housekeeping pad
Installed level and plumb
Adequate clearance for service/ maintena
No visible sign of leaks
Coupling installed, no noticabl
Pump/motor shat to
OSHA a rove ® installed
Flow direction c
Baseplate grouted with Embeco non -shrinking rout
Foundation bolts tightened
Final alignment done after grouting and bolts tightened
Pump Motor
1.15 Service Factor
ODP Enclosure
Rated for inverter duty, class H insulation w/ VFD
Motor base adjustable for alignment
Notes:
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113-31
BYU-Idaho Agr sG anGe o.,.a, t _ _ nu n..GuFnents 1 ni...,.,.. IDW an 2012
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
APPENDIX 4 — SAMPLE PRE -FUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS
(continued)
ITEM OK
COMMENTS
Vibration Isolation
Pump mounted on steel/concrete inertia base
Vib isolation per spec 15240
Pump base placed on blocks prior to isol. Install
2" clearance between inertia base and housekeep pad
Weight transferred to springs after piping done, system filled
Inertia base free to move, springs not bottomed -out
Trash/debris removed from under inertia base
Flex corms. installed on suc/disch per manuf instr
Piping within 50' of pumps isolated
Piping Connections
Piping supported separately from pumpe
Piping installed level and plumb
Suction/discharge isolation vlvs installed, accessible
Y -strainer w/ blowoff valve in pump suction I' e
Check valve and manual balancin valve'
5 dia of straight pipe @ inlet to an
Air separator/strainer at p o 1
Lowoint drains B s all
Press guage acr across pump
Gua a piping inst @ tapped holes in pump flanges
Pump base drain valved and run to nearest floor drain
Exp. tanks installed @ pump suction, air charge OK
Insulation
Cold water pumps < 60F instulated with armaflex
Armaflex fitted to pump, removable w/ velcro closures
Insulation doesn't cover nameplates
Electrical Connections
Electrical connections complete
Final connection to motor w/ flex
Power available from MCC or VFD
Local disconnect switch installed (if applicable)
Starter, VFD and/or local disconnect labeled
Conduit routing & support OK
Conduit and wire size per code/spec.
Fuses and motor overloads installed
Fuse sizing correct, overload size/setting correct
Overloads set for manual reset not auto
Notes:
Signatures:
Installing Contractor/ Vendor:
Date:
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 019113-32
APPENDIX 5 —SAMPLE FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE CHECKLISTS
PROJECT NAME
PUMP - FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST
Location:
Equipment ID:
Participants name, company, phone, date(s)):
Installing Contractor:
Reference r)..,
Manufacturer/Name late:
Operating Conditions:
Testing Instruments Used:
FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE
ITEM
OK/Value
COMMENTS
General
Hand / Off / Auto operation OK
Start / Stop vibration and noise acceptable
Run vibration / noise / cavitation acceptable
Pump rotation correct
No visible leaks
Flow proving
Motor Temperature OK
Suction pressure
Shut -Off Pressures
Measured Gauge TAB
e
Discharge pressure
Differential pressure Design =
Impeller size OK
Local gauges correct a
Suction pressure
erating Flows 8 Pressures
Measured Gau a T TAB
Discharge ressur
Differential pressure (Design =
Flow Rate (Design = GPM
Electrical Meaurements
Volts (Design= +/- 10%
A/B: A/C:
BIC:
Ams FLA = SFA =
A: B.
C;
Power kW
WI: W2:
Power Factor
Heater size / settings correct
Heaters set for manual reset
Companion Equipment
Differential Pressure switches functional
Diff. Press switches indicate polstive flow
Flow switch functional
CT sensor functional
COMMENTS AND OBSERVATIONS:
END OF SECTION 0191 13
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS 1019113-33
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
SECTION 019115 — BUILDING ENCLOSURE COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
A. The work under this section is subject to requirements of the Contract Documents, including the Owner's
General Conditions and articles of the General Contractor's General Conditions.
B. This section includes the commissioning requirements for the Building Enclosure systems. Refer to Section
019113 for General Commissioning Requirements and Section 019117 for Building Enclosure functional
performance testing.
The commissioning requirements for the Building Enclosure systems given in this section are
entirely separate from, and in addition to, the Commissioning requirements specified in Section
019113. The General Contractor (GC), Contractors, Subcontractors, and Suppliers are required to
participate in both commissioning processes as required by this section and Section 019113
General Commissioning Requirements.
2. The 019113 Commissioning Agent and 019117 Building Enclosure Commissioning Agent will
provide separate documentation for each commissioning process.
1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. Building Enclosure Commissioning (BECx) is a systematic process of ensuring all building enclosure
systems responsible for environment separation perform interactively according to the Owner's Project
Requirements and the Architect's Basis of Design. The BECx process is intended to achieve the following
specific objectives according to the Contract Documents:
Verify and document proper installation and performance of building enclosure materials and
systems.
2. Provide Owner with functional building enclosure systems with minimal performance problems at
project completion.
B. Commissioning does not take away from, or reduce responsibility of, system designers or installing
contractors to provide a finished and fully functioning product.
C. This section shall in no way diminish the responsibility of Division 03, 04, 07, 08, and 09 Contractors,
Subcontractors, and Suppliers in performing all aspects of work and testing as outlined in the Contract
Documents. Any requirements outlined in this section are in addition to requirements outlined in Division 03,
04, 07, 08, and 09.
1.3 ABBREVIATIONS
A. The following are common abbreviations used in the Specifications (definitions are found further in this
Section):
1. A/E - Architect and Design Engineers
2. BECA — Building Enclosure Commissioning Agent
3. CxA - Commissioning Agent - Refer to Section 019113
4. GC - General Contractor
5. CT - Commissioning Team
6. Cx - Commissioning
7. Cx Plan - Commissioning Plan
8. FPT - Functional Performance Test
9. OR - Owner's Representative
10. O&M - Operations & Maintenance
11. RFI - Request for Information
1.4 DEFINITIONS
BUILDING ENCLOSURE COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS '019115 - 1
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
A. Approval: Acceptance that a material or system has been properly installed and is functioning in tested
modes according to the Contract Documents.
B. Architect/Engineer (A/E): Prime consultant (architect) and sub -consultants who comprise the design team,
generally the Architect of Record and any Design Sub -consultants.
C. Basis of Design (BOD): Documentation of primary thought processes and assumptions behind design
decisions made to meet design intent. Describes systems, components, conditions, and methods chosen to
meet intent.
D. Building Enclosure Commissioning Agent (BECA): Contracted to Owner through the CxA. BECA directs
and coordinates day-to-day building enclosure commissioning activities independently from CxA.
E. Commissioning Agent (CxA): Contracted to Owner. CxA directs and coordinates day-to-day commissioning
activities excluding BECx activites. CxA reports directly to Owner.
F. Commissioning Plan: Overall plan developed after bidding that provides structure, schedule, and
coordination planning for commissioning process. A specific building enclosure section will be added into
the project's commissioning plan.
G. Contract Documents: Documents binding on parties involved in construction of this project (drawings,
specifications, change orders, amendments, contracts, etc.).
H. Deficiency: Condition of a building enclosure material or system that is not in compliance with Contract
Documents (that is, does not perform properly or is not complying with design intent).
I. Functional Performance Test (FPT): Test of performance of building enclosure materials and systems.
Systems are tested under various simulated environmental conditions, such as air leakage under pressure
differential and water leakage under pressure differential with water spray.
J. Owner's Project Requirements (OPR): A written document that details the functional requirements of a
project and the expectations of how it will be used and operated. This includes project and design goals,
measurable performance criteria, budgets, schedules, success criteria, and supporting information.
K. Simulated Condition: Condition created for testing component or system (e.g., applying pressure differential
across the building enclosure concurrent with water spray to simulate a wind driven rain).
L. Specifications: Construction specifications of Contract Documents.
M. Mock --up: The activities where systems or materials are initially constructed and tested. Mock-ups are to
be free standing and approved prior to commencing full scale construction.
N. Sub -contractor: Contractors of GC, and their Sub -contractors, who provide and install building enclosure
components and systems.
1.5 RELATED WORK
A. Specific building enclosure commissioning requirements are given in this specification. The following
specification sections are related to the commissioning work specified in this section:
1. General Commissioning Requirements: Refer to 019113
2. Building Enclosure Functional Performance Testing: Refer to 019117
3. Basic Concrete Requirements: Refer to Division 03
4. Basic Masonry Requirements: Refer to Division 04
5. Basic Waterproofing, Roofing, Air Barrier and Insulation Requirements: Refer to Division 07
6. Basic Fenestrations Requirements: Refer to Division 08
7. Basic Finishing Requirements: Refer to Division 09
1.6 COORDINATION
A. Commissioning Team: Members of the Commissioning Team (CT) will consist of:
1. Commissioning Agent (CxA)
2. Building Enclosure Commissioning Agent (BECA)
3. Building Enclosure Testing Agent (BETA)
BUILDING ENCLOSURE COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS
'019115 - 2
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
4. Owner's Representative(s) (OR)
5. General Contractor (GC)
6. Architect and Design Engineers (A/E)
7. Building Enclosure Subcontractors
B. Management: Owner will contract services of the SECA through the CxA. The BECA will direct and
coordinate commissioning activities and report to the OR. All members of the Commissioning Team shall
cooperate to fulfill contracted responsibilities and objectives of the Contract Documents.
C. Scheduling:
BECA will work with commissioning team to establish required commissioning activities to
incorporate in preliminary commissioning schedule. The GC will integrate commissioning activities
into master construction schedule. Necessary notifications are to be made in a timely manner in
order to expedite commissioning.
1.7 SUBMITTALS
A. A/E or General Contractor shall provide BECA with documentation required for commissioning work. At
minimum, documentation shall include: Requirements as described in Section 019113 and performance
data and any performance test procedures. In addition, installation and checkout materials shall be
submitted to BECA.
B. BECA shall review submittals concurrent with the A/E for conformance as it relates to commissioning.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 SYSTEMS TO BE COMMISSIONED
A. Building Enclosure
Below Grade Systems, Roofing Systems, Opaque Wall/Cladding Systems, Fenestration Systems
responsible for providing the following functions:
a. Air barrier
b. Vapor barrier
C. Insulation
d. Waterproofing
3.2 RESPONSIBILITIES OF COMMISSIONING TEAM MEMBERS DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE
A. Architect/Engineer (A/E)
1. Document design intent of systems.
2. Review and incorporate building enclosure commissioning specification and functional performance
test specification into the construction documents.
3. Provide construction documents electronically.
4. Review BECA comments on construction document and shop drawings.
5. Assist in dispute resolution regarding building enclosure items.
6. Review BECA reports.
B. Building Enclosure Commissioning Agent (BECA)
1. Participate in an initial team conference call to identify the OPR
2. Review of architectural drawings and specifications
3. Develop and update the BECx plan
4. Write BECx requirements specification section
5. Develop BECx functional performance test specification section
6. Final back check of construction documents.
7. Attend pre -construction BECx meeting
8. Review submittals and shop drawings prior to or concurrent with the A/E reviews
9. Observe and document the construction of the building enclosure mock-up
BUILDING ENCLOSURE COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS '019115 - 3
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
3.3
3.4
3.5
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
10. Observe and document functional performance testing of the building enclosure mock-up
11. Perform periodic site visits to document and observe installations pertinent to building enclosure
performance
12. Attend commissioning meetings periodically
13. Assist in dispute resolution
14. Review, track, and coordinate resolution of non-compliance and deficiencies identified by
commissioning team. Maintain Master Deficiency List (MDL) including the tracking of resolution.
15. Observe and document building enclosure functional performance testing
16. Provide fnal commissioning report.
C. General Contractor (GC)
1. Attend commissioning kick-off meeting and other commissioning team meetings.
2. Incorporate commissioning activities into the construction schedule.
3. Periodically update commissioning activities in the construction schedule.
4. Facilitate cooperation of Sub -contractors in commissioning work.
5. Submit copies of initial and final A/E approved submittals for commissioned system equipment to
SECA for review.
6. Review BECA submittal comments
7. Verify building enclosure materials and assemblies are ready for functional testing.
8. Submit maintenance logs of all interim maintenance or repair tasks performed by Sub -contractors.
9. Insure resolution of non-compliance and deficiencies in construction or test results. Obtain written
documentation of completion from the appropriate Sub -contractors.
10. Provide letters of compatibility for adjacent building enclosure materials and assemblies.
11. Facilitate all repairs and retesting of failed condition and pay for all associated costs.
12. Provide all warrantee information to BECA
D. Subcontractors/Vendors
Review Commissioning Plan and FPT specification.
Attend commissioning kick-off meeting and other commissioning team meetings.
Notify GC and BECA of work completion.
Attend all required material and systems testing.
Execute all periodic maintenance or repairs required on started systems from initial mock-up of
equipment to final acceptance by Owner to prevent material warranties from being voided.
Ensure installation work is complete, is in compliance with Contract Documents, and is ready for
Functional Performance Testing. Notify GC that equipment and systems are ready for Functional
Performance Testing. FPT test results will be documented by BECA
Provide all warrantee information to GC.
E. Building Enclosure Testing Agency (BETA)
1. Attend commissioning kick-off meeting and other commissioning team meetings.
2. Provide on-site technician and equipment to complete mock-up and field Functional Performance
Testing.
3. Prepare and submit reports at the conclusion of all testing.
4. Perform retesting and prepare corresponding reports.
BUILDING ENVELOP COMMISSIONING TEAM (BECx) MEETINGS
A. BECx meetings will be held periodically as determined by the BECA.
B. Discussions held in BECx meetings shall include, but not be limited to, system/materials, mock-up/field,
progress, scheduling, testing, documentation, deficiencies, and problem resolution.
REPORTING
A. BECA will provide status reports to GC, CxA, A/E, and Owner as needed.
B. BECA shall submit non-compliance and deficiency reports to GC, CxA, A/E, and Owner as needed.
C. BECA shall provide a final summary report to CxA and Owner.
MOCK-UP AND FINAL CONSTRUCTION
BUILDING ENCLOSURE COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS '019115 - 4
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
A. GC and Subcontractors shall verify completion of assemblies compliant with project documents and
deficiency log items prior to functional performance testing or concealment of functional performance layers
within the building enclosure.
3.6 FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING
A. Objectives and Scope
1. The objective of Functional Performance Testing is to demonstrate each system is operating
according to documented design intent and Contract Documents. Functional Performance Testing
facilitates bringing systems from a state of substantial completion to fully operational. Additionally,
during Functional Performance Testing, areas of deficient performance are identified and corrected,
improving operation and functioning of systems.
B. Development of Test Procedures
The purpose of a specific test is to verify and document compliance of the installed enclosure
systems with the OPR. The SECA shall develop specific test procedures for inclusion in
Specification Section 019117 — Building Enclosure Functional Performance Testing
C. Coordination and Scheduling
GC will provide sufficient notice to BECA regarding completion schedule for materials and systems.
GC will schedule Functional Performance Tests with CT. BECA shall witness and document
functional testing of equipment and systems. BETA shall execute tests under direction of BECA.
BETA may be the same entity as the BECA if deemed the best value to the project.
Successful completion of mock-up functional performance testing shall occur prior to full production
installation of building enclosure materials and systems.
3.7 DOCUMENTATION, NON-CONFORMANCE, AND APPROVAL OF TESTS
A. Documentation
BECA will witness and document results of FPT.
B. Non -Conformance
1. BECA will record results of functional testing. Deficiency or non-conformance issues will be noted
and reported to GC, CxA, Architect and Owner.
2. Corrections of minor deficiencies identified may be made during tests at discretion of BECA. In
such cases, deficiency and resolution will be documented.
3. Every effort will be made to expedite testing and minimize unnecessary delays, while not
compromising integrity of tests. BECA shall not overlook deficient work or loosen acceptance
criteria to satisfy scheduling or cost issues unless directed to do so by the Owner.
4. Deficiencies are handled in the following manner:
a. When there is no dispute on deficiency and Sub -contractor accepts responsibility for
remedial action:
1) BECA documents deficiency and Sub -contractors response and intentions and
they go on to another test or installation. BECA submits deficiency report to GC,
CxA, Architect and Owner. Copy is provided to Sub -contractor by GC. Sub-
contractor corrects deficiency and certifies that material or assembly is ready to
be retested. GC informs CT of retesting schedule.
2) GC reschedules test with BECA and BETA.
b. When there is a dispute about a deficiency, regarding whether it is a deficiency or who is
responsible:
BUILDING ENCLOSURE COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS '019115 - 5
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
1) BECA documents deficiency and Contractor's response. BECA submits
deficiency report to GC, CxA, Architect and Owner. Copy is provided to Sub-
contractor by GC.
2) GC facilitates resolution of deficiency. Other parties are brought into discussions
as needed. Final interpretive authority is with A/E. Final acceptance authority is
with the Owner.
3) GC documents resolution process.
4) Once interpretation and resolution has been decided, appropriate party corrects
deficiency, GC reschedules test, and test is repeated until satisfactory
performance is achieved.
C. Cost of Retesting
Costs for all retesting will be the full responsibility of the GC and Subcontractors. These costs
include all access, equipment, labor, and materials required to complete the retesting.
3.8 COMMISSIONING DOCUMENTATION
A. Final Report Details
Final commissioning report will include an executive summary, list of participants and roles, brief
building description, overview of commissioning and testing scope, and general description of
testing and verification methods. Report will contain evaluation regarding:
a. Conformance to specifications and design intent
b. Material/system installation
C. Functional performance
2. All outstanding non-compliance items will be specifically listed.
3. Recommendations for improvement to system or operations, future actions, etc. will also be listed.
END OF SECTION
BUILDING ENCLOSURE COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS '019115 - 6
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
SECTION 019117 — BUILDING ENCLOSURE FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. The work under this section is subject to requirements of the Contract Documents, including the Owner's
General Conditions and articles of the General Contractor's General Conditions.
B. This section includes the functional performance testing requirements for the Building Enclosure systems.
Refer to Section 019115 for Building Envelope Commissioning Requirements
1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. Division 4, 7 and 8 Specification Sections also
apply to this section. Where conflicts arise regarding building envelope testing, this Section shall supersede
other Sections where contradictions occur.
1.3
1.4
TESTING AGENCY
A. The BETA is the same entity as the BECA.
ABBREVIATIONS
A. The following are common abbreviations used in the Specifications (definitions are found further in this
Section):
1. A/E - Architect and Design Engineers
2. BECA — Building Enclosure Commissioning Agent
3. CxA - Commissioning Agent - Refer to Section 019113
4. GC - General Contractor
5. CT - Commissioning Team
6. Cx - Commissioning
7. Cx Plan - Commissioning Plan
8. FPT - Functional Performance Test
9. OR - Owner's Representative
10. O&M - Operations & Maintenance
11. RFI - Request for Information
12. BETA — Building Enclosure Testing Agency
1.5 DEFINITIONS
KV
1.7
A. See building Enclosure Commissioning Requirements section 019115 for definitions.
RELATED WORK
A. Specific building enclosure commissioning requirements are given in this specification. The following
specification sections are related to the commissioning work specified in this section:
1. General Commissioning Requirements: Refer to 019113
2. Building Envelope Commissioning Requirements: Refer to 0119115
3. Basic Masonry Requirements: Refer to Division 04
4. Basic Waterproofing, Roofing, Air Barrier and Insulation Requirements: Refer to Division 07
5. Basic Fenestrations Requirements: Refer to Division 08
COORDINATION
A. Functional Performance Team Members will consist of:
BUILDING ENCLOSURE FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING REQUIREMENTS '019117 - 1
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
1. Commissioning Agent (CxA)
2. Building Envelope Commissioning Agent (BECA)
3. Building Envelope Testing Agent (BETA)
4. Owner's Representative(s) (OR)
5. General Contractor (GC)
6. Architect and Design Engineers (A/E)
7. Building Envelope Sub -contractors
B. Management: The BETA is the same entity as the BECA.
C. Scheduling:
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
BECA/BETA will work with the GC to establish a functional performance testing schedule.
1.8 REPORTING
A. BECA/BETA shall submit all test reports to the GC, CxA, A/E and Owner as needed.
B. BECA shall submit non-compliance and deficiency reports to GC, CxA, A/E and Owner as needed.
1.9 DOCUMENTATION, NON-CONFORMANCE, AND APPROVAL OF TESTS
A. Documentation
1. BECA will witness/perform and document results of FPT.
B. Non -Conformance
1. BECA/BETA will record results of functional testing. Deficiency or non-conformance issues will be
noted and reported to GC, CxA and Owner.
2. Corrections of minor deficiencies identified may be made during tests at discretion of BECA. In
such cases, deficiency and resolution will be documented.
3. Every effort will be made to expedite testing and minimize unnecessary delays, while not
compromising integrity of tests. BECA shall not overlook deficient work or loosen acceptance
criteria to satisfy scheduling or cost issues unless directed to do so by the Owner.
4. Deficiencies are handled in the following manner:
a. When there is no dispute on deficiency and Sub -contractor accepts responsibility for
remedial action:
1) BECA documents deficiency and Sub -contractors response and intentions and
they go on to another test or installation. BECA submits deficiency report to GC,
CxA and Owner. Copy is provided to Sub -contractor by GC. Sub -contractor
corrects deficiency and certifies that material or assembly is ready to be retested.
GC informs CT of retesting schedule.
2) GC reschedules test with BECA/ BETA.
b. When there is a dispute about a deficiency, regarding whether it is a deficiency or who is
responsible:
1) BECA documents deficiency and Contractor's response. BECA submits
deficiency report to GC, CxA and Owner. Copy is provided to Sub -contractor by
GC.
2) GC facilitates resolution of deficiency. Other parties are brought into discussions
as needed. Final interpretive authority is with A/E. Final acceptance authority is
with the Owner.
3) GC documents resolution process.
BUILDING ENCLOSURE FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING REQUIREMENTS '019117 - 2
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building Permit Set I July 29, 2014
4) Once interpretation and resolution has been decided, appropriate party corrects
deficiency, GC reschedules test, and test is repeated until satisfactory
performance is achieved.
C. Cost of Testing
Costs for the initial testing located within this specification sections shall be the responsibility of the
owner. The contractor is to provide access to the test specimens to the CT.
D. Cost of Retesting
1.10
A.
ffm
C.
Costs for all retesting will be the full responsibility of the GC and Sub -contractors. These costs
include all access, equipment, labor, and materials required to complete the retesting.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
The performance criteria below apply to all mock-up and field testing of exterior envelope components.
Air and water performance criteria summary table according to each component:
Component
Performance Criteria
Air
Water
ASTM E 1186 (4.2.7) —No major air leaks.
AAMA 501.1/ ASTM E 1105 - No
A major leak is defined as air and smoke
uncontrolled water leakage when
are visible and easily detectable by hand
tested under a pressure difference of
Curtain Wall/
within one inch of the leak location(s)
8.0 Ibf/sq. ft
Fenestrations
ASTM E 783 — Maximum air leakage of
See specification.
0.09 cfm/ft at an air pressure differential of
6.24 psf
ASTM E 1186 (4.2.6) —Pass/fail criteria
AAMA 501.1/ ASTM E 1105 - No
shall be no bubbles observed in the leak
uncontrolled water leakage when
detection liquid.
tested under a pressure difference of
ASTM E 783 — Maximum air leakage of
8.0 Ibf/sq. ft
Air Barrier
0.04 cfm/ft at an air pressure differential of
Assemblies
1.57 psf
ASTM E 1186 (4.2.7) — No major air leaks.
A major leak is defined as air and smoke
are visible and easily detectable by hand
within one inch of the leak location(s)
ASTM E 1186 (4.2.6) — Pass/fail criteria
ASTM D5957 — Flood testing at all
shall be no bubbles observed in the leak
roofing details with minimum 2" of
Roofing Systems
detection liquid.
water at all hot fluid -applied locations
above occupied spaces. No leaks
through membrane/roof deck after
48 hours of testing.
Water leakage is only acceptable if ALL of the following conditions are satisfied:
1. Water is contained and drained to the exterior.
2. There is no wetting of a surface that is visible to the building occupants.
3. There would be no staining or other damage to the completed building or finishes.
D. Where testing indicates that performance requirements are not met, the contractor shall repair or replace the
failed section and a re -test conducted. Any repairs should be conducted with inspection by the BECA.
Retesting shall be conducted by the BECA/BETA. All costs associated with the repair and re -testing shall
be the responsibility of the contractor.
BUILDING ENCLOSURE FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING REQUIREMENTS '019117 - 3
i
I
r—
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
E. In addition to retesting, failed tests will typically result in testing of an additional specimen at the discretion of
the owner and at the cost of the contractor. Testing will be concluded only when satisfactory results are
achieved.
1.11 MOCK-UP TEST REQUIREMENTS
A. A building envelope mock-up shall be constructed and tested prior to commencement of installation of
building envelope components responsible for providing environmental separation. Testing will be
conducted on the installed fenestration, air barrier, and any terminations or penetrations through the air
barrier such as fasteners but prior to the installation of any exterior claddings. Interior finishes, interior
gypsum wall board, or insulation should not be installed prior to mock-up testing. The mock-up shall include
a junction with the roofing membrane, a building corner condition, and foundation wall intersection. The
mock-up shall employ no less than 100 sq. ft. of opaque wall and a fenestration assembly. The mock-up
shall include at least a portion of the terra cotta cladding, architectural concrete exterior wall, and curtain wall
and storefront systems. For certain building components that are not included in the free standing mock-up,
separate mini mock-ups that are the first installed on the building to remain are acceptable.
B. The coordination, construction and completion of the mock-up construction are the responsibility of the
General Contractor. It is the responsibility of the General Contractor to construct and repair the test
chamber/enclosure as necessary to create an air -tight chamber. Mock-up test chambers/enclosures are
typically constructed of wood or steel framing, exterior sheathing, and a sheet applied air barrier. Prior to j
testing, the BETA will pressurize the test chamber while simultaneously supplying smoke to the chamber.
Any voids in the chamber air barrier will be identified and sealed to create an air -tight chamber. The
General Contractor shall permit inspections of the mock-up to the BECA and BETA and any member of the
building envelope commissioning team throughout construction and testing as required.
C. It is left to the discretion of the OR and/or A/E to have all exterior insulation, claddings, etc. installed after the
completion of mock-up performance testing. At a minimum the masonry must be installed up to the lower
30" to perform the masonry weep testing.
D. The following test protocol shall be completed after installation of air barriers including all flashings,
fenestration assemblies, and all penetrations through the air barrier, but prior to installation of exterior
cladding and interior finishes.
1. ASTM E 1186-03 method 4.2.7, Standard Practices for Air Leakage Site Detection in Building
Envelopes and Air Barrier Systems; Use pressurization and smoke tracers to identify leak locations
through the mock-up chamber and the face of the mock-up. All leaks through the mock-up
chamber must be sealed prior to commencing ASTM E 283 testing.
2. ASTM E 1186-03 method 4.2.6, Standard Practices for Air Leakage Site Detection in Building
Envelopes and Air Barrier Systems; Use chamber depressurization and site detection liquid at
penetrations through the air barrier (e.g. fastener penetrations). Pass/fail criteria shall be no
bubbles observed in the leak detection liquid. A minimum of 5 locations at each type of fastener
(fasteners at masonry anchors, girls, or other cladding receptors) shall be tested. Testing may
require special installation of any continuous girts or cladding receptors such that dome can be
placed completely around girt or receptor (Dome has diameter or approximately 18 in.) This is
typically accomplished by installing and fastening a 12 in. portion of the girt or receptor.
3. ASTM E 283-04, Standard Test Method for Determining the rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior
Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen.
4. ASTM E 331-00, Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights,
Doors, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.
a. In the event of water leakage through the test, additional isolation testing shall be
conducted to best determine the location of the water infiltration as required.
5. AAMA 501.1, Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors
using Dynamic Pressure;
a. In the event of water leakage through the test, additional isolation testing shall be
conducted to best determine the location of the water infiltration as required.
6. ASTM D 4541-09, Standard Test Method for Pull -Off Strength of Coatings Using Portable Adhesion
Testers; Measured air barrier adhesion strength shall not be less than 16 Ibf/sq. inch. (Test only
conducted after all other tests listed above have been successfully performed since test method is
destructive).
BUILDING ENCLOSURE FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING REQUIREMENTS '019117 -4
BYU Idaho Science & Technology Building
Permit Set I July 29, 2014
E. Where testing indicates that performance requirements are not met, the contractor shall repair or replace the
failed section and a re -test conducted. Any repairs should be conducted with inspection and documentation
by the BECK Retesting shall be conducted by the BETA. All costs associated with the repair, retesting and
re -inspection shall be the responsibility of the contractor.
1.12 FIELD TEST REQUIREMENTS
A. All functional performance tests shall be conducted in conformance with project performance requirements
as set forth below:
B. The following test methods shall be performed during the construction phase:
1. ASTM E 1186-03, Standard Practices for Air Leakage Site Detection in Building Envelopes and Air
Barrier Systems, Method 4.2.7. Testing performed at four (4) locations at the exterior building
enclosure at locations deemed critical by the CT.
2. AAMA 501.1, Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors
using Dynamic Pressure. Testing performed at twelve (12) locations at the exterior building
enclosure at locations deemed critical by the CT.
3. ASTM D 5957, Standard Guide for Flood Testing Horizontal Waterproofing Installations. Flood
testing at all roofing details with minimum 2" of water at all hot fluid -applied rubberized asphalt
locations above occupied spaces. No leaks through membrane/roof deck after 48 hours of testing.
4. ASTM D 4541-09, Standard Test Method for Pull -Off Strength of Coatings Using Portable Adhesion
Testers; Measured air barrier adhesion strength shall not be less than 16 Ibf/sq. inch. Testing
performed at four (4) locations at the air barrier at locations deemed critical by the CT.
5. ASTM E 783, Standard test Method for Field Measurement of Air Leakage Through Installed
Exterior Windows and Doors. Testing performed at one (1) location on the building. This test is
typically performed at a punched opening and surrounding air barrier.
6. Follow requirements of 2009 IBC section 909.3 for inspection and testing requirements for smoke
control systems.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 — EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION
BUILDING ENCLOSURE FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING REQUIREMENTS '019117 - 5